These files had '#include<file.h>' rather than '#include <file.h>' which
while functional is not the correct style.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This reverts commit 9fe2e4b464.
Commit 9fe2e4b464 ("fdt: Make sure there is no stale initrd left")
introduces a regression in case when U-Boot transfers control to an EFI
app which acts as a subsequent bootloading program. Such an app might
try to set "linux,initrd-start" and "linux,initrd-end" fdt properties,
but by that time those properties are already removed by the code added
in the mentioned commit.
Particularly, the issue was observed on the E850-96 board where GBL EFI
app [1] can't run Android successfully anymore. More specifically, the
kernel can't see the ramdisk and panics with next messages:
/dev/root: Can't open blockdev
VFS: Cannot open root device "" or unknown-block(0,0): error -6
Please append a correct "root=" boot option; ...
Kernel panic - not syncing: VFS: Unable to mount root fs on
unknown-block(0,0)
fdt_initrd() function (where initrd dts properties are removed) is
called two times:
1. First it's called by EFI boot manager (e.g. as a part of U-Boot
Standard Boot mechanism) when it's installing FDT:
fdt_initrd
image_setup_libfdt
efi_install_fdt
efi_bootmgr_run
efi_mgr_boot
It's already enough for EFI app to malfunction. But then it's also
called second time:
2. From the EFI app, via EFI DT fixup protocol:
fdt_initrd
image_setup_libfdt
efi_dt_fixup
struct efi_dt_fixup_protocol efi_dt_fixup_prot = {
.fixup = efi_dt_fixup
};
See [2] for specific GBL code which sets those fdt properties and then
runs DT fixup protocol callback.
This issue was discussed [3], but no action was taken since then. Revert
this patch for now, until a proper solution can be found.
[1] https://source.android.com/docs/core/architecture/bootloader/generic-bootloader/gbl-dev
[2] https://android.googlesource.com/platform/bootable/libbootloader/+/refs/heads/gbl-mainline/gbl/libgbl/src/android_boot/mod.rs#208
[3] https://lists.denx.de/pipermail/u-boot/2025-July/593879.html
Fixes: 9fe2e4b464 ("fdt: Make sure there is no stale initrd left")
Signed-off-by: Sam Protsenko <semen.protsenko@linaro.org>
Mainly fix inline code and some other formatting mistakes. Inline code
uses double backticks `` in reStructuredText instead of single backticks
as in Markdown.
Also fix some smaller formatting issues, such as excess colons before
literal blocks.
Signed-off-by: Martin Schwan <m.schwan@phytec.de>
Replace references to patman with b4 as the recommended tool for
preparing and sending patches. b4 is widely adopted in the Linux kernel
community and U-Boot ships with configuration to simplify its use with
the project mailing list.
The updated guidelines describe how to prepare series with b4, handle
cover letters and recipient lists, run style checks, and send patches
safely. Instructions also highlight how to collect and apply review tags
before resending.
This change documents the preferred workflow for contributors and
ensures consistency with common practices across related upstream
communities.
Reviewed-by: Neil Armstrong <neil.armstrong@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Mattijs Korpershoek <mkorpershoek@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Javier Tia <javier.tia@linaro.org>
The recent change to .b4-config resulted in some expected recipients not
being added to the address lists. Rework the commands so that all
expected recipients are added while maintaining the ordering from the
first change.
Fixes: 26efc940c8 ("b4-config: configure `b4` for U-Boot")
Signed-off-by: Andrew Goodbody <andrew.goodbody@linaro.org>
Correct the assignment in board_fdt_blob_setup() to use *fdtp instead of
fdtp, ensuring the caller receives the correct FDT address. This
resolves an issue where the device tree pointer was not properly set due
to assigning to the local parameter rather than the dereferenced
pointer.
Fixes: 7c16ebba1e ("board: mpfs_icicle: implement board_fdt_blob_setup()/board_fit_config_name_match()")
Signed-off-by: Jamie Gibbons <jamie.gibbons@microchip.com>
Reviewed-by: Conor Dooley <conor.dooley@microchip.com>
Use the ARM64 kernel booting register settings, defined in Linux
documentation Documentation/arch/arm64/booting.rst:
x0 = physical address of device tree blob (dtb) in system RAM.
so kernel can replace U-Boot in FIP without modification of BL31.
Use x0 for future TF-A version and keep x2 as fallback to be compatible
with previous version of TF-A BL31.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
This reverts commit d37641c61b.
Restore support for environment storage in EXT4 filesystem on eMMC boot.
The previous cleanup incorrectly removed this fallback option which is
needed for boards that store their environment in an EXT4 partition.
This configuration is OS-specific rather than board-dependent and should
remain as it is configurable via menuconfig. Even if it is not described
in ST defconfigs people may have enabled it in their defconfig.
Signed-off-by: Kory Maincent <kory.maincent@bootlin.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Network packet buffers should be aligned to PKTALIGN. Add a compiler
attribute to ensure this.
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
[jf: use __aligned(x) from <linux/compiler_attributes.h>]
Signed-off-by: Jerome Forissier <jerome.forissier@linaro.org>
Once the DHCP exchange is complete, if we have an IP address for an NTP
server, set the ntpserverip environment variable accordingly. Although
not necessary to make the sntp command use that server (since it is
known internally to the lwIP stack), this makes the behavior in line
with the legacy NET stack. This is also consistent with exporting the
DNS servers etc.
Signed-off-by: Jerome Forissier <jerome.forissier@linaro.org>
Suggested-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
When both CMD_DHCP and CMD_SNTP are enabled, one would expect the NTP
servers received by DHCP to be used by the sntp command by default. Fix
dhcp_loop() so that it is indeed the case.
Signed-off-by: Jerome Forissier <jerome.forissier@linaro.org>
Reported-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
Now that SNTP is supported, enable SNTP debug traces when LWIP_DEBUG is
enabled. In particular, this allows to see which NTP servers are
received during DHCP.
Signed-off-by: Jerome Forissier <jerome.forissier@linaro.org>
Use regulator_set_enable_if_allowed() to avoid failure if regulator is
shared between multiple devices.
Signed-off-by: Ben Wolsieffer <ben.wolsieffer@hefring.com>
While it is good that the "Licenses/" directory contains the text
for all licenses that are applicable to u-boot code, it is harder
to determine at a glance what the default and/or preferred license
is. While humans can look at the Licenses/README file, this is not
machine parseable, making it tricky for license detection tools to
automatically determine/report on the overall / aggregate u-boot
license.
The project previously had a top level COPYING file containing a
short blurb, followed by the GPL license text. This was removed
back in commit eca3aeb352 when
the "Licenses/" directory was introduced. For the benefit of
automated tools, it is helpful to retain a top level COPYING
file in the repository. Rather than duplicate the license text,
however, a symlink from the Licenses/gpl-2.0.txt file should
suffice.
Signed-off-by: Daniel P. Berrangé <berrange@redhat.com>
Reported-by: Alex Bennée <alex.bennee@linaro.org>
Acked-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
`b4` is a commandline tool to make patch-based development easier.
Provide a .b4-config file to match U-Boot's development preference about
who is cc'd on patch submission.
Signed-off-by: Jiaxun Yang <jiaxun.yang@flygoat.com>
[trini: Reword slightly]
If reset property is missing in DT, then we get this warning:
designware_i2c@0: Can't get reset: -2
Avoid this by checking if reset DT property is present, first.
Fixes: 622597dee4 ("i2c: designware: add reset ctrl to driver")
Signed-off-by: Maksim Kiselev <bigunclemax@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@nabladev.com>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Pull request efi-2025-10-rc6
CI:
* https://source.denx.de/u-boot/custodians/u-boot-efi/-/pipelines/27745
Docs:
* Correct encodings for spl memory layout diagrams
* Suggest usage of KDOC_WERROR when building documentation
* Replace references to README.fdt-control
* Clarify precedence of environment locations
* Add documentation for the TI am335x_evm board
* Remove README.commands.itest
* Add a note about asking for feedback in the development process
UEFI:
* Cleanup UEFI Variables Kconfig menu
There are 3 options listed between choice/endchoice FILE/TEE/NO_STORE.
There is no reason to add other config with dependencies between
choice/endchoice because they can never be selected because they depends on
only that 3 options which can be selected.
That's why move additional configuration with dependency below choice
section.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
Update documents 'README.fdt-control' reference to replacement 'control.rst':
doc/arch/nios2.rst
dts/Makefile
Also convert some adjacent pathname mentions to rST links where applicable
Fixes: 3e9fddfc4f "doc: Move devicetree control doc to rST"
Signed-off-by: E Shattow <e@freeshell.de>
It can be unclear to contributors what to do if they haven't gotten any
feedback on patches they have submitted. Add a sentence saying that if
they feel it's been too long without any comment, it's OK to reply
again.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The commit 284ef1bbce ("doc: memory: Add documentation for system
RAM") added documentation for U-Boot's memory usage along with diagrams
showcasing the SPL's memory usage. Although the SVGs for the diagrams
were improperly encoded.
Therefore, this patch fixes the older SVGs with one's with better
encoding and reduced size created using inkscape[1].
[1]: https://inkscape.org/
Reported-by: Alexander Dahl <ada@thorsis.com>
Fixes: 284ef1bbce ("doc: memory: Add documentation for system RAM")
Signed-off-by: Anshul Dalal <anshuld@ti.com>
Since commit 5cf6a06a it is possible to have both text-based and
old-style C environment files. But so far the environment documentation
has not reflected this change. This commit fixes that.
Signed-off-by: Ricardo Simoes <ricardo.simoes@pt.bosch.com>
Signed-off-by: Mark Jonas <mark.jonas@de.bosch.com>
We currently document this command in doc/usage/cmd/itest.rst and this
documentation is more comprehensive than the older README file. Delete
the older file.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
When applying the patch that became commit a2d881f5bcd3 ("doc: memory:
Add documentation for system RAM") one of the diagrams was missed.
Re-add this missing file.
Reported-by: Adriano Carvalho <adrianocarvalho.pt@gmail.com>
Fixes: a2d881f5bcd3 doc: memory: Add documentation for system RAM
Signed-off-by: Neha Malcom Francis <n-francis@ti.com>
[trini: Take Neha's original svg and re-apply it]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Initialize mtd->writesize in nand_init() as otherwise
nand_page_size() returns 0 and this affects NAND read
operations.
Signed-off-by: Yegor Yefremov <yegorslists@googlemail.com>
- Update MMC entry to match 'mmc' using 'N'
- Add myself as POWER maintainer for regulator and pmic patches. I have
started to handle relevant patches.
- Update QORIQ maintainer. Priyanka has moved to work on other stuff, I
have been handling this for quite some time.
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Add myself as a maintainer of the NETWORK subsystem since:
- I have effectively been handling net patches in my patchwork queue and
sending pull requests to Tom,
- I do have push access to the u-boot-net custodian tree.
Also, add u-boot-net as the SCM tree for NETWORK (LWIP) since it is where
lwIP-related patches end up too.
Signed-off-by: Jerome Forissier <jerome.forissier@linaro.org>
CC: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
CC: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
CC: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
R-Car V4H Reference Manual R19UH0186EJ0130 Rev.1.30 Apr. 21, 2025 page 585
Figure 9.3.2 Software Reset flow (B) indicates that for peripherals in HSC
domain, after reset has been asserted by writing a matching reset bit into
register SRCR, it is mandatory to wait 1ms.
Because it is the controller driver which can determine whether or not the
controller is in HSC domain based on its compatible string, add the missing
delay into the controller driver.
This 1ms delay is documented on R-Car V4H and V4M, it is currently unclear
whether S4 is affected as well. This patch does apply the extra delay on
R-Car S4 as well.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Assure the reset is latched and the core is ready for DBI access.
On R-Car V4H, the PCIe reset is asynchronized and does not take
effect immediately, but needs a short time to complete. In case
DBI access happens in that short time, that access generates an
SError. Make sure that condition can never happen, read back the
state of the reset which should turn the asynchronized reset into
synchronized one, and wait a little over 1ms to add additional
safety margin.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
R-Car V4H Reference Manual R19UH0186EJ0130 Rev.1.30 Apr. 21, 2025 page 4581
Figure 104.3b Initial Setting of PCIEC(example), third quarter of the figure
indicates that register 0xf8 should be polled until bit 18 becomes set to 1.
Register 0xf8 bit 18 is 0 immediately after write to PCIERSTCTRL1 and is set
to 1 in less than 1 ms afterward. The current readl_poll_timeout() break
condition is inverted and returns when register 0xf8 bit 18 is set to 0,
which in most cases means immediately. In case CONFIG_DEBUG_LOCK_ALLOC=y ,
the timing changes just enough for the first readl_poll_timeout() poll to
already read register 0xf8 bit 18 as 1 and afterward never read register
0xf8 bit 18 as 0, which leads to timeout and failure to start the PCIe
controller.
Fix this by inverting the poll condition to match the reference manual
initialization sequence.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
On the RZG2L platform, the advised
TF-A (https://github.com/renesas-rz/rzg_trusted-firmware-a/tree/v2.5/rzg2l)
does not pass any DTB blob to U-Boot.
On the other hand, the RZG2L part of U-Boot expects a DTB to be passed. It
means that if one flashes the latest TF-A as well as the mainline U-Boot,
it will crash trying to dereference the NULL DTB pointer before outputing
anything.
Check if the DTB pointer is NULL before trying to use it.
Signed-off-by: Mathieu Othacehe <othacehe@gnu.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
The error message in phytec_get_product_name() was missing a newline,
causing log output to be concatenated with subsequent messages. Add
the newline to improve readability.
Signed-off-by: Wadim Egorov <w.egorov@phytec.de>
After switching our boards to standard boot, we observed that the
kernel hangs when booting with the "script" boot method over the
network.
The original scriptaddr value was copied from ti_common.env and
remained unused for some time. On phycore-am62x and phycore-am62ax,
however, this address conflicts with the current location where
ATF is loaded (CONFIG_K3_ATF_LOAD_ADDR).
Move scriptaddr to 0x89100000, directly after fdtoverlay_addr_r.
The phycore-am64x is not affected by this issue, but we update it
as well to keep all phycore-am6xx boards consistent.
Signed-off-by: Wadim Egorov <w.egorov@phytec.de>
Reviewed-by: Anshul Dalal <anshuld@ti.com>
Per a private email, drop Luka Perkov from MAINTAINERS entries.
Reviewed-by: Tony Dinh <mibodhi@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Fix support for i.MX93 voltage modes on phyCORE-i.MX93 SoM boards.
First of all, Kconfig option CONFIG_IMX9_LOW_DRIVE_MODE is gone since
commit c9efcad237 ("imx93_evk: Remove CONFIG_IMX9_LOW_DRIVE_MODE and
ld defconfig") and was replaced by runtime detection mechanism. Thus
lets use is_voltage_mode() instead of Kconfig to detect CPU type and
select proper voltage mode.
Secondly, 1400MHz ND mode (Nominal Drive) requiring 0.85V BUCK voltage
was not supported with current power_init_board() PMIC settings. Add
check also for this CPU type and set BUCK voltage accordingly.
Last but not least, add printf() printouts about PMIC voltage mode to
the console. This makes it more apparent and verbose about voltage mode
in use. Also our internal tests depend on this printout to catch issues
with i.MX93 CPU types and set PMIC voltage modes.
Signed-off-by: Primoz Fiser <primoz.fiser@norik.com>
The LPCG number on iMX93 and iMX91 is 127 not 122. The wrong
value is used in ccm_reg structure and Coverity reports several
issues as out-of-bounds write.
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
According to latest ELE Get FW version API, the FW version word is defined
as below. The patch version only has 4 bits and minor version has 12 bits.
However, the codes use 8 bits for patch version and minor version. Add the
patch to fix the issue.
ELE firmware version
[31] - When set indicates a dirty build.
[30] - Reserved
[29:28] - Hotfix version.
[27] - When set, indicate that ELE FW is authenticated and operational.
[26:25] - Reserved
[24] - When set, indicate that an alternative FW is running.
[23:16] - Indicate the major version. This byte is checked against the
version set in the fuses to determine if the FW execution can be authorized
[15:4] - Indicate the minor version.
[3:0] - Indicate the patch version.
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
The ELE MU driver needs to be probed at init_r phase as well because
some ELE APIs will be called.
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
The config "GIC_V3" seems to be typo, and currently "GICV3" remains
disabled. This should be removed until needed.
Fixes: 5cd4a355e0 ("board: synquacer: Add DeveloperBox 96boards EE support")
Signed-off-by: Kunihiko Hayashi <hayashi.kunihiko@socionext.com>
The isprint() checks printability across all 256 characters, some of the
upper 128 characters are printable and produce artifacts on UART. Call
isascii() first to only consider the bottom 7bit ASCII characters as
printable, and then check their printability using isprint(). This fixes
a rare misprint in case the ID page content is uninitialized or corrupted.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut@mailbox.org>
Reviewed-by: Christoph Niedermaier <cniedermaier@dh-electronics.com>
The eip pointer in dh_get_value_from_eeprom_buffer() might be NULL.
The current NULL pointer check happens too late, after the eip was
accessed in variable assignment. Reorder the two, so the NULL pointer
check happens first, and any access second, otherwise the access may
trigger a hang or other undefined behavior.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut@mailbox.org>
Reviewed-by: Christoph Niedermaier <cniedermaier@dh-electronics.com>
Add the HBMC and MUX_MMIO configs in the R5 SPL stage for
successful HBMC boot.
Signed-off-by: Anurag Dutta <a-dutta@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Udit Kumar <u-kumar1@ti.com>
MUX_MMIO is needed by HBMC in SPL stage. Enable it at SPL as well
as u-boot proper stage.
Signed-off-by: Anurag Dutta <a-dutta@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Udit Kumar <u-kumar1@ti.com>
The commit 210702ae6c ("spl: spi: fix falcon mode for spi boot") fixed
the logic of spl_start_uboot() where 0 means OS boot and 1 means u-boot.
Zynq/ZynqMP enable OS_BOOT by default but it was never really be used
that's why disable it to boot via U-Boot phase all the time.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
Commit 649f4a7d3c ("board: ti: am57xx: Set fdtfile from C code
instead of findfdt script") prepends "ti/omap/" to the actual name
of the fdtfile whereas fit image boot needs exact dtb name. So, remove
"ti/omap" from name_fit_config by substituting it with an empty string.
Fixes: 649f4a7d3c ("board: ti: am57xx: Set fdtfile from C code instead of findfdt script")
Signed-off-by: Anurag Dutta <a-dutta@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Udit Kumar <u-kumar1@ti.com>
This patch is used to restore support for i.MX95 A0 silicon. To avoid
duplicating defconfig, imx95.config is added and can be shared between
imx95_a0_19x19_evk_defconfig and imx95_19x19_evk_defconfig.
container.cfg and imximage.cfg are used to created .cfgout files that
are be passed to mkimage with -n to build flash.bin. Now they have been
deleted and replaced by adding their content to properties of node which
type is nxp-imx9image under binman node.
Fixes: 9936724aa9 ("imx95_evk: Add i.MX95 B0 support")
Signed-off-by: Alice Guo <alice.guo@nxp.com>
Tested-By: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com> # imx95-19x19-evk (rA0)
To support passing specific commands defined in enum imx8image_cmd to
the imx8image_copy_image() function, this patch introduces a new entry
type nxp-imx9image. This entry generates a plain text data file
containing the relevant commands, enabling flexible configuration during
image creation.
Signed-off-by: Alice Guo <alice.guo@nxp.com>
Check the compatible string of ethernet1 node for KS8851 very early on,
before calling uclass_get_device_by_of_path() which might initialize
the device and possibly attempt to configure MAC address into device
which is not KS8851. Doing the compatibility check early prevent this.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut@mailbox.org>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
The layout of SYSCFG_ETHnCR on STM32MP25xx is slightly different yet again.
Add missing swizzling to program the correct register with the correct content.
Fixes: 20afca89ed ("net: dwc_eth_qos: add support of stm32mp2 platform")
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut@mailbox.org>
Reviewed-by: Christophe ROULLIER<christophe.roullier@foss.st.com>
The clk_register_composite() does clk_resolve_parent_clk() look up,
which requires valid udevice pointer. Do not pass NULL, pass a valid
device pointer to prevent hang on registering ck_usbo_48m clock on
STM32MP13xx.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut@mailbox.org>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
SPL recover data section is broken which causes reboot failure on
some i.MX platforms (iMX8QM/iMX95).
The global variable cold_reboot_flag is assigned to weak reset_flag
function which always return 1, so restore never been executed in
warm reboot.
Fixes: 1c37e59bfb ("arm: armv8: Improve SPL data save and restore implementation")
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
spl_start_uboot is a board overridable function that switches to falcon
boot mode on return value of 0.
Though for SPI, the falcon boot mode was being enabled on return value
of 1 which is not the correct behaviour. Therefore this patch fixes it
to the expected boot flow.
Fixes: 14509a28aa ("spl: spi: Consolidate spi_load_image_os into spl_spi_load_image")
Signed-off-by: Anshul Dalal <anshuld@ti.com>
Anshul Dalal <anshuld@ti.com> says:
On various TI's K3 platforms boot failure was observed on SPI NOR since the
commit 5609f200d0 ("arm: Kconfig: enable LTO for ARCH_K3"). This issue was
root caused to stack corruption by the 'udma_transfer' function. Where the local
variable 'paddr' of type 'dma_addr_t' was being written to as a 64-bit value
which overwrote the stack frame of the caller (dma_memcpy) as only 32-bits had
been reserved for paddr on the stack, specifically the r4 register in the frame
of dma_memcpy was being overwritten with a 0.
drivers/dma/ti/k3-udma.c:2192:
int udma_transfer(...)
{
...
dma_addr_t paddr = 0;
...
/* paddr was written to as 64-bit value here */
udma_poll_completion(uc, &paddr);
}
drivers/dma/dma-uclass.c:234:
int dma_memcpy(...)
{
dma_addr_t destination;
dma_addr_t source;
int ret;
...
/* This call resolves to udma_transfer */
ret = ops->transfer(...);
...
dma_unmap_single(destination, ...);
dma_unmap_single(...);
return ret;
}
Enabling LTO changed how gcc mapped local variables of dma_memcpy to CPU
registers, where earlier the bug was hidden since the overwritten register
'r4' was allotted to 'ret' but was allotted to 'destination' once LTO was
enabled. And since the overwritten value was 0, the bug remained undetected
as it just meant ret was 0, but having 'destination' set to 0 caused
dma_unmap_single to fail silently leading to boot failures.
The fix entails enabling DMA_ADDR_T_64BIT which changes dma_addr_t from u32 to
u64 for the R5 SPL thus reserving enough space for 'paddr' to prevent the
overflow.
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20250903115207.572304-1-anshuld@ti.com
ARCH_K3 encompasses both 32 and 64-bit cores on the same SoC, though the
DMA addresses are always 64-bit in size.
With the current implementation, the R5 SPL uses a u32 for dma_addr_t
which leads to data overflow when functions such as k3_nav_*_pop_mem try
to write a 64-bit address to dma_addr_t variable.
In certain cases it leads to stack corruption which manifest as boot
failures on certain compilers, such as SPI boot on GCC 14.2 or 13.3.
Therefore this patch selects CONFIG_DMA_ADDR_T_64BIT for all ARCH_K3.
Fixes: ffcc66e8fe ("dma: ti: add driver to K3 UDMA")
Signed-off-by: Anshul Dalal <anshuld@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Prasanth Babu Mantena <p-mantena@ti.com>
dma_addr_t is used to store any valid DMA address which might not
necessarily be the same size as host architecture's word size. Though
various typecasts in k3's dma and usb driver expect dma_addr_t to be the
same size as the word size.
This leads the compiler to throw a "cast from pointer to integer of
different size" warning when the condition is not met, for example when
enabling CONFIG_DMA_ADDR_T_64BIT for the R5 core.
Therefore this patch fixes the typecasts by using 'uintptr_t' as an
intermediary type which is guaranteed to be the same size as void* on
the host architecture. Thus, eliminating the compiler warning.
Signed-off-by: Anshul Dalal <anshuld@ti.com>
Since commit 5fb88fa725 "env: Rename SYS_REDUNDAND_ENVIRONMENT to ENV_REDUNDANT"
the option SYS_REDUNDAND_ENVIRONMENT is no longer available and should be
renamed to ENV_REDUNDANT.
Fixes: 95f03ee65c ("env: mmc: fix offsets relative to the end of the partition")
Signed-off-by: Heiko Thiery <heiko.thiery@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Enable CONFIG_DNS for visionfive2 board target. With CONFIG_PROT_DNS_LWIP
enabled and CONFIG_CMD_DNS disabled this restores DNS functionality
displaced by LwIP DNS refactoring during the merge window.
Signed-off-by: E Shattow <e@freeshell.de>
Booting u-boot as payload with coreboot's main branch is currently broken
since commit [1] on x86 as U-boot assumes the active GDT matches what
U-Boot would have installed in start16.S.
Make no assumptions and always load the GDT when building as coreboot
payload to make sure the segment registers are actually matching the GDT.
Fixes #GP seen when booting U-Boot as coreboot payload.
1: https://review.coreboot.org/c/coreboot/+/87255
Signed-off-by: Patrick Rudolph <patrick.rudolph@9elements.com>
Link: https://review.coreboot.org/c/coreboot/+/87255
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Add a MAINTAINERS entry for the DesignWare XGMAC network driver to
ensure future patches are properly routed for review and support.
Signed-off-by: Boon Khai Ng <boon.khai.ng@altera.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
We now can provide a map and have the standard fdtfile variable set from
code itself. This allows for bootstd to "just work".
Signed-off-by: Anurag Dutta <a-dutta@ti.com>
We now can provide a map and have the standard fdtfile variable set from
code itself. This allows for bootstd to "just work".
Signed-off-by: Anurag Dutta <a-dutta@ti.com>
Add omap common environment variables to .env. We retain the old-style C
environment .h files to maintain compatibility with other omap devices that
have not moved to using .env yet.
Signed-off-by: Anurag Dutta <a-dutta@ti.com>
Avoid use of hard-coded address in boot command, instead use $loadaddr
which is the default load address. This improves consistency of the
environment on this board.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
The CONFIG_ENV_VARS_UBOOT_CONFIG extends U-Boot environment with
variables arch/board/board_name/soc/vendor, which can be used to
discern different devices from each other based purely on U-Boot
environment variables.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
In spi_rx_tx there comes a test for execution of a code block that
allows execution if rxp is not NULL or stopping is true. However all the
code in this block relies on rxp being valid so allowing entry just if
stopping is true does not make sense. So remove this from the test
expression leaving just a NULL check for rxp.
This issue was found by Smatch.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Goodbody <andrew.goodbody@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com>
In rzg2l_pinconf_set and rzg2l_get_pin_muxing if the call to
rzg2l_selector_decode fails then the variable pin may not have been
assigned to. Remove the use of pin from the error message. Also update
the error message to show the invalid selector used instead of port
which will be the error code returned.
This issue was found by Smatch.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Goodbody <andrew.goodbody@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Paul Barker <paul@pbarker.dev>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Pull request efi-2025-10-rc4.
CI:
* https://source.denx.de/u-boot/custodians/u-boot-efi/-/pipelines/27527
Documentation:
* Rephrasing and text corrections for buildman
UEFI:
* Serial: Use correct EFI status type
* Let EFI_HTTP_BOOT select CMD_DHCP
* Let EFI_VARIABLES_PRESEED depend on !COMPILE_TEST
To make stdout messages easier to read and understand.
Signed-off-by: Henrik Grimler <henrik@grimler.se>
Signed-off-by: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com>
For multi-line commands the lines should preferably be aligned with
the opening parenthesis.
Signed-off-by: Henrik Grimler <henrik@grimler.se>
Signed-off-by: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com>
There exists both a Origen board based on exynos4210, and a board
based on exynos4412. U-boot only supports the one based on exynos
4210, but Kconfig string was accidentally written as Exynos4412 Origen
in previous migration to Kconfig. Fix the string to clear up
confusion, and to not give the impression that both types of Origen
boards are supported.
Fixes: 72df68cc6b ("exynos: kconfig: move board select menu and common settings")
Signed-off-by: Henrik Grimler <henrik@grimler.se>
Signed-off-by: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com>
SL101 unlike TF101/G has no Lid sensor, so lets add a separate env for
SL101 without Lid sensor used.
Signed-off-by: Svyatoslav Ryhel <clamor95@gmail.com>
Hall sensor found in SL101 is not used for closed dock detection as on
TF101 or TF101G, it is used to detect if keyboard slider is out. To address
this, lets move Lid sensor switch into TF101/G trees and add Tablet mode
switch into SL101 tree.
Signed-off-by: Svyatoslav Ryhel <clamor95@gmail.com>
LAN9514 is a chip on E850-96 board which acts as a USB host hub and
Ethernet controller. It's controlled via USB lines when DWC3 is
configured to be in USB host role (by setting the "dr_mode" property to
"host" value in e850-96 dts file).
Enable network support and LAN9514 chip support. This makes Ethernet
functional on E850-96 board.
Signed-off-by: Sam Protsenko <semen.protsenko@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com>
Exynos850 SoC has a dual-role USB controller which can be configured in
USB host role. As it's the only one USB controller on the board, it's
shared between "device" USB connector (micro-USB) and host USB
connectors. The hardware automatically powers on the host related parts
when the micro-USB cable (for device role) is being disconnected. Also,
as U-Boot lacks dynamic USB role switching capability, the only way to
switch the role at the moment is to modify "dr_mode" property in
U-Boot's device tree file here:
dts/upstream/src/arm64/exynos/exynos850-e850-96.dts
This won't affect the dynamic role switching later in Linux kernel, as a
separate (different) device tree blob is provided to the kernel.
Enable the USB host support and corresponding commands to make it
functional in E850-96 board.
Signed-off-by: Sam Protsenko <semen.protsenko@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com>
Linux kernel should use some separate device tree obtained from another
source anyway. For example the dtb file can be read from /boot directory
in eMMC rootfs partition, either by GRUB or U-Boot. Using U-Boot's
device tree blob to provide it to the kernel (when
CONFIG_DEFAULT_FDT_FILE is set and nobody else overrides this choice)
might lead to undesired effects when booting the OS. For example, if a
user sets "dr_mode" property to "host" value in U-Boot's dts to enable
USB host capabilities in U-Boot, it might confuse usb-conn-gpio driver
in Linux kernel later like this:
platform connector: deferred probe pending: usb-conn-gpio:
failed to get role switch
Disable CONFIG_DEFAULT_FDT_FILE option to avoid any possible confusion.
Signed-off-by: Sam Protsenko <semen.protsenko@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com>
Provide a way for the user to select which storage to load the LDFW
firmware from, by setting the corresponding environment variables:
- bootdev: block device interface name
- bootdevnum: block device number
- bootdevpart: partition number
This might be useful when the OS is flashed and booted from a different
storage device than eMMC (e.g. USB flash drive). In this case it should
be sufficient to just set:
=> setenv bootdev usb
=> env save
assuming that the USB drive layout follows the same partitioning scheme
as defined in $partitions.
Signed-off-by: Sam Protsenko <semen.protsenko@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com>
Make it possible to provide the information about storage device where
LDFW firmware resides to the firmware loading routine. The firmware
loader code shouldn't have that data hard-coded anyway, and it also
allows for implementing more dynamic behavior later, like choosing the
storage device containing LDFW via some environment variables.
No functional change.
Signed-off-by: Sam Protsenko <semen.protsenko@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com>
Make use of PMIC configuration routines and enable all LDOs that might
be useful for bootloader and kernel. The most crucial regulator being
enabled at the moment is LDO24 which provides power to LAN9514 chip.
That makes Ethernet controller and USB hub functional.
Signed-off-by: Sam Protsenko <semen.protsenko@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com>
Add functions for configuring voltage regulators on S2MPU12 PMIC chip
for E850-96 board. The chip is accessed by commanding APM core (via
ACPM IPC protocol) to perform corresponding transfers over I3C bus.
The most important regulator being set up is LDO24 used for LAN9514 chip
power. As LAN9514 implements USB hub and Ethernet controller
functionality, it's crucial to enable and configure LDO24 to be able to
use it further. While at it, configure the rest of regulators that might
be needed later, both in the bootloader and in kernel.
Signed-off-by: Sam Protsenko <semen.protsenko@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com>
Add functions to access I3C bus via APM (Active Power Management) core
by using ACPM IPC protocol. It will be further used for configuring PMIC
chip voltage regulators.
Signed-off-by: Sam Protsenko <semen.protsenko@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com>
Set the environment variable for Ethernet MAC address (ethaddr). Use the
SoC ID to make sure it's unique. It'll be formatted in a way that
follows the consecutive style of the serial number ("serial#" variable),
i.e.:
OTP_CHIPID0 = 0xf51c8113
OTP_CHIPID1 = 0x236
get_chip_id() = 0x236f51c8113
serial# = 00000236f51c8113
ethaddr = 02:36:f5:1c:81:13
where corresponding bytes of the MAC address are:
mac_addr[0] = 0x02 // OTP_CHIPID1[15:8]
mac_addr[1] = 0x36 // OTP_CHIPID1[7:0]
mac_addr[2] = 0xf5 // OTP_CHIPID0[31:24]
mac_addr[3] = 0x1c // OTP_CHIPID0[23:16]
mac_addr[4] = 0x81 // OTP_CHIPID0[15:8]
mac_addr[5] = 0x13 // OTP_CHIPID0[7:0]
because OTP_CHIPID1 has only 16 significant bits (with actual ID
values), and all 32 bits of OTP_CHIPID0 are significant.
Signed-off-by: Sam Protsenko <semen.protsenko@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com>
In exynos7420_peric1_get_rate the variable ret is declared as an
'unsigned int' but is then used to receive the return value of
clk_get_by_index which returns an int. The value of ret is then tested
for being less than 0 which will always fail for an unsigned variable.
Fix this by declaring ret as an 'int' so that the test for the error
condition is valid.
This issue was found by Smatch.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Goodbody <andrew.goodbody@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com>
riscv was missing from the list.
To some, the architecture's name may not be obvious from the code name.
Signed-off-by: Adriano Carvalho <adrianocarvalho.pt@gmail.com>
Strictly speaking, "has" doesn't make sense.
"supports" seems like a better word and it probably was what the original author meant.
Signed-off-by: Adriano Carvalho <adrianocarvalho.pt@gmail.com>
These are fixes to what looks like obvious typos.
Some minor improvments are also included, such as:
- Write "symbolic link" instead of symlink
- Correct capitalization for LLVM (all caps)
- Remove dead link and surrounding sentence
Signed-off-by: Adriano Carvalho <adrianocarvalho.pt@gmail.com>
This is needed because distro_efi_read_bootflow_net will then need
dhcp_run which is not already enabled by CMD_NET.
Signed-off-by: Jan Kiszka <jan.kiszka@siemens.com>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
When doing compile testing build we cannot rely on having a valid file
for EFI_VAR_SEED_FILE to exist, so disable this option when doing
compile tests.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Acked-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
int is not sufficient to hold and test the return from an EFI function
call. Use efi_status_t instead so that the test can work as expected.
This issue was found by Smatch.
Fixes: 275854baee ("efi: Add a serial driver")
Signed-off-by: Andrew Goodbody <andrew.goodbody@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
After the commit 7a53abb183 ("rockchip: rk3588: Remove USB3 DRD nodes
in u-boot.dtsi") was merged for v2024.10 there is no reason to keep the
usb nodes for the Generic RK3588 board in the board u-boot.dtsi.
Move usb related nodes from board u-boot.dtsi to main board device tree.
While at it, also drop use of the usb3-phy as we only want to enable the
usb2-phy to be compatible with as many boards as possible.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Karlman <jonas@kwiboo.se>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
The RK3576 SoC comes with USB OTG support using a DWC3 controller with
a USB2 PHY and a USB3 PHY (USBDP PHY).
Some board designs may not use the USBDP PHY for USB3 purpose. For these
board to use USB OTG the input clock source must change to use UTMI clk
instead of PIPE clk.
Change to always disable the USB3OTG0 U3 port early and leave it to the
USBDP PHY driver to re-enable the U3 port when a usb3-phy is described
in the board device tree.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Karlman <jonas@kwiboo.se>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
The RK3588 SoC comes with USB OTG support using a DWC3 controller with
a USB2 PHY and a USB3 PHY (USBDP PHY).
Some board designs may not use the USBDP PHY for USB3 purpose. For these
board to use USB OTG the input clock source must change to use UTMI clk
instead of PIPE clk.
Change to always disable the USB3OTG U3 ports early and leave it to the
USBDP PHY driver to re-enable the U3 port when a usb3-phy is described
in the board device tree.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Karlman <jonas@kwiboo.se>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
The Rockchip TypeC glue driver improperly present itself as a UCLASS_PHY
driver, without ever implementing the required phy_ops.
This is something that in special circumstances can lead to a NULL
pointer dereference followed by a SError crash.
Change the glue driver to use UCLASS_NOP to fix this.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Karlman <jonas@kwiboo.se>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
The Rockchip USB2PHY glue driver improperly present itself as a
UCLASS_PHY driver, without ever implementing the required phy_ops.
This is something that in special circumstances can lead to a NULL
pointer dereference followed by a SError crash.
Change the glue driver to use UCLASS_NOP to fix this.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Karlman <jonas@kwiboo.se>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Change to use syscon_regmap_lookup_by_phandle() helper instead of
finding the syscon udevice and making a call to syscon_get_regmap().
No runtime change is expected with this simplication.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Karlman <jonas@kwiboo.se>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
The init ops for Rockchip COMBPHY driver is more complex than it needs
to be, e.g. declaring multiple init functions that only differ in the
error message.
Simplify the init ops based on code from the Linux mainline driver.
This change also ensure that errors returned from combphy_cfg() and
reset_deassert_bulk() is propertly propagated to the caller. No other
runtime change is expected with this simplication.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Karlman <jonas@kwiboo.se>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Generic PHY reference counting helps ensure driver ops for init/exit and
power on/off are called at correct state. For this to work the PHY
driver must initialize PHY-id to a persistent value in of_xlate ops.
The Rockchip COMBPHY driver does not initialize the PHY-id field, this
typically lead to use of unshared reference counting among different
struct phy instances.
Initialize the PHY-id in of_xlate ops to ensure use of shared reference
counting among all struct phy instances.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Karlman <jonas@kwiboo.se>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
With working shared reference counting for Generic PHY ops there is no
need for the Rockchip USBDP PHY driver to keep its own status (reference
counting) handling.
Simplify the init ops now that shared reference counting is working.
This also removes the unused mode_change handling as part of the
simplication.
No runtime change is expected with this simplication.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Karlman <jonas@kwiboo.se>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Generic PHY reference counting helps ensure driver ops for init/exit and
power on/off are called at correct state. For this to work the PHY
driver must initialize PHY-id to a persistent value in of_xlate ops.
The Rockchip USBDP PHY driver does not initialize the PHY-id field, this
typically lead to use of unshared reference counting among different
struct phy instances.
Initialize the PHY-id in of_xlate ops to ensure use of shared reference
counting among all struct phy instances.
E.g. on a ROCK 5B following could be observed:
=> usb start
starting USB...
[...]
Bus usb@fc400000: 2 USB Device(s) found
scanning usb for storage devices... 1 Storage Device(s) found
=> usb reset
resetting USB...
[...]
rockchip_udphy phy@fed90000: cmn ana lcpll lock timeout
rockchip_udphy phy@fed90000: failed to init usbdp combophy
rockchip_udphy phy@fed90000: PHY: Failed to init phy@fed90000: -110.
Can't init PHY1
Bus usb@fc400000: probe failed, error -110
scanning usb for storage devices... 0 Storage Device(s) found
With shared reference counting this is fixed:
=> usb reset
resetting USB...
[...]
Bus usb@fc400000: 2 USB Device(s) found
scanning usb for storage devices... 1 Storage Device(s) found
Signed-off-by: Jonas Karlman <jonas@kwiboo.se>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Enable the needed modules so that ROCKUSB can be used to update the
NanoPi R5S.
Signed-off-by: Diederik de Haas <didi.debian@cknow.org>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
In rockchip_sdhci_execute_tuning the variable tuning_loop_counter is
tested for being less than 0. Ensure that it is a signed type by
declaring it as s8 instead of char.
This issue was found by Smatch.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Goodbody <andrew.goodbody@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
The RK806 PMIC has a bitfield for configuring the restart/reset behavior
(which I assume Rockchip calls "function") whenever the PMIC is reset
either programmatically (c.f. DEV_RST in the datasheet) or via PWRCTRL
or RESETB pins.
For RK806, the following values are possible for RST_FUN:
0b00 means "Restart PMU"
0b01 means "Reset all the power off reset registers, forcing
the state to switch to ACTIVE mode"
0b10 means "Reset all the power off reset registers, forcing
the state to switch to ACTIVE mode, and simultaneously
pull down the RESETB PIN for 5mS before releasing"
0b11 means the same as for 0b10 just above.
This adds the appropriate logic in the driver to parse the new
rockchip,reset-mode DT property to pass this information. It just
happens that the values in the binding match the values to write in the
bitfield so no mapping is necessary.
For backward compatibility reasons, if the property is missing we set it
to 0b10 (i.e. BIT(7)) like before this commit was merged instead of
leaving it untouched like in the kernel driver.
Note that this does nothing useful for U-Boot at the moment as the ways
to reset the device (e.g. via `reset` command) doesn't interact with the
RK8xx PMIC and simply does a CPU reset.
Considering the upstream Linux kernel left this register untouched until
(assumed) v6.17[1], this is useful for cases in which the U-Boot
bootloader has this patch (and running with a DT with
rockchip,reset-mode property set) and running an upstream kernel before
(assumed) v6.17, or alternatively later without the property in the
kernel DT.
[1] https://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/lee/mfd.git/commit/?id=87b48d86b77686013f5c2a8866ed299312b671db
Signed-off-by: Quentin Schulz <quentin.schulz@cherry.de>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
The bootloader for RK3588 Tiger currently forces the PMIC reset behavior
(stored in RST_FUN bitfield in register SYS_CFG3 of the PMIC) to 0b1X
which is incorrect for our devices.
It is required to restart the PMU as otherwise the companion
microcontroller cannot detect the PMIC (and by extension the full
product and main SoC) being rebooted which is an issue as that is used
to reset a few things like the PWM beeper and watchdogs.
Let's add the new rockchip,reset-mode property to make sure the PMIC
reset behavior is the expected one.
Signed-off-by: Quentin Schulz <quentin.schulz@cherry.de>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20250627-rk8xx-rst-fun-v4-5-ce05d041b45f@cherry.de
Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko@sntech.de>
[ upstream commit: e82f642b9821384045915dc30e73df7de8424827 ]
(cherry picked from commit d9c568906be166834f4f977bc7f704176bac5b8a)
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
The bootloader for RK3588 Jaguar currently forces the PMIC reset
behavior (stored in RST_FUN bitfield in register SYS_CFG3 of the PMIC)
to 0b1X which is incorrect for our devices.
It is required to restart the PMU as otherwise the companion
microcontroller cannot detect the PMIC (and by extension the full
product and main SoC) being rebooted which is an issue as that is used
to reset a few things like the PWM beeper and watchdogs.
Let's add the new rockchip,reset-mode property to make sure the PMIC
reset behavior is the expected one.
Signed-off-by: Quentin Schulz <quentin.schulz@cherry.de>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20250627-rk8xx-rst-fun-v4-4-ce05d041b45f@cherry.de
Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko@sntech.de>
[ upstream commit: ee907113430aa02a8202c91bb574c385ecc28aa2 ]
(cherry picked from commit 8bd14566b75f9409de703a0d2f9a0704b71a7ebe)
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
To make it easier to read the device tree, let's add constants for the
rockchip,reset-mode property values that are currently only applicable
to RK806 PMIC.
Signed-off-by: Quentin Schulz <quentin.schulz@cherry.de>
[dt-maintainers did not consider this part of the binding, so we're
keeping the header in the devicetree directory]
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20250627-rk8xx-rst-fun-v4-3-ce05d041b45f@cherry.de
Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko@sntech.de>
[ upstream commit: 304be20e65ca08fc2e9cb58eb939a0054d8a8b81 ]
(cherry picked from commit 0e417bfcbc385c127c7f5ea01df6289aed8325c2)
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
The RK806 PMIC allows to configure its reset/restart behavior whenever
the PMIC is reset either programmatically or via some external pins
(e.g. PWRCTRL or RESETB).
The following modes exist:
- 0; restart PMU,
- 1; reset all power off reset registers and force state to switch to
ACTIVE mode,
- 2; same as mode 1 and also pull RESETB pin down for 5ms,
For example, some hardware may require a full restart (mode 0) in order
to function properly as regulators are shortly interrupted in this mode.
This is the case for RK3588 Jaguar and RK3588 Tiger which have a
companion microcontroller running on an independent power supply and
monitoring the PMIC power rail to know the state of the main system.
When it detects a restart, it resets its own IPs exposed to the main
system as if to simulate its own reset. Failing to perform this fake
reset of the microcontroller may break things (e.g. watchdog not
automatically disabled, buzzer still running until manually disabled,
leftover configuration from previous main system state, etc...).
Some other systems may be depending on the power rails to not be
interrupted even for a small amount of time[1].
This allows to specify how the PMIC should perform on the hardware level
and may differ between hardware designs, so a DT property seems
warranted. I unfortunately do not see how this could be made generic
enough to make it a non-vendor property.
[1] https://lore.kernel.org/linux-rockchip/2577051.irdbgypaU6@workhorse/
Reviewed-by: Krzysztof Kozlowski <krzysztof.kozlowski@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Quentin Schulz <quentin.schulz@cherry.de>
Reviewed-by: "Rob Herring (Arm)" <robh@kernel.org>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20250627-rk8xx-rst-fun-v4-1-ce05d041b45f@cherry.de
Signed-off-by: Lee Jones <lee@kernel.org>
[ upstream commit: 404005d1083997daec7236620b9ba14bccdce449 ]
(cherry picked from commit 8ee72356e9844265334fd344bc05139d1f615c4d)
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Radxa E20C has a USB OTG Type-C port for Debug and Data.
Add required Kconfig options to use USB gadget features once pending
USB nodes finally lands in dts/upstream by a future sync.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Karlman <jonas@kwiboo.se>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Add support for the PCIe/USB3 combo PHY used in the RK3528 SoC.
Config values are taken from vendor U-Boot linux-6.1-stan-rkr5 tag.
Signed-off-by: Jianwei Zheng <jianwei.zheng@rock-chips.com>
Signed-off-by: Jonas Karlman <jonas@kwiboo.se>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Like Rockchip RK3328, RK3568 and RK3588, the RK3528 also have a single
node to represent the glue and ctrl for USB 3.0.
Use rk_ops as driver data to select correct ctrl node for RK3528 DWC3.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Karlman <jonas@kwiboo.se>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Add dummy support for the CLK_REF_PCIE_INNER_PHY clock to allow probe of
the phy-rockchip-naneng-combphy driver on RK3528.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Karlman <jonas@kwiboo.se>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
The RK3528 SoC comes with USB OTG support using a DWC3 controller with
a USB2 PHY and a USB3 PHY (COMBPHY).
Some board designs may not use the COMBPHY for USB3 purpose. For these
board to use USB OTG the input clock source must change to use UTMI clk
instead of PIPE clk.
Change to always disable the USB3OTG U3 port early and leave it to the
COMBPHY driver to re-enable the U3 port when a usb3-phy is described in
the board device tree.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Karlman <jonas@kwiboo.se>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Radxa E20C has two main pwm-regulators, vdd_arm and vdd_logic.
Add init-microvolt props to ensure the regulators are initialized at
the recommended power-on sequence voltage instead of at max voltage.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Karlman <jonas@kwiboo.se>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Drop the sdmmc node from soc u-boot.dtsi and instead use the sdmmc node
from rk3528.dtsi with v6.16-dts now merged to dts/upstream.
This cleanup has no intended functional change.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Karlman <jonas@kwiboo.se>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
The rk3528-generic target can no longer boot after v6.16-dts was merged
into dts/upstream, and instead end up in a boot loop:
No serial driver found
resetting ...
After Linux commit 34d2730fbbdd ("arm64: dts: rockchip: move rk3528
i2c+uart aliases to board files") there is no longer an alias for
serial0 defined for the U-Boot only rk3528-generic device tree.
Add a board specific aliases node that include the missing serial0 alias
to resolve the boot issue and ensure that stdout-path = "serial0:..."
can be resolved by U-Boot.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Karlman <jonas@kwiboo.se>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
GPIO0_B7 is routed to TXI of the on-board CAN transceiver. The
line has a pull-down per SoC default.
This means the CAN transceiver transmits a dominant zero
and blocks the CAN bus until Linux boots and reconfigures the pin.
Let's switch to pull-up as soon as we can (i.e. in SPL).
This cuts down the "bus is blocked" time from 10 seconds to < 1 second.
Of course, to this needs CONFIG_SPL_BOARD_INIT, so enable it
the Jaguar defconfig.
Signed-off-by: Jakob Unterwurzacher <jakob.unterwurzacher@cherry.de>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Erasing the environment to start from scratch is actually very useful
and "env erase" is the proper way to do it instead of using "env
default -a && env save", so let's enable support for it.
Signed-off-by: Quentin Schulz <quentin.schulz@cherry.de>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Erasing the environment to start from scratch is actually very useful
and "env erase" is the proper way to do it instead of using "env
default -a && env save", so let's enable support for it.
Signed-off-by: Quentin Schulz <quentin.schulz@cherry.de>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Erasing the environment to start from scratch is actually very useful
and "env erase" is the proper way to do it instead of using "env
default -a && env save", so let's enable support for it.
Signed-off-by: Quentin Schulz <quentin.schulz@cherry.de>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Erasing the environment to start from scratch is actually very useful
and "env erase" is the proper way to do it instead of using "env
default -a && env save", so let's enable support for it.
Signed-off-by: Quentin Schulz <quentin.schulz@cherry.de>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
ArmSoM-Sige5 adopts the second-generation 8nm high-performance AIOT
platform Rockchip RK3576, with a 6 TOPS computing power NPU and support
for up to 16GB of large memory. It supports 4K video encoding and
decoding, offers rich interfaces including dual gigabit Ethernet ports,
WiFi 6 & BT5, and various video outputs.
Features tested on a ArmSoM Sige5 v1.1:
- SD-card boot
- eMMC boot
- Ethernet
- PCIe NVMe
Signed-off-by: Jonas Karlman <jonas@kwiboo.se>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Add support for the PCIe/USB3/SATA combo PHYs used in the RK3576 SoC.
Config values are taken from vendor U-Boot linux-6.1-stan-rkr5 tag.
Signed-off-by: Jon Lin <jon.lin@rock-chips.com>
Signed-off-by: Jonas Karlman <jonas@kwiboo.se>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Add dummy support for the CLK_REF_PCIEx_PHY clocks to allow probe of the
phy-rockchip-naneng-combphy driver on RK3576.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Karlman <jonas@kwiboo.se>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Add support for the USB3.0+DP PHY used in the RK3576 SoC.
Config values are taken from vendor U-Boot linux-6.1-stan-rkr5 tag.
Signed-off-by: Frank Wang <frank.wang@rock-chips.com>
Signed-off-by: Jonas Karlman <jonas@kwiboo.se>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Add support for the USB2.0 PHYs used in the RK3576 SoC.
Config values are taken from vendor U-Boot linux-6.1-stan-rkr5 tag.
Signed-off-by: Frank Wang <frank.wang@rock-chips.com>
Signed-off-by: Jonas Karlman <jonas@kwiboo.se>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Like Rockchip RK3328, RK3568 and RK3588, the RK3576 also have a single
node to represent the glue and ctrl for USB 3.0.
Use rk_ops as driver data to select correct ctrl node for RK3576 DWC3.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Karlman <jonas@kwiboo.se>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Update rk3576-u-boot.dtsi to include OTP in U-Boot pre-reloc phase for
checkboard() to be able to read information about the running SoC model
and variant from OTP and print it during boot:
U-Boot 2025.04 (Apr 22 2025 - 20:43:17 +0000)
Model: Generic RK3576
SoC: RK3576
DRAM: 8 GiB
Signed-off-by: Jonas Karlman <jonas@kwiboo.se>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Implement checkboard() to print current SoC model used by a board when
U-Boot proper is running.
U-Boot 2025.04 (Apr 22 2025 - 20:43:17 +0000)
Model: Generic RK3576
SoC: RK3576
DRAM: 8 GiB
Information about the SoC model and variant is read from OTP.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Karlman <jonas@kwiboo.se>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Add a minimal generic RK3576 board that only have eMMC, SDMMC and USB
OTG enabled. This defconfig can be used to boot from eMMC or SD-card on
most RK3576 boards that follow reference board design.
eMMC and SD-card boot tested on:
- ArmSoM CM5
- ArmSoM Sige5
- FriendlyElec NanoPi M5
- Luckfox Omni3576
- Toybrick TB-RK3576D
Signed-off-by: Jonas Karlman <jonas@kwiboo.se>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Use 0x350e as the default USB Product ID for Rockchip RK3576, same PID
being used by the BootROM when the device is in MASKROM mode.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Karlman <jonas@kwiboo.se>
Reviewed-by: Mattijs Korpershoek <mkorpershoek@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
The RK3576 SoC contains a RKRNG block that can be used to generate
random numbers using the rockchip_rng driver.
Add compatible for RK3576 to support random numbers:
=> rng list
RNG #0 - rng@2a410000
=> rng
00000000: 36 dd ab 98 ec fb fe d1 cf 36 b3 e1 9b 3d 00 90 6........6...=..
00000010: f5 84 de 75 6b 27 48 9e 13 62 12 6c 50 ca 47 1a ...uk'H..b.lP.G.
00000020: b3 4d fc 43 c5 b5 2d be 07 27 03 26 bb 69 61 2a .M.C..-..'.&.ia*
00000030: 6f 70 01 83 4e ce 91 7a 5a 6c 7c 00 43 87 3e c5 op..N..zZl|.C.>.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Karlman <jonas@kwiboo.se>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
The rockchip usb gadget driver cannot build without platform specific
headers being available. Express that requirement in Kconfig as well.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Quentin Schulz <quentin.schulz@cherry.de>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
This implements checkboard() to print the current SoC model used by a
board, e.g. one of:
SoC: PX30
SoC: PX30S
SoC: PX30K
SoC: RK3326
SoC: RK3326S
when U-Boot proper is running.
The information is read from the OTP and also the DDR_GRF. There's no
public information as far as I know about the layout and stored
information on OTP but this was provided by Rockchip themselves through
their support channel.
The OTP stores the information of whether the SoC is PX30K or something
else. To differentiate between PX30/RK3326 and PX30S/RK3326S, one needs
to read some undocumented bitfield in a DDR_GRF register as done in
vendor kernel,
c.f. https://github.com/armbian/linux-rockchip/blob/rk-6.1-rkr5.1/drivers/soc/rockchip/rockchip-cpuinfo.c#L118-L133.
I do not own a PX30S, nor RK3326/RK3326S so cannot test it works
properly.
Also add the OTP node to the pre-relocation phase of U-Boot proper so
that the SoC variant can be printed when DISPLAY_BOARDINFO is enabled.
This is not required if DISPLAY_BOARDINFO_LATE is enabled because this
happens after relocation. If both are enabled, then the SoC variant will
be printed twice in the boot log, e.g.:
U-Boot 2025.07-rc3-00014-g7cb731574ae6-dirty (May 28 2025 - 13:52:47 +0200)
Model: Theobroma Systems PX30-uQ7 SoM on Haikou devkit
SoC: PX30 <---- due to DISPLAY_BOARDINFO
DRAM: 2 GiB
PMIC: RK809 (on=0x40, off=0x00)
Core: 293 devices, 27 uclasses, devicetree: separate
MMC: mmc@ff370000: 1, mmc@ff390000: 0
Loading Environment from MMC... Reading from MMC(1)... OK
In: serial@ff030000
Out: serial@ff030000
Err: serial@ff030000
Model: Theobroma Systems PX30-uQ7 SoM on Haikou devkit
SoC: PX30 <----- due to DISPLAY_BOARDINFO_LATE
Net: eth0: ethernet@ff360000
Signed-off-by: Quentin Schulz <quentin.schulz@cherry.de>
Reviewed-by: Jonas Karlman <jonas@kwiboo.se>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Fix NULL pointer dereference that happen when rockchip-inno-usb2 clock
enabled before device probe. This early clock enable call happen in process
of parent clock activation added in ac30d90f33.
Fixes: 229218373c ("phy: rockchip-inno-usb2: Add support for clkout_ctl_phy").
Fixes: ac30d90f33 ("clk: Ensure the parent clocks are enabled while reparenting")
Co-authored-by: Jonas Karlman <jonas@kwiboo.se>
Signed-off-by: Alex Shumsky <alexthreed@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Jonas Karlman <jonas@kwiboo.se>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
The call to cdns3_gadget_ep_free_request will free priv_req so do the
call to list_del_init which accesses the memory pointed to by priv_req
before the free.
This issue was found by Smatch.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Goodbody <andrew.goodbody@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Siddharth Vadapalli <s-vadapalli@ti.com>
The existing compatible name for U-Boot's k3 system controller driver
i.e "ti,am625-system-controller" has been added to linux[1] device-tree.
This compatible in kernel is meant for configuring the Control Module
registers (CTRL_MMR0).
However in U-Boot, the matching driver was being used to load the system
firmware on the secure M-cores by the R5 SPL and therefore must be
updated to a different compatible to avoid conflicts.
Therefore, this patch renames all references of the compatible to
"ti,am654-tisci-rproc-r5". The "-r5" is appended so as to avoid any
future conflicts since r5 specific compatibles should only be useful for
U-Boot.
[1]: 5959618631fe ("dt-bindings: mfd: ti,j721e-system-controller: Add compatible string for AM654")
https://lore.kernel.org/r/20250421214620.3770172-2-afd@ti.com
Signed-off-by: Anshul Dalal <anshuld@ti.com>
Add rauc to bootmeths variable if BOOTMETH_RAUC is enabled.
This is setting a proper default for RAUC enabled systems.
Signed-off-by: Wadim Egorov <w.egorov@phytec.de>
Reviewed-by: Martin Schwan <m.schwan@phytec.de>
Since the bootmeth "rauc" is not a global boot method, do not select the
corresponding BOOTMETH_GLOBAL option.
Signed-off-by: Martin Schwan <m.schwan@phytec.de>
Initially, only one STM32MP25 based board was available, the
stm32mp257f-ev1 board which was set by default in stm32mp25_defconfig.
Since commit 79f3e77133 ("Subtree merge tag 'v6.16-dts' of dts repo [1] into dts/upstream")
we inherited of a second MP25 based board which is the stm32mp257f-dk board.
Enable OF_UPSTREAM_BUILD_VENDOR and set OF_UPSTREAM_VENDOR to allow all
STMicroelectronics DT compilation.
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Avoid unlimited while loop by adding a timeout. The timeout is
calculated based on a minimal throughput of 256 KB/s.
The timeout is set at least to 2 seconds.
Signed-off-by: Christophe Kerello <christophe.kerello@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
File system such as YAFFS2 need to know the number of available
OOB bytes per page to be able to choose if they should locate their
metadata in the data area or in the spare area.
Signed-off-by: Christophe Kerello <christophe.kerello@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
In zynqmp_pinconf_set if param is PIN_CFG_IOSTANDARD or
PIN_CONFIG_POWER_SOURCE and zynqmp_pm_pinctrl_get_config returns an
error then value will not be assigned to when its value is tested to be
not equal to arg. Add code to only test value not equal to arg if ret is
false.
This issue was found by Smatch.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Goodbody <andrew.goodbody@linaro.org>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20250807-pinctrl_misc-v1-4-eeb564a1b032@linaro.org
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
Use GUSBCFG_FORCEHOSTMODE to detected the HOST forced mode as it is done
in the Linux driver drivers/usb/dwc2/core.c:dwc2_core_reset().
The host polling must be executed only if the current mode is host,
either due to the force HOST mode (which persists after core reset)
or the connector id pin.
The GUSBCFG_FORCEDEVMODE bits is used to force the device mode (for
example used on STM32MP1x platform) and when it is activated the DWC2 reset
failed with the trace:
"dwc2_core_reset: Waiting for GINTSTS_CURMODE_HOST timeout"
Fixes: c5d685b899 ("usb: dwc2: Unify flush and reset logic with v4.20a support")
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Junhui Liu <junhui.liu@pigmoral.tech>
Tested-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut@mailbox.org>
When the usb node is defined dr_mode="otg" ehci_usb_phy_mode() is called
to determine the mode from status registers.
The IMX95RM does not currently define the USBNC STATUS register but it is
assumed to be an omission as the first three registers are defined.
It has been expirimentally verified that the USBNC_PHY_STATUS register
at offset 0x23C bit4 (USBNC_PHYSTATUS_ID_DIG) reads 0 when USB_ID is GND
and 1 when floating.
Use is_imx9() as this driver works for i.MX91, i.MX93 and i.MX95 and all
of these determine the role based on the USBNC_PHY_STATUS register.
Fixes: 801b5fafd3 "(usb: ehci-mx6: Add i.MX95 support")
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
Reviewed-by: Alice Guo <alice.guo@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Add initial support for i.MX95 USB.30 PHY, which is similar to
the i.MX8MQ and i.MX8MP USB PHY.
The i.MX95 USB3 PHY has a Type-C Assist block (TCA) consisting of two
functional blocks (XBar assist and VBus assist) and is documented
in the i.MX95 RM Chapter 163.3.8 Type-C assist (TCA) block.
Instead of relying on an external MUX for Type-C plug orientation the
XBar can handle the flip internally.
Add initial support for i.MX95 by:
- allowing the driver to be enabled i.MX95
- resetting the XBar
- configuring the TCA in System Configuration mode (which was determined
to be necessary to enable the PHY in device-mode)
Follow-on support will need to be added to steer the XBar based on
either board design (if only one pair is brought out) or if used with a
Type-C controller.
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
Tested-by: Alice Guo <alice.guo@nxp.com>
In nanddev_init mtd and memorg are assigned values that dereference nand
but this happens before a NULL check for nand. Move the assignments
after the NULL check.
This issue was found by Smatch.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Goodbody <andrew.goodbody@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Michael Trimarchi <michael@amarulasolutions.com>
Linux features a flash_speed speed test from the mtd-utils suite, U-Boot
does not. Benchmarks are useful for speed improvement developments as
well as troubleshooting or regression testing sometimes.
Enable a benchmark option to enable this feature.
Example of output on a Nuvoton platform:
MA35D1> mtd read nor0 0x81000000 0 0x10000
Reading 65536 byte(s) at offset 0x00000000
MA35D1> mtd read.benchmark nor0 0x81000000 0 0x10000
Reading 65536 byte(s) at offset 0x00000000
Read speed: 3752kiB/s
Signed-off-by: Miquel Raynal <miquel.raynal@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Trimarchi <michael@amarulasolutions.com>
bug fix MTD_OOB_AUTO to MTD_OPS_AUTO_OOB since MTD_OOB_AUTO does not exist
Fixes: dfe64e2c89 ("mtd: resync with Linux-3.7.1")
Signed-off-by: david regan <dregan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Trimarchi <michael@amarulasolutions.com>
The driver currently does:
mtd->dev->parent = cadence->dev;
This works in Linux because `struct mtd_info` embeds a `struct device`,
so `mtd->dev` is always valid and its `.parent` can be set.
In U-Boot, however, `mtd->dev` is only a pointer to a `struct udevice`.
Dereferencing it before assignment is invalid, which breaks the device
hierarchy. As a result, consumers relying on `mtd->dev` (e.g. partition
parser, reset and re-init paths) operate on a dangling pointer. This
leads to failures during warm reset when the NAND device is accessed
again.
Fix by assigning the device pointer directly:
mtd->dev = cadence->dev;
This matches U-Boot’s device model, preserves a valid hierarchy, and
resolves the warm reset issue on Cadence NAND.
Fixes: ebc41cad ("drivers: mtd: nand: Add driver for Cadence Nand")
Signed-off-by: Dinesh Maniyam <dinesh.maniyam@altera.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Trimarchi <michael@amarulasolutions.com>
Because the early malloc pool size is set to 0x18000, so using this
start address may cause conflict with ATF, then corrupt the heap data.
So we delete the definition to use the default early malloc pool from
CONFIG_SPL_STACK to avoid any conflict
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Cherry picked from nxp-imx/uboot-imx commit
1ba675df122627a19debe1d807877052705372c6
Jérémie Dautheribes: applied the same patch to the frdm and qsb
imx93-based boards
Signed-off-by: Jérémie Dautheribes <jeremie.dautheribes@bootlin.com>
Fix PHYTEC EEPROM bus mismatch between SPL and U-Boot proper by enabling
CONFIG_SPL_DM_SEQ_ALIAS=y on phyCORE-i.MX93 boards. This way, both the
SPL and U-Boot proper will respect the device-tree aliases for I2C devs
and use the same I2C bus number for phytec_eeprom_data_setup() function
calls. This makes code less confusing and more robust.
Fixes an issue apparent since commit 79f3e77133 ("Subtree merge tag
'v6.16-dts' of dts repo [1] into dts/upstream") where SPL would spew the
following error:
phytec_eeprom_read: i2c EEPROM not found: -110.
phytec_eeprom_data_setup: EEPROM data init failed
While later in U-Boot proper, EEPROM would be successfully read out.
This happens because Linux device-tree for phyBOARD-Segin-i.MX93 since
aforementioned commit enables I2C bus 2 (lpi2c2 is used for audio codec
and RTC) which breaks SPL I2C bus number ordering and I2C EEPROM bus is
shifted by +1. Now, lets prevent this from happening again by utilizing
device-tree aliases also in the SPL.
Signed-off-by: Primoz Fiser <primoz.fiser@norik.com>
On i.MX9 platforms, when booting from USB, the U-Boot environment is
always assumed to be in RAM. However, this causes the boot to hang when
`CONFIG_ENV_IS_NOWHERE` is not enabled. The boot also hangs even if the
environment is present in another storage media (for example, eMMC). Fix
the issue by correctly handling the U-Boot environment's location when
booting from USB. Also for i.MX95, set the environment location based on
the ENV config and not solely based on the boot device type.
Suggested-by: Frieder Schrempf <frieder.schrempf@kontron.de>
Signed-off-by: João Paulo Gonçalves <joao.goncalves@toradex.com>
Martin Schwan <m.schwan@phytec.de> says:
This series fixes a segfault, that would occur at the end of scanning a
device, which does not contain the required partition layout scheme for
a RAUC system.
With this series, a "bootflow scan" should now correctly scan the
specified devices with boot method "rauc" without crashing on invalid
partition schemes.
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20250813-wip-bootmeth-rauc-priv-free-v1-0-1ef928169469@phytec.de
The private data struct can be freed when loading the boot script, as we
don't need the slot information anymore at this point.
Signed-off-by: Martin Schwan <m.schwan@phytec.de>
Tested-by: Wadim Egorov <w.egorov@phytec.de>
Move freeing a distro_rauc_priv struct to a new, separate function for
better reuse.
Signed-off-by: Martin Schwan <m.schwan@phytec.de>
Tested-by: Wadim Egorov <w.egorov@phytec.de>
Don't null bootflow->bootmeth_priv, as the private struct is freed later
on by the bootflow.
Signed-off-by: Martin Schwan <m.schwan@phytec.de>
Tested-by: Wadim Egorov <w.egorov@phytec.de>
Fix a segfault when cleaning up the slots from the private struct. This
fault was generated by accessing a member of a null pointer.
Signed-off-by: Martin Schwan <m.schwan@phytec.de>
Tested-by: Wadim Egorov <w.egorov@phytec.de>
In dbsc5_read_vref_training the arrays dvw_min_byte0_table and
dvw_min_byte1_table have 128 elements per channel. The variable
vref_stop_index is limited to be a maximum of 128. This means that the
index used to access the arrays must use a test of '< vref_stop_index'
rather than '<= vref_stop_index' in order to prevent out of bounds
accesses to the arrays.
This issue was found by Smatch.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Goodbody <andrew.goodbody@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Tested-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
The Nano's SPI flash stopped working in U-Boot, as the prior stage loaded
U-Boot, the only thing it was used for was save/loading env vars so update
the DT so it can now initialise it. It also drops enabling the old
TEGRA114_SPI driver, as the flash hangs off the faster TEGRA210_QSPI
interface, nothing on the Nano uses the old interface by default so it's
surplus.
Signed-off-by: Peter Robinson <pbrobinson@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Thierry Reding <treding@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Svyatoslav Ryhel <clamor95@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Svyatoslav Ryhel <clamor95@gmail.com>
The Jetson Nano contains all it's firmware on a 4Mb SPI flash, the
allocated size in that flash for U-Boot is 753664 bytes so we need to
ensure the u-boot.bin doesn't exceed that else it will fail.
Add a BOARD_SIZE_LIMIT and drop a few large, and somewhat esoteric, options
to bring us back under that limit.
Signed-off-by: Peter Robinson <pbrobinson@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Thierry Reding <treding@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Svyatoslav Ryhel <clamor95@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Svyatoslav Ryhel <clamor95@gmail.com>
Surface 2 is a Surface-series Windows RT hybrid tablet computer created by
Microsoft. Surface 2 uses a 1.7 GHz quad-core Nvidia Tegra 4 chipset with
2 GB of RAM, features 10.6 inch FullHD ClearType HD screen with 16:9 aspect
ratio and 32/64 GB of internal memory that can be supplemented with a
microSDXC card giving up to 64 GB of additional storage.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Schwöbel <jonasschwoebel@yahoo.de>
Signed-off-by: Svyatoslav Ryhel <clamor95@gmail.com>
Pull request net-20250818.
This is mostly code cleanup and fixes, mainly for issues reported by the
Smatch tool, plus two small features for NET_LWIP as well as support for
the BCM54612E phy.
net-common:
- Fix a bunch of issues reported by Smatch
- Introduce CONFIG_DNS
- Add support for BCM54612E phy
net-legacy:
- Add missing SPDX-License-Identifier for files originating from LiMon
net-lwip:
- ping: initialize net_try_count to 1
- sntp: remove redundant sys_check_timeouts()
- tftp: resend initial request
- Add Kconfig option to show ICMP unreachable errors
In cdns_torrent_phy_probe the test for too many lanes configured does
not set an error code before taking the error path. This could lead to a
silent failure if the calling code does not detect the error. Add the
code to return -EINVAL in this case.
This issue was found by Smatch.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Goodbody <andrew.goodbody@linaro.org>
In cdns_sierra_pll_bind_of_clocks the variable 'i' is declared but never
assigned to before its value is used in a dev_err. Replace clk_names[i]
by the name passed to device_bind(), i.e., "pll_mux_clk". With that, the
clk_names[] array is unused and can therefore be removed.
This issue was found by Smatch.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Goodbody <andrew.goodbody@linaro.org>
[jf: update description]
Signed-off-by: Jerome Forissier <jerome.forissier@linaro.org>
In ks8851_mll_detect_chip the if..else code detects the case of (val &
0xfff0) != CIDER_ID and returns if found. So testing for this again will
always fail and the code is unreachable. Just remove the test and code
block.
This issue was found by Smatch.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Goodbody <andrew.goodbody@linaro.org>
The legacy network stack sets net_try_count to 1 at the beginning of the
net_loop() function. This is required for net_start_again() to work
properly. Therefore, set the variable accordingly in the do_ping()
function when NET_LWIP=y. This fixes an issue where a ping to an
unreachable destination would run twice on the same network device. For
example with qemu_arm64_lwip_defconfig:
=> dhcp
DHCP client bound to address 10.0.2.15 (3 ms)
=> ping 10.0.0.1
Using virtio-net#32 device
ping failed; host 10.0.0.1 is not alive
Using virtio-net#32 device
ping failed; host 10.0.0.1 is not alive
=> QEMU: Terminated
Signed-off-by: Jerome Forissier <jerome.forissier@linaro.org>
In ca_phy_probe when checking for an external phy it uses a field from
the internal phy due to what is assumed to be a copy/paste typo. Make
the obvious fix to use the field from the external phy.
This issue was found by Smatch.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Goodbody <andrew.goodbody@linaro.org>
Now that sys_check_timeouts() is called in net_lwip_rx(), there is no
need to call it from the SNTP receive loop. Remove the redundant call.
Signed-off-by: Jerome Forissier <jerome.forissier@linaro.org>
The TFTP implementation does not resend the initial request if there is
no response from the server. Since TFTP is based on UDP, there should be
a mechanism to deal with unreliable transmissions at this point, similar
to what we have for data packets. Therefore, introduce request
retransmission.
Signed-off-by: Jerome Forissier <jerome.forissier@linaro.org>
CC: Venkatesh Abbarapu <venkatesh.abbarapu@amd.com>
CC: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
CC: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Introduce the DNS Kconfig symbol so that various network commands may
use host names without the dns command (CMD_DNS) being selected.
Signed-off-by: Jerome Forissier <jerome.forissier@linaro.org>
CC: E Shattow <e@freeshell.de>
In rvu_af_init if the code fails to allocate memory for nix_af it will
take the error path with nix_af == NULL which will dereference nix_af.
Add the appropriate NULL check.
This issue was found by Smatch.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Goodbody <andrew.goodbody@linaro.org>
In nix_lf_setup there is a default value assigned to err in case an
error is detected. However this default value will be overwritten in the
for loop so that later code does not return an error code from the
function. Add a new assignment to restore err to the default error code.
This issue was found by Smatch.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Goodbody <andrew.goodbody@linaro.org>
In mvpp2_probe the code attempts to get a value for "gop-port-id" and
assigns it to port->gop_id but it then tests port->id for being equal to
-1. That is an impossible test as port->id is a field of type u8 so
cannot be negative. Change the test to port->gop_id.
This issue was found by Smatch.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Goodbody <andrew.goodbody@linaro.org>
In phy_info_parse all uses of the variable phyaddr are as an int so
declaring as u32 is not useful and prevents the test for an error return
from fdtdec_get_int ever detecting an error. Change phyaddr to be an
int.
This issue was found by Smatch.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Goodbody <andrew.goodbody@linaro.org>
You cannot test an unsigned char to be >= 256. Instead make the
variables start and end to be ints.
This issue was found by Smatch.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Goodbody <andrew.goodbody@linaro.org>
In mv88e6xxx_port_enable when attempting to mask out the previous
settings of two bits a logical operator was used instead of a bitwise
operator. Fix this.
This issue was found by Smatch.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Goodbody <andrew.goodbody@linaro.org>
In mtk_eth_of_to_plat, the last error check has the value in
'priv->phy_addr' but returns ret. Correct to return 'priv->phy_addr'
instead.
This issue was found by Smatch.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Goodbody <andrew.goodbody@linaro.org>
In ldpaa_eth_open a memset is used to initialise a struct to 0 but the
size passed is that of a different struct. Correct to pass the sizeof
the struct that is being initialised.
This issue was found by Smatch.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Goodbody <andrew.goodbody@linaro.org>
The header of LiMon imported files reference a License file which
does not exist in U-Boot. Some files were forgotten when adding the
SPDX-License-Identifier.
The LiMon files were originally licensed under GPLv2 as can be seen in
commit [2ea91039].
Based on this commit, add the correct SPDX license identifier.
While at it drop the reference to the non-existing License file from all
LiMon files and update the SPDX-License-Identifier to SPDX version 3.
Signed-off-by: Max Merchel <Max.Merchel@ew.tq-group.com>
Add Kconfig symbol LWIP_ICMP_SHOW_UNREACH which, when enabled, prints a
message to the console upon reception of ICMP unreachable messages. For
example:
$ make qemu_arm64_lwip_defconfig
$ qemu-system-aarch64 -M virt -cpu max -nographic -bios u-boot.bin
[...]
=> dhcp
DHCP client bound to address 10.0.2.15 (0 ms)
=> tftp 192.168.0.100:69:Image
Using virtio-net#32 device
TFTP from server 192.168.0.100; our IP address is 10.0.2.15
Filename 'Image'.
Load address: 0x40200000
Loading: ICMP destination unreachable (host unreachable) from 192.168.0.16
Timeout!
=> tftp 192.168.0.16:69:Image
Using virtio-net#32 device
TFTP from server 192.168.0.16; our IP address is 10.0.2.15
Filename 'Image'.
Load address: 0x40200000
Loading: ICMP destination unreachable (port unreachable) from 192.168.0.16
Timeout!
=>
Submitted upstream as https://github.com/lwip-tcpip/lwip/pull/73.
Signed-off-by: Jerome Forissier <jerome.forissier@linaro.org>
get_timer returns a ulong value representing system time in ms.
On a 64-bit system, this ulong value is 64 bits long. However,
the driver stores it in a 32-bit unsigned integer, which overflows
after 49 days up time, causing the driver to get an incorrect time.
Replace the unsigned int variable with a ulong type to properly store
the value returned by get_timer.
Signed-off-by: Stanley Chu <yschu@nuvoton.com>
Signed-off-by: Jim Liu <JJLIU0@nuvoton.com>
In comphy_cp110_init_serdes_map in comphy_cp110.c there are two fields
in cfg, comphy_lanes_count and comphy_mux_bitcount, which are fetched
from the FDT blob with fdtdec_get_int which returns an int. These two
fields are then tested for being negative. However the fields are
declared as unsigned so those tests must always fail. Change the
declaration of those fields to be int instead of u32 and the code will
work as expected.
This issue was found by Smatch.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Goodbody <andrew.goodbody@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <stefan.roese@mailbox.org>
The limit checks in get_speed_string and get_type_string are off by 1 as
they do not account for the maximum index into an array that can be used
is 1 less than the number of elements in that array. Adjust the limit
checks to allow for this.
This issue was found by Smatch.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Goodbody <andrew.goodbody@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <stefan.roese@mailbox.org>
In vsc8514_config there is a while loop for detecting a config failure
using a timeout counter with a post-decrement. In the case of a timeout
this will result in the loop exiting with timeout == -1 so use that as
the test below the loop to detect that the timeout occurred.
This issue was found by Smatch.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Goodbody <andrew.goodbody@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Quentin Schulz <quentin.schulz@cherry.de>
In octeontx_smi_probe if an error is detected then memory that was
allocated is not freed. Small refactor of the code to use a common
return and free memory. Also return -ENOMEM for an allocation failure.
This issue was found by Smatch.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Goodbody <andrew.goodbody@linaro.org>
In nicvf_cq_handler there is a test for !cqe_count which will return if
true so it is guaranteed that cqe_count will true after that point. This
makes the later test for cqe_count redundant so it can be removed.
This issue was found by Smatch.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Goodbody <andrew.goodbody@linaro.org>
In nicvf_rcv_pkt_handler there is no need to initialise err as it is
assigned to immediately after. Also the test for !pkt will return if
true meaning that pkt is guaranteed to be true after that code block and
so no need to test for it and the redundant test can be removed.
This issue was found by Smatch.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Goodbody <andrew.goodbody@linaro.org>
Fixes for newer revision of Retronix R-Car V4H Sparrow Hawk and fixes
for boards which enable POSITION_INDEPENDENT and also set non-zero
CONFIG_TEXT_BASE.
The Renesas board defconfigs explicitly set CONFIG_TEXT_BASE=0x50000000,
however U-Boot's POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y build default already places text
at 0x0. These hardcoded overrides are therefore unnecessary and will be
pruned automatically in upcoming resyncs.
Remove the CONFIG_TEXT_BASE lines from the following defconfigs:
- hihope_rzg2_defconfig
- r8a77970_eagle_defconfig
- r8a77970_v3msk_defconfig
- r8a77990_ebisu_defconfig
- r8a77995_draak_defconfig
- r8a779a0_falcon_defconfig
- renesas_rzg2l_smarc_defconfig
- rz2_beacon_defconfig
- silinux_ek874_defconfig
Signed-off-by: Lad Prabhakar <prabhakar.mahadev-lad.rj@bp.renesas.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Retronix R-Car V4H Sparrow Hawk EVTA1 is populated with Spansion S25FS512S,
EVTB1 is populated with Winbond W77Q51NW. Describe the SPI NOR using generic
"jedec,spi-nor" compatible, because both flashes can be auto-detected based
on their built-in IDs.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
The Retronix R-Car V4H Sparrow Hawk EVTB1 uses 1V8 IO voltage supply
for VDDQ18_25_AVB power rail. Update the AVB0 pinmux to reflect the
change in IO voltage. Since the VDDQ18_25_AVB power rail is shared,
all four AVB0, AVB1, AVB2, TSN0 PFC/GPIO POC[7..4] registers have to
be configured the same way.
Correct the voltage for EVTA1 boards accordingly by patching the U-Boot
control DT in SPL.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Invert the polarity of microSD voltage selector on Retronix R-Car V4H
Sparrow Hawk board. The voltage selector was not populated on prototype
EVTA1 boards, and is implemented slightly different on EVTB1 boards. As
the EVTA1 boards are from a limited run and generally not available,
update the DT to make it compatible with EVTB1 microSD voltage selector.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Enable support for PCIe based xHCI USB 3.0 driver and USB mass
storage support on Retronix R-Car V4H Sparrow Hawk board .
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
The R-Car V4H SoC before rev.3.0 can not support dual-rank LPDDR5 DRAM.
This affects 16 GiB dual-rank DRAM configuration of Retronix R-Car V4H
Sparrow Hawk board. Fall back to 8 GiB single-rank DRAM configuration
on such systems instead.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
The Retronix R-Car V4H Sparrow Hawk old revision EVTA1 does not have MicroSD
voltage switch populated on the board, therefore the board supports only 3V3
and non-UHS MicroSD cards. While the EVTB1 board is populated with Winbond
W77Q51NW SPI NOR, the EVTA1 board is populated with Spansion S25FS512S SPI
NOR, those those SPI NOR IDs to discern the two board revisions and apply
the MicroSD related DT changes.
The MicroSD related DT changes modify the regulator node, which is now a
regulator-fixed and supplies only 3V3, and remove sd-uhs-sdr50 and
sd-uhs-sdr104 properties from the MicroSD slot controller node.
The MicroSD related DT changes cannot be applied as DTO, because the base
DT contains nodes which have to be removed in case of EVTA1, but have to
be present in case of EVTB1 and newer revisions of the board. Because the
EVTA1 is an old revision of the board that is not generally available, it
is better to special case it and keep the base DT compatible with EVTB1
and newer revisions of the board which are actually available.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
R-Car V4H Reference Manual R19UH0186EJ0130 Rev.1.30 Apr. 21, 2025
page 4581 Figure 104.3b Initial Setting of PCIEC(example) middle
of the figure indicates that fourth write into register 0x148 [2:0]
is 0x3 or GENMASK(1, 0). The current code writes GENMASK(11, 0)
which is a typo. Fix the typo.
Fixes: be3dd0dc2f ("pci: pcie-rcar-gen4: Add Renesas R-Car Gen4 DW PCIe controller driver")
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
The bootmeth rauc should scan all partitions, in particular whole
devices, and not be a global method. There may exist multiple RAUC
systems on different devices and they should all be detected. This also
fixes a bug, where both a global bootflow and one using an actual,
complete device would be detected at the same time, when scanning for
valid bootflows.
Signed-off-by: Martin Schwan <m.schwan@phytec.de>
Tested-by: Wadim Egorov <w.egorov@phytec.de>
As part of renaming environment related Kconfig options,
ENV_MMC_SW_PARTITION was inadvertently changed from a string to a bool.
Correct this.
Fixes: ffc4914703 ("env: Rename ENV_MMC_PARTITION to ENV_MMC_SW_PARTITION")
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
CI: https://source.denx.de/u-boot/custodians/u-boot-riscv/-/pipelines/27379
- Board: mbv: Prepare MBV for CI
- Board: MPFS Icicle Kit cleanup
- Board: Add Andes Voyager board support
- RISCV: Update SYS_BOOTM_LEN to commonly used value
- starfive: fix return code of `mac write_eeprom`
- arch/riscv/lib: update memmove and memcpy for big-endian
Change the shift patterns for the unaligned memory move and copy code
to deal with big-endian by definign macros to change the shfit left and
right to go the opposite way.
Signed-off-by: Ben Dooks <ben.dooks@codethink.co.uk>
Reviewed-by: Leo Yu-Chi Liang <ycliang@andestech.com>
When writing the EEPROM fails, the command usage help text is displayed
after the error message. We should only display the error message instead.
If writing the EEPROM fails, return CMD_RET_FAILURE (1) instead of
CMD_RET_USAGE (-1).
Fixes: aea1bd95b6 ("eeprom: starfive: Enable ID EEPROM configuration")
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Acked-by: E Shattow <e@freeshell.de>
Introduce Voyager board specific code, including
- dram info
- shared cache enabling
Signed-off-by: Randolph Sheng-Kai Lin <randolph@andestech.com>
Signed-off-by: Leo Yu-Chi Liang <ycliang@andestech.com>
Introduce the initial device tree support for Andes Voyager board.
We will convert to OF_UPSTREAM once the patch series for kernel is merged.
Signed-off-by: Randolph Sheng-Kai Lin <randolph@andestech.com>
Signed-off-by: Leo Yu-Chi Liang <ycliang@andestech.com>
The Voyager is Andes' first RISC-V development board.
It is built around Qilai SoC,
which includes Andes AX45MP quad-core cluster.
Introduce the Kconfig entry for the Voyager board.
Signed-off-by: Randolph Sheng-Kai Lin <randolph@andestech.com>
Signed-off-by: Leo Yu-Chi Liang <ycliang@andestech.com>
Explicitly specify the type by replacing macro with variable
to fix the possible compilation warning.
Signed-off-by: Leo Yu-Chi Liang <ycliang@andestech.com>
A new system controller driver has been created to make code modular and
improve and clean code. Update and remove functions to account for these
additional drivers.
Signed-off-by: Jamie Gibbons <jamie.gibbons@microchip.com>
Reviewed-by: Leo Yu-Chi Liang <ycliang@andestech.com>
Enable the MPFS mailbox and system controller drivers for use with the
Icicle kit. These functions are crucial for the board setup functions
that run in the Icicle board file - mpfs_icicle.c.
Signed-off-by: Jamie Gibbons <jamie.gibbons@microchip.com>
Acked-by: Leo Yu-Chi Liang <ycliang@andestech.com>
This driver provides an interface to access the functions of the system
controller on the Microchip PolarFire SoC.
This driver includes functions to use the system controller to read
the device serial number.
Signed-off-by: Jamie Gibbons <jamie.gibbons@microchip.com>
Acked-by: Leo Yu-Chi Liang <ycliang@andestech.com>
This driver adds support for the single mailbox channel of the MSS
system controller on the Microchip PolarFire SoC.
Signed-off-by: Jamie Gibbons <jamie.gibbons@microchip.com>
Acked-by: Leo Yu-Chi Liang <ycliang@andestech.com>
Move ethernet mac address setting to ft_board_setup() to remove the need
for fdt set in custom boot script.
Signed-off-by: Jamie Gibbons <jamie.gibbons@microchip.com>
Acked-by: Leo Yu-Chi Liang <ycliang@andestech.com>
Enable CONFIG_OF_BOARD_SETUP and other dependencies to allow the use of
the ft_board_setup() function to replace fdt set in boot scripts for
Microchip's MPFS Icicle kit.
Signed-off-by: Jamie Gibbons <jamie.gibbons@microchip.com>
Reviewed-by: Leo Yu-Chi Liang <ycliang@andestech.com>
The commit d92fdb6067 ("binman: Add option for pointing to separate
description") added support for separating binman description to own file
not the be the part of DT for OS.
The main reason is that binman is not passing dt schema validation that's
why want to keep it separated.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
Acked-by: Leo Yu-Chi Liang <ycliang@andestech.com>
Properties didn't match dt binding that's why should be fixed.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
Reviewed-by: Leo Yu-Chi Liang <ycliang@andestech.com>
OpenSBI expects mmu-type to be present in DT that's why add it. Without it
OpenSBI disable CPU node which ends up in not working boot.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
Reviewed-by: Leo Yu-Chi Liang <ycliang@andestech.com>
There is no reason to use OF_BOARD for MBV because reduced DT is used by
SPL and full DT is passed via u-boot.img or u-boot.itb. There is no reason
to pick up DTB from certain address.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
Reviewed-by: Leo Yu-Chi Liang <ycliang@andestech.com>
Increase Icicle's SYS_BOOTM_LEN to 0x4000000 which is the new default
value.
Done on Conor Dooley's request.
Signed-off-by: Martin Herren <sputnik@on-the-web.ch>
Reviewed-by: Leo Yu-Chi Liang <ycliang@andestech.com>
Remove CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN from all riscv defconfigs where the new
default value is used.
Signed-off-by: Martin Herren <sputnik@on-the-web.ch>
Acked-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com> # xilinx_mbv
Reviewed-by: Leo Yu-Chi Liang <ycliang@andestech.com>
For all riscv defconfigs that use the current default value.
This is done in provision of changing the default value to the most
common used value of 0x4000000.
Signed-off-by: Martin Herren <sputnik@on-the-web.ch>
Acked-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com> # xilinx_mbv
Reviewed-by: Leo Yu-Chi Liang <ycliang@andestech.com>
ifdef CONFIG_CPU only works in U-Boot proper but macro is not working when
XPL phases are used. In this case CONFIG_SPL_CPU is also defined and can be
disabled which is causing compilation error.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
Reviewed-by: Leo Yu-Chi Liang <ycliang@andestech.com>
In commit 6e4675b8e5 ("lmb: replace the lmb_alloc() and
lmb_alloc_base() API's") an additional allocation was mistakenly
introduced resulting in ${kernel_comp_size} containing the address of a
second 64mb region rather than the actual value of KERNEL_COMP_SIZE.
Additionally, in commit b40d7b8f72 ("Merge patch series "lmb: use
a single API for all allocations"") merge conflict resulted in an
additional 128mb allocation for ${loadaddr} when CONFIG_FASTBOOT
is enabled, where it should actually be set to the same value as
${fastboot_addr_r} to respect size constraints (and since it doesn't
seem to interfer with any bootflows).
Fixup both of these, freeing up 192mb of memory.
Fixes: 6e4675b8e5 ("lmb: replace the lmb_alloc() and lmb_alloc_base() API's")
Fixes: b40d7b8f72 ("Merge patch series "lmb: use a single API for all allocations"")
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20250811104710.1896382-1-casey.connolly@linaro.org
Signed-off-by: Casey Connolly <casey.connolly@linaro.org>
In mci_send_cmd the pointer 'data' is optional so guard its use with a
NULL check to prevent any attempt to dereference it when not provided.
This issue was found by Smatch.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Goodbody <andrew.goodbody@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Remove duplicate checks on status from mci_data_read and mci_data_write
which are guaranteed to be true as exiting the above do..while loop
above requires that to be so.
This issue was found by Smatch.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Goodbody <andrew.goodbody@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
If the test in the for loop is never matched then the variable 'match'
will never be assigned to. Provide an initial value so this cannot be a
problem.
This issue was found by Smatch.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Goodbody <andrew.goodbody@linaro.org>
The use of the unsigned variable 'i' as a loop index leads to the test
for i being non-negative always being true. Instead declare 'i' as an
int so that the for loop will terminate as expected.
If the original for loop completes 'i' will be 1 past the end of the
array so decrement it in the subsequent error path to prevent an out of
bounds access occurring.
This issue was found by Smatch.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Goodbody <andrew.goodbody@linaro.org>
The variable 'index' is declared as unsigned but used to receive the
return value of a function returning 'int'. This value is then tested
for being less than zero to detect an error condition but as index is
unsigned this can never be true. Change the variable 'index' to be an
int so that the error condition can be detected.
This issue was found by Smatch.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Goodbody <andrew.goodbody@linaro.org>
In atmel_qspi_transfer(), the status register is polled with:
imr = QSPI_SR_INSTRE | QSPI_SR_CSR;
return readl_poll_timeout(aq->regs + QSPI_SR, sr,
(sr & imr) == imr,
ATMEL_QSPI_TIMEOUT);
However, this is racy: QSPI_SR_INSTRE can be set before QSPI_SR_CSR,
and will then be cleared by the read. If that happens, the condition
"(sr & imr) == imr" can never be true, and the function times out.
This race condition is avoided in at91bootstrap by accumulating the
status bits across reads until both bits have been observed:
/* Poll INSTruction End and Chip Select Rise flags. */
imr = (QSPI_SR_INSTRE | QSPI_SR_CSR);
sr = 0;
do {
udelay(1);
sr |= qspi_readl(qspi, QSPI_SR) & imr;
} while ((--timeout) && (sr != imr));
Update U-Boot's atmel_qspi_transfer() to use the same pattern,
ensuring that both flags are observed even if they are not set
simultaneously.
Signed-off-by: Ramin Moussavi <lordrasmus@gmail.com>
[eugen.hristev@linaro.org: remove 'sr' and fix commit msg]
Signed-off-by: Eugen Hristev <eugen.hristev@linaro.org>
These changes are mostly smaller fixes, and some additions that were
dependent on recent DT updates: We switch the S3/V3/V3s over to
OF_UPSTREAM, the DTs were already identical anyway. While at it, Paul
sent more fixes for this SoC, I am pulling in two easy fixes that were
ready and low risk. Apart from other assorted fixes, this PR also
enables Ethernet on the new A527/T527 boards, made possible by the DT
update from the DT rebasing repository.
This passed the CI, and was boot tested on boards with Allwinner A10,
A20, A33, V40, A80, A83T, T113s3, F1C100s, H3, A64, H6, H616, A133 and
T527 SoCs.
The JEDEC LPDDR3 spec defines mode register 0 (MR0) as being read-only,
so there is no point in trying to set its value.
Also the H616 memory controller encodes the mode register index to be
written starting from bit 8 in MRCTRL1 (for LPDDR3 and LPDDR4 chips), so
we need to OR in that number to tell the controller which MR to program.
On top of that, the mode registers between DDR3 and LPDDR3 are
completely different, so writing values crafted for DDR3 into a LPDDR3
chip is just wrong. Due to the above mentioned bugs the writes for
MR0-MR2 did not have any effect (as they were all trying to set the
read-only MR0), so the mode registers just stayed unchanged.
Looking at the LPDDR3 spec and the BSP code, let's write the proper MR
values into LPDDR3 chips, using the proper addressing mode.
Use the opportunity to document the LPDDR3 mode register bits written.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Reviewed-by: Jernej Skrabec <jernej.skrabec@gmail.com>
58e9502e6 "arm: sunxi: Enable SPL/SPI boot for Olinuxino Lime2-eMMC
boards" enabled SPI boot for the eMMC variant. Olimex offers the
"s16MB" variant with SPI flash populated but without eMMC populated.
Tested on board rev L.
Signed-off-by: Eric Anderson <ejona86@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Recent changes in the H6 clock code added delay() calls into the SPL clock
setup routine, which requires the timers to work. When compiling for
AArch64, we are always using the Arm Generic Timer (aka. arch timer),
which does not require further setup, hence having an empty timer_init()
routine.
However for 32-bit SoCs we use the Allwinner timers, which require some
setup routine, and hence we need timer_init() to be called before
clock_init().
Swap the order of the two calls, to be more robust when compiling the H6
clock code for AArch32 or when using the Allwinner timers for whatever
reason.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Reviewed-by: Jernej Skrabec <jernej.skrabec@gmail.com>
The pinecube has an ethernet connector which uses the EMAC and internal
PHY of the chip. Enable it in the config.
Reviewed-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul Kocialkowski <contact@paulk.fr>
Variables holding addresses are typically using the "long" C type in
U-Boot, to be easily compatible with both 32-bit and 64-bit builds.
The A133 DRAM driver is typically compiled for AArch64, so u64 is the
same type as unsigned long, but that breaks when compiling the DRAM
driver in AArch32 (for some experiments).
Fix the type to make the code more portable.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Reviewed-by: Jernej Skrabec <jernej.skrabec@gmail.com>
The first of the two Ethernet controllers in the Allwinner A527/T527 is
compatible to the MAC from the previous SoCs. Consequently the recent DT
update brought use the MAC node, using the A64 compatible string as the
fallback, which works out of the box.
Enable the sun8i-emac Ethernet driver in the defconfig for the Radxa and
the Avaota boards, so that kernels and other data can be loaded via
TFTP. Please note that only one of the Ethernet sockets will work, the
second MAC is not compatible, and needs a new U-Boot driver. The
X96QPro+ TV box unfortunately uses only this second EMAC, so Ethernet
cannot be used there at the moment.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Reviewed-by: Jernej Skrabec <jernej.skrabec@gmail.com>
The name of the pin function was changed last minute in the DT, from
emac0 to gmac0.
Adjust the name we use in the pinctrl driver accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Reviewed-by: Jernej Skrabec <jernej.skrabec@gmail.com>
The V3s (using co-packaged DRAM) runs at 360 MHz, which is specified in
the common platform Kconfig file. However the value for MACH_SUN8I will
be picked up instead due to ordering.
Re-order the defaults to have MACH_SUN8I_V3S before MACH_SUN8I and let
it select the correct default. Also update the LicheePi Zero Dock
defconfig to remove the value, which is now correctly selected.
Signed-off-by: Paul Kocialkowski <contact@paulk.fr>
Reviewed-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
There is nothing special for u-boot in the V3/V3s device-tree files,
they are just copies of the upstream ones.
Remove the copies and switch to OF_UPSTREAM for supported boards.
Signed-off-by: Paul Kocialkowski <contact@paulk.fr>
Reviewed-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
In order to set the BOOTFILE symbol we first need to have USE_BOOTFILE
be set, or some of the logic might not work as expected later on when
building. Second, defaults like this belong with the symbol itself.
Fixes: da595d236b ("include: configs: soc64: Use CONFIG_SPL_ATF to differentiate bootfile")
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This pull request introduces initial U-Boot support for Agilex7 M-series, along
with several enhancements and cleanups across existing Agilex platforms. Key
changes include new board support, DDR driver additions, updated device trees,
and broader SoCFPGA SPL improvements.
Highlights:
- Agilex7 M-series bring-up:
- Basic DT support and board initialization for Agilex7 M-series SoC and
SoCDK.
- New sdram_agilex7m DDR driver with UIBSSM mailbox support and HBM support.
- Clock driver support for Agilex7 M-series.
- New defconfig: socfpga_agilex7m_defconfig.
- Agilex and Agilex5 enhancements:
- Improved SPL support: ASYNC interrupt enabling, system manager init
refactor, and cold scratch register usage.
- Updated firewall probing and watchdog support in SPL.
- Cleaned up DDR code, added secure region support for ATF, and improved warm
reset handling.
- Device Tree and config updates:
- Migration to upstream Linux DT layout for Agilex platforms.
- Consolidated socfpga_agilex_defconfig and removed deprecated configs.
- Platform-specific environment variables for Distro Boot added.
- Driver fixes and cleanups:
- dwc_eth_xgmac and clk-agilex cleanup and improvements.
- Several coverity and style fixes.
Contributions in this PR are from Alif Zakuan Yuslaimi, Tingting Meng, and
Andrew Goodbody. This patch set has been tested on Agilex 5 devkit, Agilex
devkit and Agilex7m devkit.
Passing all pipeline tests at SoCFPGA U-boot custodian
https://source.denx.de/u-boot/custodians/u-boot-socfpga/-/pipelines/27318
Pull request efi-2025-10-rc2
Documentation:
* Describe running U-Boot as a pflash image on RISC-V QEMU
* Correct the description of the bootph-verify device-tree property
UEFI:
* In mkeficapsule fix a resource leak in read_bin_file()
* Support loading a Linux initial RAM disk with the bootefi command.
use the new email address for community work.
While at it, cleanup git shortlog output, by adding
fixes in .mailmap
Signed-off-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@nabladev.com>
CI: https://source.denx.de/u-boot/custodians/u-boot-imx/-/pipelines/27314
- Several Smatch reported fixes.
- Enable the temperature command on imx8ulp-evk.
- Fix mx8mm_fracpll_tbl.
- Make optee packaging optional for imx8m.
- Reuse and export low_drive_freq_update() on imx9.
- Enable USB OTG ID pin pull up in SPL on dh-imx6.
This is for new platform enablement for Agilex7 M-series.
Add DDR driver for Agilex7 M-series. This driver is designed to support
DDR and HBM memory. The official HBM handoff is not ready yet, therefore
hardcoded handoff is used for HBM driver validation on mUDV board.
Signed-off-by: Tingting Meng <tingting.meng@altera.com>
Signed-off-by: Alif Zakuan Yuslaimi <alif.zakuan.yuslaimi@altera.com>
Reviewed-by: Tien Fong Chee <tien.fong.chee@altera.com>
Add uibssm mailbox driver for Agilex7 M-series. HPS will interact with UIB
and HBM subsystem through software defined mailbox interface.
HPS can retrieve HBM memory interface calibration status, UIB
configuration, memory interfae configuration, trigger calibration and etc
with the list of supported mailbox command type and opcode.
Signed-off-by: Tingting Meng <tingting.meng@altera.com>
Signed-off-by: Alif Zakuan Yuslaimi <alif.zakuan.yuslaimi@altera.com>
Reviewed-by: Tien Fong Chee <tien.fong.chee@altera.com>
ATF boot flow (SPL->ATF->U-Boot Proper->OS) boot to OS via kernel.itb file
using bootm command.
Change to use CONFIG_SPL_ATF to differentiate the bootfile of default
environment variable. We shouldn't use CONFIG_FIT because it is enabled
by default for U-Boot Proper.
Signed-off-by: Tingting Meng <tingting.meng@altera.com>
Signed-off-by: Alif Zakuan Yuslaimi <alif.zakuan.yuslaimi@altera.com>
Reviewed-by: Tien Fong Chee <tien.fong.chee@altera.com>
Agilex7 M-series support has been added using upstream Linux DTS.
socfpga_agilex_socdk-u-boot.dtsi was updated to support both Agilex and
Agilex7 M-series platforms.
Signed-off-by: Tingting Meng <tingting.meng@altera.com>
Signed-off-by: Alif Zakuan Yuslaimi <alif.zakuan.yuslaimi@altera.com>
Reviewed-by: Tien Fong Chee <tien.fong.chee@altera.com>
Migrate the legacy Agilex platform to use the upstream Linux device tree
configuration. This helps reduce maintenance overhead and aligns U-Boot
with the Linux kernel's DTS hierarchy and naming conventions.
This change improves consistency between U-Boot and Linux by removing
custom/legacy DTS handling and instead relying on the standardized
definitions provided by the upstream Linux DTS.
Signed-off-by: Tingting Meng <tingting.meng@altera.com>
Signed-off-by: Alif Zakuan Yuslaimi <alif.zakuan.yuslaimi@altera.com>
Reviewed-by: Tien Fong Chee <tien.fong.chee@altera.com>
Reorganize misplaced properties by moving board-common settings from
socfpga_agilex_socdk-u-boot.dtsi to socfpga_agilex-u-boot.dtsi to maintain
proper separation between common and board-level configurations.
Signed-off-by: Tingting Meng <tingting.meng@altera.com>
Signed-off-by: Alif Zakuan Yuslaimi <alif.zakuan.yuslaimi@altera.com>
Reviewed-by: Tien Fong Chee <tien.fong.chee@altera.com>
SPL checks for a magic word in the system manager's scratch
register to determine if an L2 reset has occurred. If detected,
SPL places all slave CPUs (CPU1–3) into WFI mode. The master
CPU (CPU0) then initiates a warm reset by writing to the RMR_EL3
system register and also enters WFI mode.
This warm reset flow is handled entirely within the HPS. The
function `socfpga_sysreset_request()` triggers the warm
reset, and upon SPL re-entry, the updated `lowlevel_init_soc64.S`
handles the necessary initialization.
Signed-off-by: Alif Zakuan Yuslaimi <alif.zakuan.yuslaimi@altera.com>
Reviewed-by: Tien Fong Chee <tien.fong.chee@altera.com>
Put all slave CPUs (CPU1-3) into WFI mode. Master CPU (CPU0) writes
the magic word into system manager's scratch register to indicate
the system has performed L2 reset and request reset manager to
perform hardware handshake and then trigger L2 reset. CPU0 put
itself into WFI mode. L2 reset will reboot all HPS CPU cores after
which all HPS cores are in WFI mode. L2 reset is followed by warm
reset request by SPL via RMR_EL3 system register.
Signed-off-by: Alif Zakuan Yuslaimi <alif.zakuan.yuslaimi@altera.com>
Reviewed-by: Tien Fong Chee <tien.fong.chee@altera.com>
Agilex retrieves its clock manager address via probing its own clock
driver model during the SPL initialization.
Therefore, excluding Agilex from calling its clock driver in misc
driver to retrieve the clock manager address.
Once all SoC64 devices has been successfully transition to clock
driver model method, this implementation will be cleaned up.
Signed-off-by: Alif Zakuan Yuslaimi <alif.zakuan.yuslaimi@altera.com>
Reviewed-by: Tien Fong Chee <tien.fong.chee@altera.com>
The DDR data rate must be set correctly in the DDRIOCTRL
register according to the Actual Clock Frequency (ACF) value.
By enabling the reading of ACF value from bit 18 of the boot
scratch register during initialization, the DDR data rate is
able to be configured accurately.
Signed-off-by: Alif Zakuan Yuslaimi <alif.zakuan.yuslaimi@altera.com>
Reviewed-by: Tien Fong Chee <tien.fong.chee@altera.com>
The boot scratch cold reg 8 is shared between DBE, DDR init progress
update and Linux EDAC. This patch defines how the bits are used by
respective features above and their macro names used in U-Boot.
Signed-off-by: Tien Fong Chee <tien.fong.chee@altera.com>
Signed-off-by: Alif Zakuan Yuslaimi <alif.zakuan.yuslaimi@altera.com>
Reviewed-by: Tien Fong Chee <tien.fong.chee@altera.com>
Setting up firewall regions based on SDRAM memory banks configuration
(up to CONFIG_NR_DRAM_BANKS banks) instead of using whole address space.
First 1 MiB (0 to 0xfffff) of SDRAM is configured as secure region,
other address spaces are non-secure regions. The ARM Trusted Firmware (ATF)
image is located in this first 1 MiB memory region. So, this can prevent
software executing at non-secure state EL0-EL2 and non-secure masters
access to secure region.
Add common function for firewall setup and reuse for all SoC64 devices.
Signed-off-by: Alif Zakuan Yuslaimi <alif.zakuan.yuslaimi@altera.com>
Reviewed-by: Tien Fong Chee <tien.fong.chee@altera.com>
The base address of system manager can be retrieved
using DT framework through the system manager driver.
Enable system manager support for Agilex by probing the
system manager driver to initialize during SPL boot up.
Signed-off-by: Boon Khai Ng <boon.khai.ng@altera.com>
Signed-off-by: Alif Zakuan Yuslaimi <alif.zakuan.yuslaimi@altera.com>
Reviewed-by: Tien Fong Chee <tien.fong.chee@altera.com>
Refactor system manager initialization by searching for system manager
alias in Agilex5 device tree instead of manually passing node name to
the device model calling function
Signed-off-by: Alif Zakuan Yuslaimi <alif.zakuan.yuslaimi@altera.com>
Reviewed-by: Tien Fong Chee <tien.fong.chee@altera.com>
Replace cm_wait_for_fsm() function with wait_for_bit_le32() function
which supports accurate timeout.
Signed-off-by: Alif Zakuan Yuslaimi <alif.zakuan.yuslaimi@altera.com>
Reviewed-by: Tien Fong Chee <tien.fong.chee@altera.com>
Asynchronous aborts were previously masked at SPL
entry.
To ensure early detection of system errors
such as ECC faults or bus errors, asynchronous aborts
should be explicitly unmasked by clearing the A-bit in
the DAIF register during Agilex SPL initialization.
Signed-off-by: Alif Zakuan Yuslaimi <alif.zakuan.yuslaimi@altera.com>
Reviewed-by: Tien Fong Chee <tien.fong.chee@altera.com>
# Conflicts:
# arch/arm/mach-socfpga/spl_agilex.c
Enable backup for data section to support warm reset in Agilex SPL as
no SPL image would be reloaded in warm reset.
Signed-off-by: Alif Zakuan Yuslaimi <alif.zakuan.yuslaimi@altera.com>
Reviewed-by: Tien Fong Chee <tien.fong.chee@altera.com>
For phyCORE-i.MX93 SoMs with i.MX93 parts running in VOLT_LOW_DRIVE mode
(SoCs with speed grade fuse set to 900 MHz) reduce usdhc clocks from 400
MHz to 266 MHz. Do this in board code since global imx9 board_fix_fdt()
is not used in case of phycore-imx93 board since commit d3b9b79968
("board: phytec: imx93: Add eeprom-based hardware introspection").
While at it, add a note to ft_board_setup() function to inform that
fixup for Linux device-tree is taken care by ft_system_setup() in imx9
global arch/arm/mach-imx/imx9/soc.c implementation.
Signed-off-by: Primoz Fiser <primoz.fiser@norik.com>
Reuse and export low_drive_freq_update() function. This way global imx9
board_fix_fdt() doesn't duplicate code. While low_drive_freq_update()
can be reused on boards such as phyCORE-i.MX93 (TARGET_PHYCORE_IMX93)
which is not using the global imx9 board_fix_fdt() implementation.
While at it, make printout logic less verbose by only outputting on the
error condition and not on each successful clock fixup. Also drop now
invalid comment (low_drive_freq_update() now does fixup for internal and
kernel device-tree).
Signed-off-by: Primoz Fiser <primoz.fiser@norik.com>
Update Agilex SPL code to implement device tree model
for firewall registers setup by using DTreg driver to
probe from device tree for the firewall settings instead
of calling firewall driver function.
Signed-off-by: Alif Zakuan Yuslaimi <alif.zakuan.yuslaimi@altera.com>
Reviewed-by: Tien Fong Chee <tien.fong.chee@altera.com>
Combine all MMC, NAND and QSPI configs into single defconfig which is named
as "socfpga_agilex_defconfig". This will be the default defconfig to use.
It supports booting from all three flashes using ARM Trusted Firmware (ATF)
as the secure runtime monitor.
Signed-off-by: Alif Zakuan Yuslaimi <alif.zakuan.yuslaimi@altera.com>
Reviewed-by: Tien Fong Chee <tien.fong.chee@altera.com>
Update the ARMv8 generic timer frequency register (cntfrq_el0)
with the actual hardware timer frequency (COUNTER_FREQUENCY_REAL).
The generic timer frequency was set to 0x200000000 during boot clk
which needs to be set to 0x400000000 when transition from boot clk
to PLL clk.
This will ensure that subsequent timer operations are based on the
correct frequency, ensuring accurate timekeeping.
Signed-off-by: Alif Zakuan Yuslaimi <alif.zakuan.yuslaimi@altera.com>
Reviewed-by: Tien Fong Chee <tien.fong.chee@altera.com>
In dwxgmac_of_get_mac_mode there is a test for mac_mode which will
return if false. After this point mac_mode is guaranteed to be true so
there is no need to test for this. Remove that test.
This issue was found by Smatch.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Goodbody <andrew.goodbody@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Tien Fong Chee <tien.fong.chee@altera.com>
In xgmac_probe there is a direct return after the point where unwind
gotos start to be used to undo actions performed by earlier code. Use
the appropriate unwind goto instead.
This issue was found by Smatch.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Goodbody <andrew.goodbody@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Tien Fong Chee <tien.fong.chee@altera.com>
Free the allocated buffer in case of an error.
Fixes: 9e63786e2b ("tools: mkeficapsule: rework the code a little bit")
Addresses-Coverity-ID: 345917 Resource leak
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
On more recent versions of setuptools the warning about not being able
to find the files specified in license_files has re-appeared. This is
because as best I can tell, it can't and won't look in $(srctree) but
rather only subdirectories of scripts/dtc/pylibfdt. Since we already
provide both SPDX tags and a license field with the SPDX contents, let
us just drop license_files as it's not mandatory.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
If the allocation if the bounce buffer fails, virtio_free_pages is called
with a random value from the stack.
Ensure that vring.size is initialized.
Fixes: 37e53db38b ("virtio: Allocate bounce buffers for devices with VIRTIO_F_IOMMU_PLATFORM")
Addresses-Coverity-ID: 453314 Uninitialized scalar variable
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
s25_s28_mdp_ready() returns 1 when spansion_sr_ready() returns negative
value (error code). Fix this problem by following Linux implementation.
Fixes: 1c3dd193b5 ("mtd: spi-nor-core: Add fixups for Cypress s25hl-t/s25hs-t")
Reported-by: Hiroyuki Saito <Hiroyuki.Saito2@infineon.com>
Signed-off-by: Takahiro Kuwano <Takahiro.Kuwano@infineon.com>
Reviewed-by: Tudor Ambarus <tudor.ambarus@linaro.org>
The 'blks' variable in scsi_read/write/erase functions is updated
regardless of pass/fail of the scsi operation . If the scsi operation
fails, 'blkcnt' is updated using an incorrect value of 'blks'. This
wrong 'blkcnt' is returned to the caller and it assumes all blocks were
processed correctly.
Fix this by updating the 'blks' variable only if the scsi operation
succeeds.
Signed-off-by: Balaji Selvanathan <balaji.selvanathan@oss.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Varadarajan Narayanan <quic_varada@quicinc.com>
Reviewed-by: Neil Armstrong <neil.armstrong@linaro.org>
Bryan Brattlof <bb@ti.com> says:
The AM62Ax was created right when TI was shifting to their high security
(HS-FS and HS-SE) processes. During this transition a small subset of
AM62A parts where configured to use the old "GP" security for internal
and for select groups of partners but never sold for the wider public.
To help simplify the build and to avoid any confusion of which security
configurations are supported going forward remove the GP builds for the
AM62A SoCs.
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20250729-no-62a-gp-v1-0-1dbdb4469ad3@ti.com
The AM62Ax SoC family was the last part from TI to support the GP
security variant, however this security variant was used mostly
internally and with select early partners and never sold publicly.
To simplify things and to avoid any confusion on which parts are
supported in the future, remove the GP tiboo3.bin builds from binman.
Signed-off-by: Bryan Brattlof <bb@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Neha Malcom Francis <n-francis@ti.com>
Acked-by: Wadim Egorov <w.egorov@phytec.de>
The AM62Ax SoC family was the last part from TI to support the GP
security variant, however this security variant was used mostly
internally and with select early partners and never sold publicly.
To simplify things and to avoid any confusion of which parts are
supported in the future, remove the GP tiboot3.bin builds from binman.
Signed-off-by: Bryan Brattlof <bb@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Neha Malcom Francis <n-francis@ti.com>
binman can omit packaging an optional blob when it is missing.
This allows us to not bother with config options.
The core challenge is the interaction between tf-a and OP-TEE where
U-Boot/binman does not know whether tf-a was built with SPD=opteed or
without. This is important because tf-a might jump into the void when no
optee_os is present, leading to boot failure. Thus by marking it
optional, user is prompted to recheck (due to the warning message)
whether they really have the right combination of tf-a and optee.
Due to a bug in binman, we had to guard binman tee.bin with OPTEE config
as builds would error when tee.bin was not present in path; Even though
optee_os was marked as optional in the binman tree. Since the bug has
been resolved in
commit d4f61eae2a ("Merge patch series "Fix handling of optional blobs in binman"")
we can mark it optional again without getting build errors.
Note that after this commit a warning will be printed when optee is not
present for a binman build.
Image 'image' is missing optional external blobs but is still functional: tee-os
/binman/section/fit/images/tee/tee-os (tee.bin):
See the documentation for your board. You may need to build Open Portable
Trusted Execution Environment (OP-TEE) and build with TEE=/path/to/tee.bin
Signed-off-by: Yannic Moog <y.moog@phytec.de>
In fecmxc_probe if a timeout is detected when resetting the chip no
error code is set before taking the error exit. This could lead to a
silent failure. Instead set an error code.
This issue was found by Smatch.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Goodbody <andrew.goodbody@linaro.org>
Enable SoC pull up for USB OTG ID pin in SPL. There is no dedicated pull up
resistor on the SoM itself, and the pull up is mandatory for correct USB OTG
ID pin detection. U-Boot proper already configures the USB OTG ID pin pull
up via DT pinctrl node entry.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut@mailbox.org>
Tested-by: Christoph Niedermaier <cniedermaier@dh-electronics.com>
In sc_seco_secvio_dgo_config there is a check for data being NULL but
this occurs after data has already been dereferenced. All callers of the
function provide a valid pointer for data so no need for the NULL check.
This issue was found by Smatch.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Goodbody <andrew.goodbody@linaro.org>
The minimum frequency of Fref (Fin / p) is 6MHz for the PLL AC
Electrical Characteristics. Setting p with 9 or 8 voilates the Spec.
Update the settings to match Spec.
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Add setting default temperatures to the weak version of
get_cpu_temp_grade so these values will not be used uninitialised.
This issue was found by Smatch.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Goodbody <andrew.goodbody@linaro.org>
For an unknown pll type the error path neglects to free the memory just
allocated. Add the free.
This issue was found by Smatch.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Goodbody <andrew.goodbody@linaro.org>
Various fixes for smatch warnings, the i2c one might be also coming in
via Heiko / I2C tree, let me know if there is conflict.
There is also W77Q51NW SPI NOR ID support, with the DT portion omitted
for now.
Enable support for Winbond SPI NOR on Retronix R-Car V4H Sparrow Hawk board,
this is required to support W77Q51NW on new board revision EVTB1 operational.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
In rswitch_probe the error detection after the call to devm_clk_get is
very wrong. It checks the value of ret which is uninitialised at that
point. Instead it should be using the macros for including errors into
pointers.
This issue was found by Smatch.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Goodbody <andrew.goodbody@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Add IDs for Winbond W77Q51NW, 512M-bit Secure Serial Flash Memory
with Post-Quantum Cryptography, Dual/Quad SPI, QPI and DTR . The
flash part is similar to W25Q512NWM .
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Reviewed-by: Tudor Ambarus <tudor.ambarus@linaro.org>
In rcar_iic_xfer if nmsgs == 0 the ret will not be assigned to. As ret
will always be 0 if the for loop is entered, may as well just return 0.
This issue was found by Smatch.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Goodbody <andrew.goodbody@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
In rcar_clk_set_rate64_div_table the unsigned variable 'value' is used
to receive the return value from rcar_clk_get_table_val which returns an
int and then attempts to test for being less than 0, which can never be
true. Instead declare value as an int so the code can behave as
expected. Also remove initial values from 'value' and 'div' as they are
not needed.
This issue was found by Smatch.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Goodbody <andrew.goodbody@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
i2c updates for v2025.10-rc2
bugfixes:
- rcar_iic: do not use unitialised variable
from Andrew
- fix coverity issue in cmd/i2c.c
from Heiko
new driver:
late, but hopefully okay for rc2, as already picked up when
merge window was open, but there was a problem in common code,
which is now fixed
- new i3c driver support from Dinesh
Add simple test to check i3c controller defined in sandbox test DT.
Basically, this test case will check validity of the i3c controller
by probing it and perform basic commands of cmd/i3c.c
Signed-off-by: Dinesh Maniyam <dinesh.maniyam@altera.com>
Add i3c command file to support select, get i3c device
target list, read and write operation.
Signed-off-by: Dinesh Maniyam <dinesh.maniyam@altera.com>
Fix the I3C device with spike filter unable to detect issue by setting
tHIGH_INIT to 200ns for first broadcast address.
This is according to MIPI SPEC 1.1.1 for first broadcast address
which is already part of linux upstreamed patch.
Signed-off-by: Dinesh Maniyam <dinesh.maniyam@altera.com>
Picked linux i3c driver upstraming patch to fix the issue to
probe for i3c controller without slave device attached.
With this fix, the ret check will be on command error and will success
without slave device attached.
Signed-off-by: Dinesh Maniyam <dinesh.maniyam@altera.com>
Enable the Kconfig and Makefile for the MIPI DWI3C driver.
hs: fixed typo on drivers/i3c/master/Kconfig
Signed-off-by: Dinesh Maniyam <dinesh.maniyam@altera.com>
Enable i3c general uclass driver. This uclass driver will have
genaral read and write api to call the specific i3c driver.
Signed-off-by: Dinesh Maniyam <dinesh.maniyam@altera.com>
Enable driver for Synopsis MIPI DWI3C for the family
device agilex5. This driver is migrated from linux version 6.6.37 LTS
Signed-off-by: Dinesh Maniyam <dinesh.maniyam@altera.com>
In rcar_iic_xfer if nmsgs == 0 the ret will not be assigned to. As ret
will always be 0 if the for loop is entered, may as well just return 0.
This issue was found by Smatch.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Goodbody <andrew.goodbody@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
The U-Boot environment was previously stored in the boot loader stream
using ldr, but it has been replaced by the default environment built
into the U-Boot executable or an environment on external storage
Fixes: ea3310e8aa ("Blackfin: Remove")
Signed-off-by: Philip Molloy <philip.molloy@analog.com>
Reviewed-by: Greg Malysa <malysagreg@gmail.com>
Use the same logic as is used for MAC address where bdi shows mac address
for current device where index (idx) is used to point to correct IP address
which is read and show.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
Both of these tests are only valid for sandbox (and require dtc) so both
tests need the pytest annotations.
Fixes: 93d09d3bd8 ("test: fit: add test case for invalid default configuration reference")
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
In mxs_nand_init_ctrl there are a couple of error paths that do not set
err which could lead to the errors being silently ignored despite the
function not completing. Rather than just using if to detect these
errors use err to collect the error return value from the called
functions.
This issue was found by Smatch.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Goodbody <andrew.goodbody@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Michael Trimarchi <michael@amarulasolutions.com>
In denali_wait_for_irq the code will either return from inside the while
loop or exit with time_left being 0. The following test for time_left
being 0 is guranteed to be true so remove the test and the following
unreachable code.
This issue was found by Smatch.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Goodbody <andrew.goodbody@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Michael Trimarchi <michael@amarulasolutions.com>
In init_nand_dma there was code to detect failure to allocate memory but
it had two problems. Firstly the 2nd clause when info->tx_desc was NULL
attempted to free info->tx_desc when it should be freeing info->rx_desc.
Secondly there was no detection of both allocations failing, arguably
the more likely scenario. Refactor the code to simplify it and just fail
as soon as either allocation fails.
This issue was found by Smatch.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Goodbody <andrew.goodbody@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Michael Trimarchi <michael@amarulasolutions.com>
Add kfree calls on error paths for memory that was allocated. This will
prevent memory leaks.
This issue found by Smatch.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Goodbody <andrew.goodbody@linaro.org>
Reviewed-By: Michael Trimarchi <michael@amarulasolutions.com>
In stm32_fmc2_nfc_probe there are 3 error returns that do not set the
error code before returning which could lead to the error being silently
ignored. Just return -EINVAL in each case.
This issue was found by Smatch.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Goodbody <andrew.goodbody@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
In pxa3xx_nand_probe_dt if the function detects an error after
allocating memory that memory is not freed before exit. Add the
appropriate free.
This issue was found by Smatch.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Goodbody <andrew.goodbody@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: MIchael Trimarchi <michael@amarulasolutions.com>
When sect_size is greater than the CONFIG_ENV_SIZE, this wild
pointer will cause CPU halt or system crash.
Fixes: 03fb08d4ae ("env: Introduce support for MTD")
Signed-off-by: Shiji Yang <yangshiji66@outlook.com>
The mtd device is got in setup_mtd_device(), we must put the mtd
device before exiting the function to update the mtd use count.
This patch fixes the following env error:
> Removing MTD device #2 (u-boot-env) with use count 1
> Error when deleting partition "u-boot-env" (-16)
Fixes: 03fb08d4ae ("env: Introduce support for MTD")
Signed-off-by: Shiji Yang <yangshiji66@outlook.com>
Top level Makefile starts separate "make" processes for each each
subdirectory. lib/efi_loader apps now depend on lib.a from
arch/$(ARCH)/lib if CONFIG_USE_PRIVATE_LIBGCC is enabled which creates
a race conditions since dependency from lib/efi_loader EFI apps to
arch/$(ARCH)/lib/lib.a is not explicit:
arm-poky-linux-gnueabi-ld.bfd: cannot find arch/arm/lib/lib.a: No such file or directory
make[3]: *** [scripts/Makefile.lib:512: lib/efi_loader/testapp_efi.so] Error 1
This error was seen on yocto/OE-core CI builds after u-boot 2025.07 update:
https://lists.openembedded.org/g/openembedded-core/message/220004https://autobuilder.yoctoproject.org/valkyrie/api/v2/logs/2914600/raw_inline
| rm -f lib/efi_loader/built-in.o; arm-poky-linux-gnueabi-ar cDPrsT lib/efi_loader/built-in.o lib/efi_loader/efi_bootmgr.o lib/efi_loader/efi_bootbin.o lib/efi_loader
/efi_boottime.o lib/efi_loader/efi_helper.o lib/efi_loader/efi_console.o lib/efi_loader/efi_device_path.o lib/efi_loader/efi_device_path_to_text.o lib/efi_loader/efi_device_
path_utilities.o lib/efi_loader/efi_dt_fixup.o lib/efi_loader/efi_fdt.o lib/efi_loader/efi_file.o lib/efi_loader/efi_hii.o lib/efi_loader/efi_hii_config.o lib/efi_loader/efi
_image_loader.o lib/efi_loader/efi_load_options.o lib/efi_loader/efi_memory.o lib/efi_loader/efi_root_node.o lib/efi_loader/efi_runtime.o lib/efi_loader/efi_setup.o lib/efi_
loader/efi_string.o lib/efi_loader/efi_unicode_collation.o lib/efi_loader/efi_var_common.o lib/efi_loader/efi_var_mem.o lib/efi_loader/efi_variable.o lib/efi_loader/efi_var_
file.o lib/efi_loader/efi_watchdog.o lib/efi_loader/efi_disk.o lib/efi_loader/efi_net.o lib/efi_loader/efi_smbios.o lib/efi_loader/efi_load_initrd.o lib/efi_loader/efi_confo
rmance.o
| arm-poky-linux-gnueabi-ld.bfd -nostdlib -zexecstack -znocombreloc -znorelro --no-warn-rwx-segments -L /srv/pokybuild/yocto-worker/oe-selftest-armhost/build/build-st-
3119200/tmp/work/beaglebone_yocto-poky-linux-gnueabi/u-boot/2025.07/sources/u-boot-2025.07 -T arch/arm/lib/elf_arm_efi.lds -shared -Bsymbolic -s lib/efi_loader/helloworld.o
lib/efi_loader/efi_crt0.o lib/efi_loader/efi_reloc.o lib/efi_loader/efi_freestanding.o arch/arm/lib/lib.a -o lib/efi_loader/helloworld_efi.so
| arm-poky-linux-gnueabi-ld.bfd: cannot find arch/arm/lib/lib.a: No such file or directory
| make[3]: *** [scripts/Makefile.lib:512: lib/efi_loader/helloworld_efi.so] Error 1
The different "make" processes share common scripts/Makefile.build
and scripts/Makefile.libs but since they are separate processes
the Makefile rules can't add a dependency from lib/uefi_loader targets
to arch/$(ARCH)/lib/lib.a. Or the file level dependency can be added but
then "make" produces a too sparse error message which does not mention
that one of the dependencies like arch/$(ARCH)/lib/lib.a was not found:
make[3]: *** No rule to make target 'lib/efi_loader/helloworld.efi', needed by '__build'. Stop.
Fix this dependency problem by building arch/$(ARCH)/lib before lib
if CONFIG_USE_PRIVATE_LIBGCC was enabled.
To reproduce the race condition more reliably, add a "sleep 10" delay
before linker command cmd_link_l_target with 2025.07
or to $(lib-target): target in scripts/Makefile.build with master branch
after Kbuild update.
Fixes: 43d43241d1 ("scripts/Makefile.lib: add PLATFORM_LIBGCC to efi linking")
Cc: Adriano Cordova <adrianox@gmail.com>
Cc: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Mikko Rapeli <mikko.rapeli@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Pull request for net-20250801
net:
- Support overriding Auto Negotiation timeout with env variable
'phy_aneg_timeout'
- Add missing virtqueue_kick() in free_pkt()
- Remove bcm281xx ethernet driver
- Tighten some network driver dependencies in Kconfig
- Add <cpu_func.h> to some platforms
- Fix a debug print in ftgmac100.cA
- Add parentheses around PSEUDO_HDR_SIZE
net-lwip:
- Fix build error with CONFIG_LWIP_DEBUG=y
- Remove eth_init() from net_init() as it is called later
- Simplify net_lwip_eth_start()
net-legacy:
- wget: Fix comparison of unsigned variable
- Incorrect macro used (TCP_0_NOP instead of TCP_1_NOP)
The Auto Negotiation procedure between two Ethernet PHYs consists of
determining the best commonly supported parameters among Speed,
Duplex Mode and Flow Control.
The time taken for this procedure is not only dependent on the local
PHY used, but also on the link-partner PHY.
While a timeout can be specified in the form of a "CONFIG" on the basis
of the local PHY present on the device, since the timeout also depends
on the link-partner PHY, it might be necessary to modify the timeout.
To avoid rebuilding the bootloader for a given device, just because it
may be connected to various link-partner PHYs, each with a different
timeout, introduce an environment variable named "phy_aneg_timeout" and
override "CONFIG_PHY_ANEG_TIMEOUT" with "phy_aneg_timeout".
Signed-off-by: Siddharth Vadapalli <s-vadapalli@ti.com>
Acked-by: Jerome Forissier <jerome.forissier@linaro.org>
[jf: add missing #include <env.h>]
Signed-off-by: Jerome Forissier <jerome.forissier@linaro.org>
Provide a trivial implementation of sntp_format_time() to fix a build
error when CONFIG_LWIP_DEBUG=y:
lib/lwip/lwip/src/apps/sntp/sntp.c: In function ‘sntp_format_time’:
lib/lwip/lwip/src/apps/sntp/sntp.c:283:10: error: implicit declaration of function ‘ctime’ [-Werror=implicit-function-declaration]
283 | return ctime(&ut);
| ^~~~~
Signed-off-by: Jerome Forissier <jerome.forissier@linaro.org>
Every virtqueue_add must eventually be followed by virtqueue_kick for to
properly notify the peer that new buffers have been put into the queue.
This is currently missing for virtio-net and may result in non-working
network when the host has depleted the rx buffers and waits for new
buffers. Depending on the host it may busy poll on the virtio queue or
wait for the kick. Qemu does the latter and may break.
Signed-off-by: Christian Speich <c.speich@avm.de>
A large number of network drivers cannot build without access to some
platform specific header files. Express those requirements in Kconfig as
well. This covers the QUICC engine drivers as that is networking
driver infrastructure.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The common portable header for CPU related functions such as cache
flushing and invalidation is <cpu_func.h> so add that to these drivers.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
In the debug print in ftgmac100_send we want to say where the packet is
in memory and what the length is, so use %p to print that.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The call to eth_init within net_init causes the network interface to
start, stop, start again which can cause issues with certain network
device drivers. Remove it to make it behave like the legacy network
path.
Fixes: 5666865dec ("net: lwip: fix initialization sequence before a command")
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
Reviewed-by: Jerome Forissier <jerome.forissier@linaro.org>
content_length is an unsigned long and so testing that it is >= 0 will
always be true. Instead test that it is != -1 as that is the condition
set on error.
This issue found by Smatch.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Goodbody <andrew.goodbody@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Jerome Forissier <jerome.forissier@linaro.org>
In tcp_parse_options the uchar p[0] is attempted to test for a match
with the 32bit macro TCP_0_NOP which can never be true. Instead test
against the 8bit macro TCP_1_NOP.
This issue found by Smatch.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Goodbody <andrew.goodbody@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Jerome Forissier <jerome.forissier@linaro.org>
Smatch reports a warning about possibly needing parens around the macro
PSEUDO_HDR_SIZE. This will not affect the one place the macro is used
but add the parens anyway as it is good practice to have them and if the
macro is used again in the future it could possibly matter then.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Goodbody <andrew.goodbody@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Jerome Forissier <jerome.forissier@linaro.org>
The Galaxy R (GT-I9103) and Captivate Glide (SGH-i927) are both Tegra 2
based Samsung smartphones released in 2011. They both feature 1 GB of RAM
and 8 GB of expandable flash memory. The key difference is that the
Captivate Glide has an OLED panel (contrary to LCD in Galaxy R) and a
QWERTY keyboard in form factor of a slider.
Signed-off-by: Ion Agorria <ion@agorria.com>
Reviewed-by: Svyatoslav Ryhel <clamor95@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Svyatoslav Ryhel <clamor95@gmail.com>
Add support for PWM backlight found in Samsung CMC623 image converter.
Signed-off-by: Ion Agorria <ion@agorria.com>
Reviewed-by: Svyatoslav Ryhel <clamor95@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Svyatoslav Ryhel <clamor95@gmail.com>
Add support for a Samsung CMC623 image converter chip found in several
Samsung devices such as Samsung Galaxy R (I9103) and Samsung Galaxy
Tab 10.1 (GT-P75xx).
Signed-off-by: Ion Agorria <ion@agorria.com>
Reviewed-by: Svyatoslav Ryhel <clamor95@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Svyatoslav Ryhel <clamor95@gmail.com>
Samsung S6E63M0 controller is found in some OLED panels like one used in
the Samsung Captivate Glide. Currently only DBI C panel is implemented.
Signed-off-by: Ion Agorria <ion@agorria.com>
Reviewed-by: Svyatoslav Ryhel <clamor95@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Svyatoslav Ryhel <clamor95@gmail.com>
Sony L4F00430T01 LCD module is found in Samsung Galaxy R. The panel has a
WVGA resolution (480x800) and is setup over SPI, video data comes from RGB.
Signed-off-by: Ion Agorria <ion@agorria.com>
Reviewed-by: Svyatoslav Ryhel <clamor95@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Svyatoslav Ryhel <clamor95@gmail.com>
The Pegatron Chagall (originally built by Pegatron, but later rebranded by
other vendors under names Fujitsu Stylistic M532, Olivetti Olipad 3,
Siragon 4N, Realpad Bunaken, DNS AirTab P110w / P110g etc) is a mostly
business-oriented tablet sold in 2012 in different variants, mostly in
Europe, with slight differences in storage size (16GB/32GB) and presence
of built-in cellular modem.
Tested-by: Raffaele Tranquillini <raffaele.tranquillini@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Svyatoslav Ryhel <clamor95@gmail.com>
Previously software based AES encryption was used with previously known
device specific keys (SBK), now that we have AES driver we can simply
delegate this to the engine without prior knowledge of the key (assuming
it is still loaded).
Signed-off-by: Ion Agorria <ion@agorria.com>
Now that we have working AES engine driver we can request the warmboot code
to be encrypted and signed with SBK if the device requires so. This
unlocks LP0 support for most devices in the wild as they use ODM Production
Secure.
We are not aware of any "ODM Production Open" device nor have access to
thus this has not been tested on one, merely added for completeness.
Signed-off-by: Ion Agorria <ion@agorria.com>
This driver allows using Tegra AES engines within BSEV and BSEA blocks to
encrypt and decrypt data using different AES algorithms.
One use case is allowing u-boot to self update by using the already loaded
AES key in the engine's SBK slot by the bootrom.
Particular care must be taken as chainloaded u-boot's may not have the SBK
slot loaded as the vendor bootloader erases it before leaving it.
Signed-off-by: Ion Agorria <ion@agorria.com>
CI: https://source.denx.de/u-boot/custodians/u-boot-stm/-/pipelines/27236
- Add support for STM32 TIMERS and STM32 PWM on STM32MP25
- Add STM32MP13xx SPL and OpTee-OS start support
- Fix header misuse in stm32 reset drivers
- Fix STMicroelectronics spelling
- Fix clk-stm32h7 wrong macros used in register read
- Fix PRE_CON_BUF_ADDR on STM32MP13
- Fix clock identifier passed to struct scmi_clk_parent_set_in
- Fix stm32 reset for STM32F4/F7 and H7
- Enable OF_UPSTREAM_BUILD_VENDOR for stm32mp13_defconfig
- Add STM32MP23 SoC and stm32mp235f-dk board support
This pull request includes updates for the SoCFPGA platform intended for the 2025.10 release
cycle. The highlights focus on enabling the Power Manager for Agilex5, NAND boot support
enhancements, and various bug fixes and cleanups across SoCFPGA components.
CI:
* https://source.denx.de/u-boot/custodians/u-boot-socfpga/-/pipelines/27221
Summary of changes:
Agilex5 Power Manager:
* Initial driver support and DT bindings are added for the Agilex5 Power Manager, enabling
better power domain control.
NAND Boot Support for Agilex5:
* SPL support for NAND boot is enabled.
* UBI/UBIFS support is configured in defconfigs.
* Memory layout updates (malloc and BSS relocation) ensure proper boot behavior.
Code Quality Improvements:
* Coverity and runtime bug fixes (e.g., jtag_usercode check, sub-device conditionals).
* Several cleanup patches addressing formatting, logic, and initialization issues.
General Maintenance:
* SPDX license tags and header include fixes.
* Device tree updates to limit SPI clock frequency and other minor adjustments.
These contributions come from Alif Zakuan Yuslaimi, Andrew Goodbody, Dinesh Maniyam, Naresh
Kumar Ravulapalli, and Tingting Meng.
This patch set has been tested on Agilex 5 devkit.
Quentin Schulz <foss+uboot@0leil.net> says:
Due to updates to the Device Tree (migrating to onboard USB hub nodes
instead of (badly) hacking things with a gpio regulator that doesn't
actually work properly), we now need to enable the onboard USB hub
driver in U-Boot.
This anticipates upcoming breakage when 6.16 DT will be merged into
U-Boot's dts/upstream.
The series can be applied as is before v6.16 DT is merged or only the
defconfig changes after 6.16 DT has been merged.
The last two patches are simply to avoid probing devices that aren't
actually routed on RK3399 Puma, which is nice to have but doesn't fix
anything.
Note that this depends on the following series:
https://lore.kernel.org/u-boot/20250722-usb_onboard_hub_cypress_hx3-v4-0-91c3ee958c0e@thaumatec.com/
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20250730-puma-usb-cypress-v1-0-b1c203c733f9@cherry.de
The u2phy0_host port is the part of the USB PHY0 (namely the
HOST0_DP/DM lanes) which routes directly to the USB2.0 HOST
controller[1]. The other lanes of the PHY are routed to the USB3.0 OTG
controller (dwc3), which we do use.
The HOST0_DP/DM lanes aren't routed on RK3399 Puma so let's simply
disable the USB2.0 controllers.
USB3 OTG has been known to be unstable on RK3399 Puma Haikou for a
while, one of the recurring issues being that only USB2 is detected and
not USB3 in host mode. Reading the justification above and seeing that
we are keeping u2phy0_host in the Haikou carrierboard DTS probably may
have bothered you since it should be changed to u2phy0_otg. The issue is
that if it's switched to that, USB OTG on Haikou is entirely broken. I
have checked the routing in the Gerber file, the lanes are going to the
expected ball pins (that is, NOT HOST0_DP/DM).
u2phy0_host is for sure the wrong part of the PHY to use, but it's the
only one that works at the moment for that board so keep it until we
figure out what exactly is broken.
No intended functional change.
[1] https://rockchip.fr/Rockchip%20RK3399%20TRM%20V1.3%20Part2.pdf
Chapter 2 USB2.0 PHY
Fixes: 2c66fc34e945 ("arm64: dts: rockchip: add RK3399-Q7 (Puma) SoM")
Signed-off-by: Quentin Schulz <quentin.schulz@cherry.de>
Signed-off-by: Lukasz Czechowski <lukasz.czechowski@thaumatec.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20250425-onboard_usb_dev-v2-5-4a76a474a010@thaumatec.com
Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko@sntech.de>
[ upstream commit: febd8c6ab52c683b447fe22fc740918c86feae43 ]
(cherry picked from commit 0a0ebebfdd4558512675e1aff34bddb770086cb0)
The u2phy1_host port is the part of the USB PHY1 (namely the
HOST1_DP/DM lanes) which routes directly to the USB2.0 HOST
controller[1]. The other lanes of the PHY are routed to the USB3.0 OTG
controller (dwc3), which we do use.
The HOST1_DP/DM lanes aren't routed on RK3399 Puma so let's simply
disable the USB2.0 controllers and associated part in USB2.0 PHY.
No intended functional change.
[1] https://rockchip.fr/Rockchip%20RK3399%20TRM%20V1.3%20Part2.pdf
Chapter 2 USB2.0 PHY
Fixes: 2c66fc34e945 ("arm64: dts: rockchip: add RK3399-Q7 (Puma) SoM")
Signed-off-by: Quentin Schulz <quentin.schulz@cherry.de>
Signed-off-by: Lukasz Czechowski <lukasz.czechowski@thaumatec.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20250425-onboard_usb_dev-v2-4-4a76a474a010@thaumatec.com
Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko@sntech.de>
[ upstream commit: 3373af1d76bacd054b37f3e10266dd335ce425f8 ]
(cherry picked from commit 97640da1f41d022484c1a4725bed943a5ae56073)
Currently, the onboard Cypress CYUSB3304 USB hub is not defined in
the device tree, and hub reset pin is provided as vcc5v0_host
regulator to usb phy. This causes instability issues, as a result
of improper reset duration.
The fixed regulator device requests the GPIO during probe in its
inactive state (except if regulator-boot-on property is set, in
which case it is requested in the active state). Considering gpio
is GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW for Puma, it means it’s driving it high. Then
the regulator gets enabled (because regulator-always-on property),
which drives it to its active state, meaning driving it low.
The Cypress CYUSB3304 USB hub actually requires the reset to be
asserted for at least 5 ms, which we cannot guarantee right now
since there's no delay in the current config, meaning the hub may
sometimes work or not. We could add delay as offered by
fixed-regulator but let's rather fix this by using the proper way
to model onboard USB hubs.
Define hub_2_0 and hub_3_0 nodes, as the onboard Cypress hub
consist of two 'logical' hubs, for USB2.0 and USB3.0.
Use the 'reset-gpios' property of hub to assign reset pin instead
of using regulator. Rename the vcc5v0_host regulator to
cy3304_reset to be more meaningful. Pin is configured to
output-high by default, which sets the hub in reset state
during pin controller initialization. This allows to avoid double
enumeration of devices in case the bootloader has setup the USB
hub before the kernel.
The vdd-supply and vdd2-supply properties in hub nodes are
added to provide correct dt-bindings, although power supplies are
always enabled based on HW design.
Fixes: 2c66fc34e945 ("arm64: dts: rockchip: add RK3399-Q7 (Puma) SoM")
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org # 6.6
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org # Backport of the patch in this series fixing product ID in onboard_dev_id_table in drivers/usb/misc/onboard_usb_dev.c driver
Signed-off-by: Lukasz Czechowski <lukasz.czechowski@thaumatec.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20250425-onboard_usb_dev-v2-3-4a76a474a010@thaumatec.com
Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko@sntech.de>
[ upstream commit: d7cc532df95f7f159e40595440e4e4b99481457b ]
(cherry picked from commit 0fe42d171081426ab119ca5c0eb130e5f3a9a805)
The dt-core typically allows multiple compatibles[1] but usb-device
currently forces a single compatible.
This is an issue when multiple devices with slightly different productID
all behave the same. This would require the driver to keep updating its
compatible matching table to include this new productID instead of doing
what is usually done: have two compatibles, the leftmost which matches
exactly the HW device definition, and the rightmost one as a fallback
which is assumed to be 100% compatible with the device at hand. If this
assumption turns out to be wrong, it is easy to work around this without
having to modify the device tree by handling the leftmost compatible in the driver.
[1] https://github.com/devicetree-org/dt-schema/blob/main/dtschema/schemas/dt-core.yaml#L21-L25
Signed-off-by: Quentin Schulz <quentin.schulz@cherry.de>
Reviewed-by: Rob Herring (Arm) <robh@kernel.org>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20250418-dt-binding-usb-device-compatibles-v2-1-b3029f14e800@cherry.de
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
[ upstream commit: 495df45f38c8ba3d74c3180a0a13a0ecbfa717d1 ]
(cherry picked from commit 932da7a8df7b6b43453d640b383d0076d5a7d9a5)
Quentin Schulz <foss+uboot@0leil.net> says:
v6.16-rc1 will bring an incompatible change to the Device Tree of PX30
Ringneck which will break Ethernet support.
Unfortunately, the designware net driver's logic doesn't seem to allow
having the old Device Tree (without MDIO bus and Ethernet PHY nodes)
with DM_MDIO and DM_ETH_PHY enabled so there cannot be a smooth
transition.
Since this is going to bite me in a few months time, let's just break
and fix it now in a couple of commits so I don't have to think about it
later :)
This can be cleanly applied on master or next, I have absolutely zero
preference on the branch this should be merged in (my opinion is that
it's too late in the 2024.07 cycle to bring this in :) ).
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20250611-ringneck-mdio-v1-0-529a40a0f966@cherry.de
Due to updates to the Device Tree (migrating from snps,reset-*
properties to a PHY node on the MDIO bus) in previous commits and the
inability of the designware net driver to support the old Device Tree
(without the MDIO bus and PHY nodes) with DM_MDIO and DM_ETH_PHY
enabled, support for Ethernet on Ringneck PX30 is currently broken.
Now that the transition was made, we can simply enable DM_MDIO and
DM_ETH_PHY to fix Ethernet support on that board. Ideally, we could
squash this commit with the one migrating the Device Tree, but we want
to keep having upstream changes to the Device Trees made by
tools/update-subtree.sh tool without manual intervention.
Signed-off-by: Quentin Schulz <quentin.schulz@cherry.de>
Using snps,reset-* properties for handling the phy-reset is deprecated
and instead a real phy node should be defined that then contains the
reset-gpios handling.
To facilitate this, add the core mdio node under the px30's gmac, similar
to how the other Rockchip socs already do this.
Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko.stuebner@cherry.de>
Reviewed-by: Quentin Schulz <quentin.schulz@cherry.de>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20250514150745.2437804-2-heiko@sntech.de
Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko@sntech.de>
[ upstream commit: ede4837a504ca7e5811217060aa8300b8d0cf7f2 ]
(cherry picked from commit cb54a264ecdb9e95b1529e4542e157cb9acded30)
Reviewed-by: Sumit Garg <sumit.garg@oss.qualcomm.com>
Lukasz Czechowski <lukasz.czechowski@thaumatec.com> says:
This patch series extends the usb_onboard_hub driver to allow for
support of more types of onboard hub devices, and adds the Cypress HX3
hub family.
First patch in the series updates the bind function, so that it no
longer uses hardcoded compatible strings.
Next patch simplifies the code, by removing unnecessary dm_gpio function
call.
Third patch updates the remove function, which allows the prevent issues
with usb devices reenumeration, in case of calling "usb reset". Although
the issue could still occur in case of invalid initial state of reset
gpio, it is minimized with no impact on main usb_hub driver.
Fourth patch extends the driver with support for multiple power
supplies, the same way it is done in kernel driver. Finally, last patch
provides hub data and of_match table entries for Cypress HX3
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20250722-usb_onboard_hub_cypress_hx3-v4-0-91c3ee958c0e@thaumatec.com
Some of the onboard hubs require multiple power supplies, so extend
the driver to support them.
The implementation is inspired by the kernel driver, as introduced
by commit [1] in the v6.10 kernel.
[1] ec1848cd5d
Reviewed-by: Quentin Schulz <quentin.schulz@cherry.de>
Signed-off-by: Lukasz Czechowski <lukasz.czechowski@thaumatec.com>
In the usb_onboard_hub_remove, the reset gpio, if available, is
freed. The pin state however, remains unchanged, as set in the
usb_onboard_hub_reset. The hub is then left enabled.
During second onboard hub probing, the hub is initially enabled
(reset pin in state "0"), and then it is being reset by the reset
function (transition to "1" and then to "0"). Because of this,
the hub first disconnects from root hub, and then it connects again.
When the devices are being discovered in the usb_scan_port in the
usb_hub driver, initially there is the USB_PORT_STAT_CONNECTION bit
not set in portstatus, but USB_PORT_STAT_C_CONNECTION set in
portchange data (which is because disconnect event occurred first).
In this condition, the driver does not wait for devices to appear.
This can cause the hub (and all child devices) to be not enumerated
when rescanning on "usb reset" command.
To fix this, set the reset gpio to active in usb_onboard_hub_remove,
to put the hub into reset state.
However, in case the hub reset pin is by default held in high
state by HW before U-Boot takes over, in which case the USB hub is
active, then during the first probe it gets reset and we might get
into the same issue of the hub being not enumerated.
Reviewed-by: Quentin Schulz <quentin.schulz@cherry.de>
Signed-off-by: Lukasz Czechowski <lukasz.czechowski@thaumatec.com>
The reset GPIO is obtained during driver probing by the function
devm_gpiod_get_optional, which means the GPIO will be automatically
freed when the device is removed. Because of this, explicit call
to free the reset GPIO in hub remove function is not needed.
To support the Managed device resources, the DEVRES config must
be enabled, otherwise the devres functions fall back to non-managed
variants. Set the necessary dependency to DEVRES in Kconfig.
Reviewed-by: Quentin Schulz <quentin.schulz@cherry.de>
Signed-off-by: Lukasz Czechowski <lukasz.czechowski@thaumatec.com>
Currently the check in usb_onboard_hub_bind is relying on specific
compatible string for the Michrochip USB5744. Replace this with
more generic approach that will allow to add new types of devices
to the of_match table. Because the driver only needs to bind one
"half" of the hub, the peer-hub node is used to find out if it
was already done. In case peer-hub was bound, -ENODEV is returned.
Reviewed-by: Quentin Schulz <quentin.schulz@cherry.de>
Signed-off-by: Lukasz Czechowski <lukasz.czechowski@thaumatec.com>
STM32F4/F7 and H7 series doesn't have a clear reset register, so
set_clr field must be set to false.
Fixes: 0994a627c2 ("reset: stm32mp25: add stm32mp25 reset driver")
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
With Inline ECC enabled, the bottom 1/8 of DDR is reserved
for ECC parity bits and must not be used for general data address
allocation. Previously, the SPL bss and malloc addresses were allocated
inside this ECC parity region if the DDR size is 1GB.
This caused ECC hardware to detect stale or invalid parity bits,
leading to data correction attempts and DMA polling hangs or failures.
Fix this by relocating the malloc and bss to the usable 7/8 region of DDR
and is fully ECC-safe.
This change ensures reliable ddr address operation and
prevents unintended memory corruption.
Signed-off-by: Dinesh Maniyam <dinesh.maniyam@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Tien Fong Chee <tien.fong.chee@altera.com>
Add the required configuration in the U-Boot env to enable Linux NAND
boot with UBI / UBIFS.
Signed-off-by: Dinesh Maniyam <dinesh.maniyam@altera.com>
Reviewed-by: Tien Fong Chee <tien.fong.chee@altera.com>
Agilex5 FSBL is required to disable the power of unused peripheral SRAM
blocks to reduce power consumption.
Introducing a new power manager driver for Agilex5 which will be called
as part of Agilex5 SPL initialization process.
This driver will read the peripheral handoff data obtained from the
bitstream and will power off the specified peripheral's SRAM from the
handoff data values.
Signed-off-by: Alif Zakuan Yuslaimi <alif.zakuan.yuslaimi@altera.com>
Reviewed-by: Tien Fong Chee <tien.fong.chee@altera.com>
Sub-device information is retrieved from the JTAG ID in Boot Scratch
Cold 4 Register. This interface is introduced to allow device-specific
errata workarounds to be applied in the future, based on the detected
sub-device type.
Signed-off-by: Tingting Meng <tingting.meng@altera.com>
Reviewed-by: Tien Fong Chee <tien.fong.chee@intel.com>
A redundant comparison (jtag_usercode >= 0) was removed from the
condition checking jtag_usercode. Since jtag_usercode is an unsigned
integer, the check for non-negativity was always true. The code was
simplified to resolve the Coverity warning.
Signed-off-by: Tingting Meng <tingting.meng@altera.com>
Reviewed-by: Tien Fong Chee <tien.fong.chee@intel.com>
In socfpga_dtreg_probe it is possible that if mask is 0 then reg will
not be assigned to before first use. Refactor the code slightly to
ensure that reg is always assigned to and remove a piece of duplicated
code.
This issue was found by Smatch.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Goodbody <andrew.goodbody@linaro.org>
The function socfpga_get_handoff_size returns an int so make the struct
fields used to accept the return value also an int so that testing for
less than 0 is then valid.
This issue was found by Smatch.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Goodbody <andrew.goodbody@linaro.org>
Smatch reported an issue about the precedence of shift being higher than
mask in clk_get_emac_clk_hz. This turned out to be a misplaced paren in
one of the calculations. Fix this by placing the paren in the same place
as in the other similar calculations in the same function.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Goodbody <andrew.goodbody@linaro.org>
The for loop in fpgamgr_program_poll_cd will always terminate after a
single pass and so is not necessary. Remove it and all related code and
leave only the code that is effective.
This issue was found by Smatch.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Goodbody <andrew.goodbody@linaro.org>
All the source code of secure_vab.c and secure_vab.h are from Intel
and Altera. Updating the license to use either GPL-2.0 or
BSD-3-Clause because this copy of code may be used for open source
and internal project.
Signed-off-by: Naresh Kumar Ravulapalli <nareshkumar.ravulapalli@altera.com>
Reviewed-by: Tien Fong Chee <tien.fong.chee@altera.com>
This patch is to set spi-max-freq to 50Mhz. This will add support to the
driver to set the operation speed according to the slave device up to
50Mhz. Without this node, the driver just can adjust the operation speed
to the default speed which is far below the best
operation speed of the SPI slave device.
Signed-off-by: Dinesh Maniyam <dinesh.maniyam@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Tien Fong Chee <tien.fong.chee@altera.com>
On STM32MP reference boards, the watchdog is started by a previous
boot stage (e.g. bootrom or secure OS), so the config flag
WATCHDOG_AUTOSTART is not required.
It's preferable to rely on the DT properties "u-boot,autostart" or
"u-boot,noautostart", if needed.
For backward compatibility on defconfigs that are based on SPL,
thus cannot rely on a previous boot stage for starting the
watchdog, enable WATCHDOG_AUTOSTART in their respective defconfig.
The change in stm32mp15_dhsom.config is propagated to:
- configs/stm32mp15_dhcom_basic.config
- configs/stm32mp15_dhcor_basic.config
and then to:
- stm32mp15_dhcom_basic_defconfig
- stm32mp15_dhcom_drc02_basic_defconfig
- stm32mp15_dhcom_pdk2_basic_defconfig
- stm32mp15_dhcom_picoitx_basic_defconfig
- stm32mp15_dhcor_avenger96_basic_defconfig
- stm32mp15_dhcor_basic_defconfig
- stm32mp15_dhcor_drc_compact_basic_defconfig
- stm32mp15_dhcor_testbench_basic_defconfig
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Signed-off-by: Antonio Borneo <antonio.borneo@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Add a mean to check the IWDG status based on the peripheral version.
This is done by either checking the status bit ONF either by updating
the reload register with the same value and check if the reload succeed.
Signed-off-by: Clément Le Goffic <clement.legoffic@foss.st.com>
Signed-off-by: Antonio Borneo <antonio.borneo@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
The optional SMCWD_GET_TIMELEFT command can be used to detect if
the watchdog has already been started.
See the implementation in OP-TEE secure OS [1].
At probe time, check if the watchdog is already started and then
call wdt_set_force_autostart(). This will keep U-Boot pinging the
watchdog even when the property 'u-boot,noautostart' is present.
Link: https://github.com/OP-TEE/optee_os/commit/a7f2d4bd8632 [1]
Signed-off-by: Antonio Borneo <antonio.borneo@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
The watchdog could have been already started by a previous boot
stage (e.g. bootrom or secure OS). U-Boot has to start and kick
the watchdog even when CONFIG_WATCHDOG_AUTOSTART is not enabled
or when the DT property u-boot,noautostart is present.
Add the helper wdt_set_force_autostart() that can be called by the
driver's probe() when it detects that the watchdog has already
been started and is running.
Co-developed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Signed-off-by: Antonio Borneo <antonio.borneo@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
'apt-get update -y' may be required to make sure that the list of
packages is up-to-date and that the subsequent 'apt-get install'
operations can find the requested packages.
Fixes the following CI error:
Fetch: zstd
- trying method: binary download
- sudo apt-get install -y zstd
Exception: Error 100 running 'sudo apt-get install -y zstd': E: Unable to locate package zstd
Signed-off-by: Jerome Forissier <jerome.forissier@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Bryan Brattlof <bb@ti.com>
The statement that prints the ELF object type value assumes that "%lx"
(long unsigned int, hexadecimal) is suitable for printing a uint64_t
typed value. While this may seem to work for some machines, ie. amd64,
it isn't ideal on a 32-bit system, such as x86 where uint64_t is likely
to be equivalent to a long long unsigned int, as indicated by:
../tools/mips-relocs.c:275:34:
warning: format '%lx' expects argument of type 'long unsigned int',
but argument 2 has type 'uint64_t'
{aka 'long long unsigned int'} [-Wformat=]
275 | printf("type 0x%lx\n", ehdr_field(e_type));
| ~~^
| |
| long unsigned int
| %llx
As the ehdr_field function-like macro expands to a uint64_t value,
it is better to use the PRIx64 macro in place of "%lx" to ensure that
the correct format string introducer is specified for the actual type
hiding behind uint64_t.
A similar issue is also present in the report of .rel section overflow,
where "%lx" is used to print a few size_t typed values, and would be
better served by "%zx" instead.
Signed-off-by: Justin Swartz <justin.swartz@risingedge.co.za>
Fixes: 9630146411 ("MIPS: make size of relocation table fixed but configurable")
Fixes: 703ec9ddf9 ("MIPS: Stop building position independent code")
Cc: Paul Burton <paulburton@kernel.org>
Cc: Daniel Schwierzeck <daniel.schwierzeck@gmail.com>
Cc: Masahiro Yamada <masahiroy@kernel.org>
The xorl macro lacked surrounding parens which meant that it could have
unexpected results when used in expressions. Fix this by adding the
surrounding parens to make its use predictable.
This issue was found by Smatch.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Goodbody <andrew.goodbody@linaro.org>
Using strcpy to copy a 4 character string into a 4 byte field in a
structure will overflow that field as it writes the terminating \0 into
the following field. Correct this by using memcpy instead.
This issue was found by Smatch.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Goodbody <andrew.goodbody@linaro.org>
In boot_from_devices the variable loader is not NULL checked after
assignment and before first use but later code does check it for NULL.
Add a NULL check before first use.
This issue was found by Smatch.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Goodbody <andrew.goodbody@linaro.org>
Since SYS_MALLOC_F_LEN increasing to 0x2100000 on STM32MP13, the
pre-console buffer is overlapped by stack (0xC0400000 + 0x2100000),
so the this buffer must be moved just before the bootstage to avoid issue.
After this patch the pre-relocation memory mapping for STM32MP13x is:
C3000000 = Bootstage CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE_STASH_ADDR
C2FFF000 = PreConsole CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_ADDR
with size CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ = 4096
C0400000 = start for stack with CONFIG_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR
including CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_F_LEN
C0000000 = Load Address of U-Boot with CONFIG_TEXT_BASE
Fixes: 93c962c7af7e ("configs: stm32mp13: increase SYS_MALLOC_F_LEN to 0x210000")
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Update defconfig to make use of U-Boot SPL to initialize DH STM32MP13xx
DHCOM DHSBC SoM and board. This is largely a move of SPL enablement from
DH STM32MP15xx DHSOM defconfigs into generic DH STM32MP1xx defconfig .
Support for SPI NOR chips which are not used on STM32MP13xx DHCOR are
moved into STM32MP15xx DHSOM defconfigs. Changes to STM32MP13xx DHCOR
defconfig then enable SPL support, CCF in SPL to configure clock, pin
configuration support in SPL, and OpTee OS start support in U-Boot.
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut@mailbox.org>
Add SPL specific DT additions to DH STM32MP13xx DHCOR DHSBC . These
include I2C3 configuration which is required to access the PMIC,
PMIC regulator and QSPI NOR bootph-all properties to allow SPL to
configure PMIC buck regulators and load from QSPI NOR respectively,
etzpc bus switch to simple-bus to prevent interference from TFABOOT
specific configuration, and RCC configuration to define clock tree
configuration used by this platform.
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut@mailbox.org>
Add DT additions required by U-Boot SPL to bring up the hardware.
This includes binman node to generate STM32 Image v2.0 which can be
booted by the BootROM, clock entries used by the SPL clock driver
during clock tree initialization, and syscon-reboot node so U-Boot
can reset the system without having to rely on PSCI call.
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut@mailbox.org>
Factor out common parts of STM32MP15xx DRAM controller configuration DT
description into stm32mp1-ddr.dtsi and introduce stm32mp13-ddr.dtsi which
describes STM32MP13xx DRAM controller configuration in DT.
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut@mailbox.org>
Add default STM32MP13xx debug UART initialization. This is similar
to STM32MP15xx debug UART initialization, except the RCC registers
are at different offsets and the UART pinmux pins are different.
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut@mailbox.org>
The STM32MP13xx PMIC initialization for DDR3 DRAM type is similar
to the STM32MP15xx PMIC initialization, except the VTT rail is not
enabled. Fill in the STM32MP13xx support.
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut@mailbox.org>
The STM32MP13xx SRAM size is half that the SRAM size on STM32MP15xx,
disable early dcache start on STM32MP13xx as the TLB itself takes
about a quarter of the SPL size. The dcache will be enabled later,
once DRAM is available and TLB can be placed in DRAM.
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut@mailbox.org>
Add hardware initialization for the STM32MP13xx in SPL. This is
similar to STM32MP15xx except the code has to enable MCE to bring
DRAM controller up later.
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut@mailbox.org>
Introduce Kconfig options used by SPL on STM32MP13xx and isolate
the Kconfig options only used in case TFA BL2 is used as a SPL
behind CONFIG_TFABOOT dependency.
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut@mailbox.org>
Smatch reported a warning about a shift macro being used as a mask. Make
the obvious changes to make this register read calculation work the same
as the previous ones.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Goodbody <andrew.goodbody@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Commit aa7bdc1af5 ("clk: scmi: manage properly the clk identifier with
CFF") enables CONFIG_CLK_AUTO_ID, so need to use clk_get_id() to get the
real SCMI CLK ID, otherwise wrong ID is used when set clk parent.
Fixes: aa7bdc1af5 ("clk: scmi: manage properly the clk identifier with
CCF")
Signed-off-by: Alice Guo <alice.guo@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
The stm32-reset-core.h is located in drivers/reset/stm32/ , it has to
be included using "stm32-reset-core.h" and not <stm32-reset-core.h> ,
otherwise the build fails. Fix it.
Fixes: 0994a627c2 ("reset: stm32mp25: add stm32mp25 reset driver")
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut@mailbox.org>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Enable the following configs:
- CONFIG_MFD_STM32_TIMERS: enables support for the STM32 multifunction
timer
- CONFIG_DM_PWM: enables support for pulse-width modulation devices
- CONFIG_CMD_PWM: enables 'pwm' command to control PWM channels
- CONFIG_PWM_STM32: enables support for the STM32 PWM devices
Signed-off-by: Cheick Traore <cheick.traore@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Add support for STM32MP25 SoC.
IPIDR register is used to check the hardware configuration register
when available to gather the number of complementary outputs.
Signed-off-by: Cheick Traore <cheick.traore@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Add support for STM32MP25 SoC.
Identification and hardware configuration registers allow to read the
timer version and capabilities (counter width, ...).
So, rework the probe to avoid touching ARR register by simply read the
counter width when available. This may avoid messing with a possibly
running timer.
Also add useful bit fields to stm32-timers header file.
Signed-off-by: Cheick Traore <cheick.traore@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Second set of u-boot-at91 features for the 2025.10 cycle:
This feature set includes the addition of new sama7d65 SoC and a new
board named sama7d65-curiosity.
A dependency exposed by "make allyesconfig" is that the logic around
this symbol was not quite correct. It needs to depend on ARCH_MVEBU and
ARM64 and then select CLK_MVEBU.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Enable bootstd.
Update defconfigs to the latest u-boot requirements.
Enable SYS_THUMB_BUILD and LTO and to reduce binary size.
Enable NET_RANDOM_ETHADDR.
Disable JFFS2 support.
Signed-off-by: Tony Dinh <mibodhi@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
mac_read_from_eeprom() always display debug infos, and this messes up the
display of the "Net:" section details:
Before:
Net: EEPROM: TlvInfo v1 len=172
eth0: ethernet@11c20000
After:
Net: eth0: ethernet@11c20000
Fix by moving unconditional "EEPROM: " header into each message and
changing debug message to use log_debug().
Signed-off-by: Hugo Villeneuve <hvilleneuve@dimonoff.com>
In a private fork, it's not unreasonable to commit various binary
files associated to one's project, and thus put a suitable
.gitattributes file next to it to force git to treat that file as
binary. In my case, I have a .xslx spreadsheet used for computing
suitable RAM timing tables, which I wanted to put in
board/<vendor>/<project>. Git duly warned me that it would do LF/CRLF
mangling, so I also added a .gitattributes file next to it with
*.xlsx binary
but upon adding that file, git told me that I'd have to use -f because
it's a dot-file that is by default ignored.
Add .gitattributes to the list of dot-files that should not be
ignored.
While in here, sort the list and update the comment, as there are also
files which git itself does not make use of in the list, cf. linux
commit f46e65da48b2 (".gitignore: exclude .get_maintainer.ignore and
.gitattributes").
Signed-off-by: Rasmus Villemoes <ravi@prevas.dk>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
In do_bootvx the environment variable 'bootdev' is fetched and copied
into a buffer without confirming that it will not overflow that buffer.
Use strlcpy to ensure that the buffer will not be overflowed.
This issue was found by Smatch.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Goodbody <andrew.goodbody@linaro.org>
These patches add support for the new Allwinner A523/A527/T527 SoC (all
same die), alongside with defconfigs for three boards using one of those
SoCs.
The patches are the usual combination of refactoring (of the SPL clock
code this time), tweaks to existing drivers to support peripherals in
their A523 versions, and new drivers for pincontrol and clocks. A big
chunk is of course the DRAM controller init routines, many thanks to
Jernej and Mikhail for providing this code, after a big reverse
engineering effort.
Since the DTs for the three supported boards have been merged into the
kernel repo recently, this is concluded by cherry-picks of those
patches, and the defconfig files to finally enable booting those boards.
The patches have been sitting around for a while, and folks are already
using them, so it's now time to get them into the tree.
Gitlab CI passed, and I booted that briefly on those three boards, plus
on some other SoCs to spot potential regressions.
So far developers seem to use three popular boards:
- Avaota A1: dev board with USB 3.0, dual Ethernet, small display
- X96QPro+: TV box with Gigabit Ethernet, USB 3.0, eMMC
- Radxa A5E: small dev board with USB3/M.2 2230 (muxed), dual Ethernet
Add the defconfig files for those boards, containing the DRAM parameters
and the usual Kconfig options.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
The Avaota A1 router board is an Open Source hardware board, designed
by YuzukiHD. Pine64 produces some boards and sells them. It uses the
Allwinner A527 or T527 SoC, and comes with the following features:
- Eight ARM Cortex-A55 cores, Mali-G57 MC1 GPU
- 1GiB/2GiB/4GiB LPDDR4 DRAM
- AXP717 + AXP323 PMIC
- Raspberry-Pi-2 compatible GPIO header
- 1 USB 2.0 type A host port, 1 USB 3.0 type A host post
- 1 USB 2.0 type C port (OTG + serial debug)
- MicroSD slot
- eMMC between 16 and 128 GiB
- on-board 16MiB bootable SPI NOR flash
- two 1Gbps Ethernet ports (via RTL8211F PHYs)
- HDMI port
- DP port
- camera and LCD connectors
- 3.5mm headphone jack
- (yet) unsupported WiFi/BT chip
- 1.3" LC display, connected via SPI
- 12 V barrel plug for power supply
Add the devicetree file describing the currently supported features.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Acked-by: Jernej Skrabec <jernej.skrabec@gmail.com>
Link: https://patch.msgid.link/20250307005712.16828-12-andre.przywara@arm.com
[wens@csie.org: Squash in SD card detect pull resistor fix]
Link: https://patch.msgid.link/20250425003422.3465-1-andre.przywara@arm.com
Signed-off-by: Chen-Yu Tsai <wens@csie.org>
[ upstream commit: dbe54efa32afe5b82763c015cbe9e64c4d4e117a ]
(cherry picked from commit ebcb8469ef4336c05c6b9f409714a23cfc891fff)
The Radxa A5E is a development board using the Allwinner A527 SoC, which
is using the same die as the A523 SoC, just exposing the pins of more
peripherals (like HDMI or the 2nd MAC). The board features:
- Allwinner A527/T527 SoC: 8 ARM Cortex-A55 cores, Mali-G57 MC1 GPU
- 1GiB/2GiB/4GiB LPDDR4 DRAM
- AXP717 + AXP323 PMICs
- Raspberry-Pi-2 compatible 40pin GPIO header
- 1 USB 2.0 type C port (OTG), also power supply
- 1 USB 3.0 type A host port (multiplexed with M.2 slot)
- 1 M.2 M-key 2230 slot, with 1 PCIe2.1 lane connected (multiplexed
with USB 3.0 port)
- MicroSD slot
- optional eMMC, 8, 16 or 32GB available
- optional on-board 16MiB bootable SPI NOR flash
- two 1Gbps Ethernet ports (via MAXIO MAE0621A PHYs)
- PoE header for optional supply circuit on one Ethernet port
- WiFi 802.11 a/b/g/n/ac/ax (LB-Link BL-M8800DS2 module using AIC8800)
- HDMI port
- camera and LCD connectors
- power supply via USB-C connector (but no PD) or GPIO header pins
This .dts describes the devices as far as we support them at the moment.
The PMIC rails have been assigned as per the schematics.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Acked-by: Jernej Skrabec <jernej.skrabec@gmail.com>
Link: https://patch.msgid.link/20250307005712.16828-14-andre.przywara@arm.com
[wens@csie.org: Squash in SD card detect pull resistor fix]
Link: https://patch.msgid.link/20250425003422.3465-1-andre.przywara@arm.com
[wens@csie.org: Rename dts file to sun55i-a527-cubie-a5e.dts]
Signed-off-by: Chen-Yu Tsai <wens@csie.org>
[ upstream commit: c2520cd032ae8ca3fdaf77b3f3aa687c8cb7843f ]
(cherry picked from commit 91ad117321c0901094c1d6467df90f5f6757569a)
The X96QPro+ is a TV box using the Allwinner H728 SoC. That SoC seems to
be a package variant of the A523 family, at least it uses the same SoC
ID and is compatible as far as we can assess.
It comes with the following specs:
- Allwinner H728 SoC: 8 Arm Cortex-A55 cores, Mali-G57 MC1 GPU
- 2 or 4GiB DDR3L DRAM
- 32, 64, or 128 GiB eMMC flash
- AXP717 + AXP323 PMICs
- Gigabit Ethernet (using MAXIO PHY)
- HDMI port
- 2 * USB 2.0 ports
- 1 * USB 3.0 port
- microSD card slot
- TOSLINK digital audio output
- 3.5mm A/V port
- infrared sensor
- 7-segment display
- 5V barrel plug power supply
- power button
The PCB provides holes for soldering a UART header or cable, this is
connected to the debug UART0. There is another set of UART pins
available. The board also features a FEL button (accessible through the
3.5mm socket) and a reset button (only accessible when case is open).
This .dts just describes the basic peripherals as far as we support them
at the moment. The PMIC rail assignments are reverse engineered as far
as possible, by dumping them from a running Android system, and correlating
them to other boards using the same SoC.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Acked-by: Jernej Skrabec <jernej.skrabec@gmail.com>
Link: https://patch.msgid.link/20250307005712.16828-13-andre.przywara@arm.com
[wens@csie.org: Squash in SD card detect pull resistor fix]
Link: https://patch.msgid.link/20250425003422.3465-1-andre.przywara@arm.com
Signed-off-by: Chen-Yu Tsai <wens@csie.org>
[ upstream commit: 4ee87d875071390b4e24ce46dbdd792216d61651 ]
(cherry picked from commit 693da0a03149b77a3e2bc11cfd314df8cc2fab40)
The Allwinner A523, and its siblings A527 and T527, which share the same
die, are a new family of SoCs introduced in 2023. They features eight
Arm Cortex-A55 cores, and, among the other usual peripherals, a PCIe and
USB 3.0 controller.
Add the basic SoC devicetree .dtsi for the chip, describing the
fundamental peripherals: the cores, GIC, timer, RTC, CCU and pinctrl.
Also some other peripherals are fully compatible with previous IP, so
add the USB and MMC nodes as well.
The other peripherals will be added in the future, once we understand
their compatibility and DT requirements.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Reviewed-by: Jernej Skrabec <jernej.skrabec@gmail.com>
Link: https://patch.msgid.link/20250307005712.16828-9-andre.przywara@arm.com
Signed-off-by: Chen-Yu Tsai <wens@csie.org>
[ upstream commit: 35ac96f796649346c9b0440413dc6c5138249b3e ]
(cherry picked from commit 247a3572abcfd7a0d48e12f8f810f1cbae5ce4f4)
Add the basic Kconfig options, addresses and other values for the
existing Kconfig settings for the new Allwinner A523/T527/H728 SoC.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Add reverse engineered code to add support for DDR3 DRAM chips on the
Allwinner A523 DRAM controller.
The timings are copying what boot0 set up on the X96QPro+ TV box, though
they seem quite suboptimal, with longer latencies that would be required
for DDR3-1600. The chips are also actually capable of DDR3-1833, so
there is room for future improvement.
Signed-off-by: Mikhail Kalashnikov <iuncuim@gmail.com>
[Andre: rework to copy from H616 DDR3 driver, calculate timings]
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
DRAM init code, as per reverse engineering and matching against
previous SoCs. As usual no real documentation, and the DRAM controller
is the usual mixture of close-to-previous IP and new inventions.
This version supports LPDDR4 for now only, as seen on the early boards.
This needs improvements, but it can be done later.
Signed-off-by: Jernej Skrabec <jernej.skrabec@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
This adds the early A523 clock setup code, for the basic peripheral PLL
and the basic bus clocks (APB/AHB). This is quite close to the existing
H6 and H616 clock code, so this shares the same file. A few bits and bobs
are different, though, so filter for the A523 in a few occasions.
Signed-off-by: Jernej Skrabec <jernej.skrabec@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
The cpu_sunxi_ncat2.h header file contains addresses of some peripherals
that are needed for the SPL, for chips that belong to the "NCAT2"
generation.
The Allwinner A523 is a member of this group, but a few addresses
differ, and we need a few more addresses, for playing with the core
reset, for instance.
Add the new addresses needed for the A523 and guard existing definitions
that conflict with that new chip.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
The X-Powers AXP323 is very close sibling to the AXP313A, only that it
adds support for dual-phasing the first two DC/DC converters.
We do not really care about this particular feature, so just add the new
compatible string and tie it to the existing AXP313A support code.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
The Allwinner A523 SoC has a slightly changed mod clock, where the P
factor, formerly a shift value, is now a second divider value.
Also the input clock is not PLL_PERIPH0 (600MHz) anymore, but
PLL_PERIPH0_400M (for MMC0/1), so adjust the input rate calculation
accordingly. MMC2 has a different set of parents, so the input clock
is 800 MHz there.
Adjust for all of this.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
The new DT pinctrl binding would allow us to read the pinmux values from
the DT, but it is actually easier to just continue with hardcoding the
mux values in the driver, and matching them against the "function" name.
Add the values for the primary and secondary pin controller on the A523.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Add a clock driver for the PRCM clock controller on the Allwinner A523
family of SoCs, often also used with an "r" prefix or suffix.
This just describes the clock gates and reset lines for the few devices
that we would need, most prominently the R_I2C device for the PMIC.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Add a clock driver for the main clock controller on the Allwinner A523
family of SoCs.
As usual, this just describes the clock gates and reset lines for the
few device that U-Boot cares about: USB, Ethernet, MMC, I2C, SPI.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
The watchdog in the Allwinner A523 SoC differs a bit from the one in the
previous SoCs: it lives in a separate register frame, so no longer
inside some timer device, and it manages to shuffle around some
registers a bit. But it also conveniently adds a direct reset
functionality, so we don't need to use a dummy timeout period.
Avoid introducing a new MMIO register frame C struct, but just define
the one needed register offset as a macro. Then just trigger this new
direct reset functionality in the A523 specific reset_cpu()
implementation.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
The Allwinner A523 features 8 CPU cores, organised in two clusters, both
driven by separate PLLs. Also there is the DSU PLL, which clocks the
hardware that connects the cores to the rest of the system.
And while the PLL registers itself are very similar, they are located in
a separate register frame, outside the main CCU, and also the register
controlling the CPU clock source (mux) is different.
Provide a separate function that reparents the two clusters and the DSU,
while their PLLs are programmed. For the actual PLL programming, we rely
on the existing shared routine.
The selection between the new A523 routine and the existing code is made
with C if statements, but since the choice is effectively made at compile
time already, the compiler optimises away the other code paths, leaving
just the one required function in.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
When we program the CPU PLL, we need to switch the CPU clock source away
from the PLL temporarily, then switch it back, once the PLL has
stabilised.
The CPU CLK register will be different on the A523, so move the current
code into a separate function, to allow using a different version of
that later for the A523.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
The SPL initial clock setup code for the Allwinner H6 and H616 SoCs uses
a simple CPU PLL setup routine, which programs all register bits at once,
then waits for the LOCK bit to clear.
The manual suggests to follow a certain procedure for bringing up any
PLLs, which involves several register writes, one at a time, and some
delays. Also the H616 and the new A523 require some tiny changes in this
sequence, and the different SoCs also feature some extra bits here and
there, which we should not just clear.
So factor out the PLL setup routine, and make it follow the manual's
suggestion. This will read the PLL register at the beginning, then tweak
the bits we need to manipulate, and writes the register several times on
the way. This allows to cover the specific bits for different SoCs.
Besides improving the reliability of the PLL setup, this helps with the
A523, which requires *three* CPU PLLs to be programmed.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
The Allwinner PLLs share most of their control bits, they differ mostly
in the factors and dividers.
Drop the PLL specific definition of those common bits, and use one
shared macro, for all PLLs.
This requires changing the users in the SPL clock and DRAM code.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Pull request efi-2025-10-rc1
CI: https://source.denx.de/u-boot/custodians/u-boot-efi/-/pipelines/27176
Documentation:
* update FIT signature testing instructions
* describe defconfigs for AM69-SK
UEFI:
* provide unit test for system table pointer
* efi_realloc() must check efi_alloc() return value
* correct EFI_DEBUG_TABLE_ENTRY_SIZE
* avoid NULL dereference in ESRT creation tests
* add missing check in FMP.GetImageInfo()
* rename lib/efi to lib/efi_client
* rename CONFIG_EFI to CONFIG_EFI_CLIENT
* create a new CONFIG_EFI
* update maintainers for EFI_CLIENT
Update the FIT signature testing instructions to use the pytest suite instead of
the old vboot_test.sh script.
Signed-off-by: Enric Balletbo i Serra <eballetbo@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Mattijs Korpershoek <mkorpershoek@kernel.org>
The UEFI 2.11 specification, chapter 23.1.3 requires
EFI_FIRMWARE_MANAGEMENT_PROTOCOL.GetImageInfo() to return
EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER if *ImageInfoSize is not too small
and ImageInfo is NULL.
Fixes: f27c201485 ("efi_loader: add firmware management protocol for FIT image")
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
The code foresees that parameters descriptor_size and descriptor_count
might be NULL and then dereferences them without further check.
The size check must take into account the descriptor count.
ImageInfo might be NULL. In this case we must not dereference it.
Fixes: 4ac6041c3c ("efi: ESRT creation tests")
Addresses-Coverity-ID: CID 569497: Null pointer dereferences (FORWARD_NULL)
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
With the current code we allocate to little memory when adding entries to
the EFI_DEBUG_INFO_TABLE and we fail to correctly move entries when an
entry is removed.
EFI_DEBUG_TABLE_ENTRY_SIZE must be the size of an entry in the
EFI_DEBUG_INFO_TABLE, not the size of a pointer.
Fixes: 146546138a ("efi: add EFI_DEBUG_IMAGE_INFO for debug")
Addresses-Coverity-ID: CID 569498: Code maintainability issues (SIZEOF_MISMATCH)
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
The J784S4 and AM69 Platforms page only details the defconfigs for
J784S4.
Mention the ones needed for AM69-SK as well, to guide users on how to
build for that board.
Signed-off-by: Mattijs Korpershoek <mkorpershoek@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Neha Malcom Francis <n-francis@ti.com>
The 'EFI PAYLOAD' entry really refers to the EFI loader and EFI APP
refers to the app and the payload.
Rename 'EFI PAYLOAD' to 'EFI LOADER' and 'EFI APP' to 'EFI CLIENT'
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Create a Kconfig which indicates that EFI functionality is in use,
either as a client (EFI app / stub) or provider (EFI loader). This will
make it easier to share code between these two parts of U-Boot
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The generic name 'EFI' would be more useful for common EFI features. At
present it just refers to the EFI app and stub, which is confusing.
Rename it to EFI_CLIENT
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This directory was created when U-Boot gained the ability to run as an
EFI app in 2015. Since then the EFI-loader feature has been added.
The code in lib/efi is not actually used by the loader, so the name is
confusing.
Rename the directory to efi_client to indicate that it includes files
just for U-Boot being a client of EFI, i.e. the EFI app and stub.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
- Update to Ubuntu "Jammy" 20250714 tag
- Update to current Dockerfile which brings us QEMU 10.0.2 and newer
coreboot and pulls in lz4 via the non-legacy package name.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This series from myself brings CI up to using QEMU 10.0.2 for platforms.
We need to disable one test for now while a report to upstream QEMU is
resolved and also need to now update coreboot in order to be able to
build a version of it non-interactively (source locations have changed).
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20250716001539.2483390-1-trini@konsulko.com
At this point there's problems rebuilding coreboot-24.08 without manual
intervention. Let us upgrade to a newer version.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Changes in upstream QEMU have lead to this specific configuration of the
sifive_unleashed platform not working in QEMU. Until this can be
root caused and resolved, disable this test for now.
Link: https://gitlab.com/qemu-project/qemu/-/issues/2945
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Add u-boot device tree and tweaks for sama7d65-curiosity board on top of
the upstream DTS files in dts/upstream.
Signed-off-by: Ryan Wanner <Ryan.Wanner@microchip.com>
[varshini.rajendran@microchip.com: align with Linux DT and add tweaks]
Signed-off-by: Varshini Rajendran <varshini.rajendran@microchip.com>
Now that USB is enabled on the E850-96 board, DFU and fastboot tools are
functional and can be used to flash images to eMMC. Update the E850-96
documentation accordingly and describe flashing to User Data Area and
Boot HW Partition of eMMC using fastboot and DFU tools.
Signed-off-by: Sam Protsenko <semen.protsenko@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com>
Make it possible to update E850-96 firmware binaries using EFI Capsule
Update mechanism. For example, to update the U-Boot binary, the capsule
file can be generated like this:
$ ./tools/mkeficapsule --index 4 \
--guid 629578c3-ffb3-4a89-ac0c-611840727779 \
u-boot.bin capsule4.bin
The resulting 'capsule4.bin' should be copied to ESP partition (in
/boot/efi/EFI/UpdateCapsule/ directory). Then after reboot U-Boot will
update the 'bootloader' area in eMMC Boot Partition A (boot0) and remove
the capsule file, by EFI boot manager executed as a part of Standard
Boot:
Applying capsule capsule4.bin succeeded.
Reboot after firmware update.
The kernel will also expose the ESRT table information via SysFS in
/sys/firmware/efi/esrt/entries.
Signed-off-by: Sam Protsenko <semen.protsenko@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com>
Now that USB phy and dwc3 glue layer was added for Exynos850, USB gadget
is functional on E850-96 board. Enable next features to make it useful:
- Exynos850 USB PHY driver (needed for all USB functions)
- dwc3 generic driver
- USB gadget
- CONFIG_DM_USB_GADGET: needed for DWC3 glue layer to instantiate the
peripheral driver, i.e. dwc3_generic_peripheral_probe()
- USB VID and PID
- DFU
- Fastboot (including flashing to eMMC boot partitions)
As all Exynos firmware binaries (including U-Boot) are contained in eMMC
boot partition A (mmc0boot0), because that's where Boot ROM code jumps,
it might be useful to be able to flash that area with fastboot. Other
more fine grained choices for updating the firmware would be DFU and EFI
Capsule Update mechanism.
Signed-off-by: Sam Protsenko <semen.protsenko@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com>
"fastboot flash" tries to malloc 8 MiB buffer after receiving data over
USB and trying to write it to eMMC. Right now only 8.12 MiB malloc is
available for E850-96 overall, which leads to this issue:
Malloc failed for: CHUNK_TYPE_RAW
Fix it by increasing malloc pool size from 8.12 MiB up to 32 MiB, like
it's done in many other boards using fastboot.
Signed-off-by: Sam Protsenko <semen.protsenko@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com>
Add 'dfu_alt_info' environment variable which contains:
- Linux eMMC partitions ('esp' and 'rootfs')
- eMMC Boot Partition A layout, where all the firmware reside
It makes it possible to update the bootloader (U-Boot). All sizes in
'dfu_alt_info' are given in 512B blocks (LBA). eMMC size is 58.2 GiB.
The eMMC Boot Partition A (mmc0boot0) layout looks like this:
boot0 partition (4 MiB)
0x0 +----------------------------------+
| fwbl1 (12 KiB) |
0x18 +----------------------------------+
| epbl (76 KiB) |
0xb0 +----------------------------------+
| bl2 (256 KiB) |
0x2b0 +----------------------------------+
| dram_train (16 KiB) |
0x2d0 +----------------------------------+
| ect_test (50 KiB) |
0x334 +----------------------------------+
| acpm_test (130 KiB) |
0x438 +----------------------------------+
| bootloader (2 MiB) |
0x1438 +----------------------------------+
| el3_mon (256 KiB) |
0x1638 +----------------------------------+
where U-Boot should be flashed into 'bootloader' partition. So U-Boot
binary size should be 2 MiB or less. The whole boot0 partition is 4 MiB,
but only 2.8 MiB is currently used.
With this change, the U-Boot binary can be updated on eMMC like this:
=> dfu 0 mmc 0
$ dfu-util -D u-boot.bin -a bootloader
Looking at E850-96 booting diagram at [1,2], it's easy to see how these
binaries are being executed in the same order they are placed in
mmc0boot0 area. E.g. fwbl1 is definitely BL1 (software part of Boot
ROM). So it's obvious the ROM code just reads the binary from eMMC at
0x0 offset into RAM (SRAM?) and executes it.
All mentioned images can be found at [3], as stated in E850-96 U-Boot
documentation. 'dram_train', 'ect_test' and 'acpm_test' areas should be
ignored -- they are not flashed with real images.
[1] doc/board/samsung/e850-96.rst
[2] https://docs.u-boot.org/en/latest/board/samsung/e850-96.html
[3] https://gitlab.com/Linaro/96boards/e850-96/images/-/tree/master/images
Signed-off-by: Sam Protsenko <semen.protsenko@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com>
Setup "serial#" environment variable from the chip ID. The chip ID is
read from Exynos850 SoC OTP (One Time Programmable) memory, which acts
like an EEPROM and contains unique SoC ID. This "serial#" variable is
further used for "fastboot devices" serial number, etc.
Signed-off-by: Sam Protsenko <semen.protsenko@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com>
The only thing needed from DWC3 glue layer for Exynos850 is to enable
USB clocks. The generic glue layer driver already does that. Add
Exynos850 dwc3 compatible string to enable support for this chip.
Signed-off-by: Sam Protsenko <semen.protsenko@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Mattijs Korpershoek <mkorpershoek@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com>
Add DM driver for Exynos USB PHY controllers. For now it only supports
Exynos850 SoC. Only UTMI+ (USB 2.0) PHY interface is implemented, as
Exynos850 doesn't support USB 3.0. Only two clocks are used for this
controller:
- phy: bus clock, used for PHY registers access
- ref: PHY reference clock (OSCCLK)
Ported from Linux kernel: drivers/phy/samsung/phy-exynos5-usbdrd.c
Signed-off-by: Sam Protsenko <semen.protsenko@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Mattijs Korpershoek <mkorpershoek@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com>
CI: https://source.denx.de/u-boot/custodians/u-boot-imx/-/pipelines/27149
- Add support for the NXP imx93 frdm board.
- imx93_evk and phycore-imx93 cleanups.
- Convert imx6dl-sielaff to OF_UPSTREAM and fix serial download mode boot.
- Fix crash in imx power-domain.
- Migrate Phytec imx8mm boards to standard boot.
- Fix smatch warnings.
The load address for the R5's SPL is defined in Kconfig by
SPL_TEXT_BASE. Rather than hard coding the load address which could
lead to hard to debug issues if this value is changed, just use the
SPL_TEXT_BASE value.
Reviewed-by: Andrew Davis <afd@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Bryan Brattlof <bb@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Neha Malcom Francis <n-francis@ti.com>
The uart11 reg address was a copy of the value for uart10.
Update it to the correct value.
Signed-off-by: Rebecca Cran <rebecca@os.amperecomputing.com>
Smatch reported a possible buffer overflow in exfat_set_label but it
turns out that this code is unused so just guard the function with
'#ifndef __UBOOT__' as well as exfat_get_label that is also unused and
the helper static find_label.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Goodbody <andrew.goodbody@linaro.org>
Instead of strcpy which is unbounded use strlcpy to ensure that the
receiving buffer cannot be overflowed.
This issue found by Smatch.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Goodbody <andrew.goodbody@linaro.org>
Commit 86acdce2ba ("common: add config for board_init() call")
introduced CONFIG_BOARD_INIT option. This option can be disabled for the
boards where board_init() function is not needed. Remove empty
board_init() calls for all boards where it's possible, and disable
CONFIG_BOARD_INIT in all related defconfigs.
This cleanup was made semi-automatically using these scripts: [1].
No functional change, but the binary size for the modified boards is
reduced a bit.
[1] https://github.com/joe-skb7/uboot-convert-scripts/tree/master/remove-board-init
Signed-off-by: Sam Protsenko <semen.protsenko@linaro.org>
Tested-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com> #imx8mm_beacon
Tested-by: Bryan Brattlof <bb@ti.com>
Acked-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com> #NXP boards
Trigger all tests of PBIST and LBIST using appropriate calls to set the
core under test (MAIN R5 2_0) to it's required state.
Signed-off-by: Neha Malcom Francis <n-francis@ti.com>
Add a driver for the BIST module that support triggering of both PBIST
(Memory BIST) and LBIST (Logic BIST) tests. Also expose the relevant
operations and functions that would be required for an end user to
trigger the tests.
Signed-off-by: Neha Malcom Francis <n-francis@ti.com>
uclass_find_next_device always returns 0, so instead make it a void and
update calling sites.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Goodbody <andrew.goodbody@linaro.org>
AMD/Xilinx/FPGA changes for v2025.10-rc1 v2
zynqmp:
- Generate fit-dtb.blob all the time
- Simplify power-domain driver bind
zynqmp_mini:
- Remove PSCI_RESET
fpga:
- Improve user feedback in case of FPGA bitstream load failure
misc:
- Fix kernel-doc in gpio zynq and axi_mrmac
spi:
- Revert fix in STIG mode
[trini: Remove CONFIG_FPGA_VERSALPL=y from sandbox due to
sandbox+clang+asan test problem]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The 'overhead' variable is uninitialized and actually shall not be used.
Delete it to fix coverity CID 37041718 - Uninitialized scalar variable.
Fixes: 73c40fcb73 ("spl: Refactor spl_load_info->read to use units of bytes")
Reported-by: Andrew Goodbody <andrew.goodbody@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Goodbody <andrew.goodbody@linaro.org>
There is no PMIC and USB related C code in this file.
Remove these unneeded header files.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
There is nothing in this file that makes use of the definitions from
sizes.h and stringify.h.
Remove them.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Local variable ret is declared as unsigned but is used to receive the
return value of functions that return int. ret is then tested for being
negative which must always fail. Change ret to be an int.
This issue was found by Smatch.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Goodbody <andrew.goodbody@linaro.org>
remove boot logic from shared env file for phyboard-polis and
phygate-tauri.
Adjust configs for both boards as well.
Space at the beginning of addressable RAM is reserved for space used via
standard boot env variables. CONFIG_SYS_LOAD_ADDR is set to the lowest
address behind the standard boot variables reserved space.
Signed-off-by: Yannic Moog <y.moog@phytec.de>
In case of the i.MX8M power-domains (i.MX8MQ, MM, MN) there is only
one power-domain for each device. Therefore the 'id' field in struct
power_domain should always be zero.
Currently if a power-domain is accessed after the initial bind, the
'id' field is left uninitialized. This didn't cause any problems
until the following commits were introduced:
9086b64ca0 ("power-domain: Add support for refcounting (again)")
a785ef2448 ("imx: power-domain: Enable refcounting on imx8mp")
Now the 'id' field gets accessed in the power_domain_off() sequence
and the invalid value causes "Synchronous Abort" failures.
This was observed on a i.MX8MM board when running "usb start" and
then "usb stop".
Fix this issue by setting power_domain->id to '0' in
imx8m_power_domain_of_xlate().
Signed-off-by: Frieder Schrempf <frieder.schrempf@kontron.de>
Fixes: d08a194871 ("imx: add support for i.MX8MQ power domain controller")
Fixes: 9086b64ca0 ("power-domain: Add support for refcounting (again)")
Reviewed-by: Miquel Raynal <miquel.raynal@bootlin.com>
We need to set CONFIG_SDP_LOADADDR to a reasonable value in order
to successfully load the U-Boot proper image in SPL via SDP.
Signed-off-by: Frieder Schrempf <frieder.schrempf@kontron.de>
Acked-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Drop unused define for PCA9450 PMIC register which is already part of
the header file <power/pca9450.h> since commit 1d0d257043 ("imx93_evk:
spl: update pmic settings").
Signed-off-by: Primoz Fiser <primoz.fiser@norik.com>
The kernel-doc comment for the axi_mrmac_recv function was missing
the colon (':') after the '@packetp' parameter tag.
The kernel-doc comment for the axi_mrmac_free_pkt function was missing
the colon (':') after the 'length' parameter tag.
This caused a Sparse warnings regarding the 'packetp' and 'length'
parameters not being described. Fix the formatting to align
with kernel-doc standards and resolve the warning.
drivers/net/xilinx_axi_mrmac.c:357:
warning: Function parameter or member 'packetp' not described
in 'axi_mrmac_recv'
drivers/net/xilinx_axi_mrmac.c:411:
warning: Function parameter or member 'length' not described
in 'axi_mrmac_free_pkt'
Signed-off-by: Venkatesh Yadav Abbarapu <venkatesh.abbarapu@amd.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20250717044855.1359443-1-venkatesh.abbarapu@amd.com
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
The 'dev' parameter in the zynq_gpio_get_bank_pin function was not
described in its kernel-doc comment block, leading to a Sparse warning.
drivers/gpio/zynq_gpio.c:194: warning: Function parameter or member 'dev'
not described in 'zynq_gpio_get_bank_pin'
Add a description for the 'dev' parameter to satisfy the documentation
requirements and improve code clarity for this function.
Signed-off-by: Venkatesh Yadav Abbarapu <venkatesh.abbarapu@amd.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20250717044632.1353588-1-venkatesh.abbarapu@amd.com
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
As reported by clang 20.1, fix multiple of the following:
drivers/fpga/ivm_core.c:593:23: error: a function declaration without
a prototype is deprecated in all versions of C
[-Werror,-Wstrict-prototypes]
593 | long int ispVMDataSize()
| ^
| void
Also fix the following warning from checkpatch.pl:
WARNING: Prefer 'long' over 'long int' as the int is unnecessary
Signed-off-by: Pieter Van Trappen <pieter.van.trappen@cern.ch>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20250708152455.1214487-6-vtpieter@gmail.com
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
In cmd/fpga.c, change some `debug` calls to `log_err` for important
user feedback and use CMD_RET_FAILURE in favor of CMD_RET_USAGE due to
its long output which hides the actual, useful return message. Change
the remaining `debug` calls to `log_debug`. Remove all 'fpga:' and
__func__ strings as log_* has this covered.
For `do_fpga_loads`, move up the `do_fpga_check_params` call for more
consistent command output; use a constant instead of multiple '5' use.
In drivers/fpga/zynq*.c, change 'up to' to 'above' which corrects this
confusing/wrong statement.
Signed-off-by: Pieter Van Trappen <pieter.van.trappen@cern.ch>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20250708152455.1214487-2-vtpieter@gmail.com
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
This is a fix for the sporadic mmc write failure:
mmc write failed
0 blocks written: ERROR
After this happens the emmc will remain in an error state
where subsequent read/writes fail with a timeout.
The mmc driver sends CMD25 - WRITE_MULTIPLE_BLOCK which
can sporadically timeout. When this happens, the mmc driver
aborts the transfer and returns the above error messages.
But the emmc still remains in data transfer mode, since
the timeout was decided by uboot, not by the emmc.
Fix this by sending the STOP_TRANSMISSION command (CMD12)
and waiting for the emmc to be in ready state again (CMD13).
Transferring data blocks after a CMD25 can take anywhere
between 5 and +15s on Samsung EMMCs and the current timeout
is not enough. Increase the timeout by 2x to accommodate the
long transfer times observed.
Signed-off-by: Iulian Banaga <iulianeugen.banaga@mobileye.com>
Acked-by: Jimmy Durand Wesolowski <jimmy.wesolowski@mobileye.com>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
The exynos5420 DTSes in linux kernel uses the compatibles
samsung,exynos5420-dw-mshc{,-smu} instead of just
samsung,exynos-dwmmc. Match the additional compatibles in the driver
to make it possible to use it with DTSes from Linux kernel.
Signed-off-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
[ grimler: rebase after clksel reg abstraction and re-write commit message ]
Signed-off-by: Henrik Grimler <henrik@grimler.se>
Reviewed-by: Sam Protsenko <semen.protsenko@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Anand Moon <linux.amoon@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
the Exynos4210 devices in u-boot uses samsung,exynos4412-sdhci as
sdhci compatible in their DTSes, while the upstream DTSes uses
samsung,exynos4210-sdhci.
Add samsung,exynos4210-sdhci compatible string for s5p_sdhci driver as
well so that it can be used with upstream DTSes.
Signed-off-by: Henrik Grimler <henrik@grimler.se>
Reviewed-by: Anand Moon <linux.amoon@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Sam Protsenko <semen.protsenko@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
The common sdhci infrastructure is already parsing the cd-gpios
property, since commit 451931ea70 ("mmc: sdhci: Read cd-gpio from
devicetree"). The s5p code is therefore duplicated, and also broken
since it assumes that the GPIO value is inverted, while the sdhci code
correctly follows the ACTIVE_LOW/ACTIVE_HIGH flag specified in the
device tree.
This fix was originally authored by Simon Shields:
https://github.com/fourkbomb/u-boot/commit/2eac9dea7903
The change has been tested on exynos4210-i9100, a device similar to
exynos4210-trats.
Signed-off-by: Henrik Grimler <henrik@grimler.se>
Reviewed-by: Anand Moon <linux.amoon@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Sam Protsenko <semen.protsenko@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
In [0], Andrew noted a code quality issue in the implementation of
blk_find_first and blk_find_next. This led to the observation that the
logic of these functions was also likely incorrect, and based on a quick
check it seemed the functions were unused outside of test code, which
did not exercise the potential failure case, so we felt they should be
removed. In [1], a test patch which illustrates the failure in sandbox
is provided for reference.
Because a more thorough check agrees that these functions are unused,
they are currently incorrect, and fixed/removable flags on block devices
prior to probe are unreliable, just remove these functions instead of
fixing them. All potential users should have used blk_first_device_err
instead anyway.
CI results at [2].
[0] https://patchwork.ozlabs.org/project/uboot/patch/20250714-blk-uclass-v1-1-d21428c5f762@linaro.org/
[1] https://gist.github.com/gmalysa/b05e73a5c14bc18c5741a0e0e06a2992
[2] https://gitlab.com/gmalysa/lnxdsp-u-boot/-/pipelines/1931210857
Signed-off-by: Greg Malysa <malysagreg@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Goodbody <andrew.goodbody@linaro.org>
SYSRESET_PSCI should select SPL_ARM_PSCI_FW only when SPL_SYSRESET is
enabled/required. This change saves 1.6kB on Xilinx ZynqMP Kria platform.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The buffer for a name to be copied into must also contain the
terminating 0 byte but strlen returns the length of the string without
counting that 0 byte. Adjust the length checks to take this into
account.
This issue found by Smatch.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Goodbody <andrew.goodbody@linaro.org>
When abuf was introduced some test code was prevented from running using
a 'return 0' early in the functions. A comment said it crashed on
sandbox due to a 'bug' in realloc. Some time later a bug in abuf_realloc
was fixed but this test code was never enabled.
Remove the early 'return 0' instances so that the test code can run.
Also remove some checks that relied on the implementation details of the
U-Boot memory code as these can fail on sandbox which uses system memory
code. Besides that this code should be testing abuf implementation not
the underlying memory code which has its own tests.
Finally use a new #define for the allocs that are meant to fail to
ensure they do fail on all CI platforms.
This issue found by Smatch.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Goodbody <andrew.goodbody@linaro.org>
In order to unblock this CI workflow for the moment, switch to using a
mirror of u-boot-test-hooks on GitHub rather than source.denx.de.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Aristo Chen <jj251510319013@gmail.com> says:
This patch series introduces a validation step in `mkimage` to ensure that
the `default` property under the `/configurations` node in a FIT image
references a valid subnode. If the referenced node does not exist, mkimage
now prints an error and fails early. This helps prevent runtime failures
when U-Boot attempts to boot using an undefined configuration.
The first patch implements the validation logic in `fit_image.c`. The second
patch fixes an invalid default configuration reference exposed by this new
check in the `k3-am65-iot2050-boot-image.dtsi`. The final patch adds a test
case to verify that mkimage correctly fails when an invalid default
configuration is present in the ITS file.
This series improves the robustness of FIT image generation and helps
catch malformed image trees during build time.
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20250715130317.3886-1-aristo.chen@canonical.com
Recent changes to mkimage introduced a validation step to ensure that
the 'default' property under the /configurations node in a FIT image
references a valid configuration subnode. If the referenced node is
missing, mkimage will now return an error.
This patch adds a Python test case to verify that mkimage correctly
fails when the 'default' configuration does not exist. The test creates
a minimal ITS with an invalid default reference and checks that mkimage
produces the expected error message.
Signed-off-by: Aristo Chen <aristo.chen@canonical.com>
When a FIT image declares a default configuration via the
'configurations/default' property, it must reference a valid subnode
under the /configurations node. If the named default does not exist,
U-Boot will fail to boot the image when no explicit configuration is
provided.
This patch adds a validation step in mkimage to check that the
referenced default configuration node is present. If not, mkimage will
print an error and abort.
This helps catch malformed or outdated ITS files early at build time
instead of deferring failure to runtime.
Signed-off-by: Aristo Chen <aristo.chen@canonical.com>
mkimage introduced a validation step to ensure that the 'default'
property under the /configurations node in a FIT image refers to a
valid subnode. This exposed an issue in the
k3-am65-iot2050-boot-image.dtsi, where the 'default' property was set to
"ti/k3-am6528-iot2050-basic" and "ti/k3-am6528-iot2050-basic-pg2", which
do not correspond to actual configuration node names.
This patch updates both /configurations nodes to reference the correct
subnode.
Without this fix, mkimage will fail with an error:
"ERROR: Default configuration 'ti/k3-am6528-iot2050-basic' not found
under /configurations"
An upcoming commit will validate the if the default configuration exists
Signed-off-by: Aristo Chen <aristo.chen@canonical.com>
Only scan for the existence of all required partitions of a RAUC system,
instead of searching for boot script files in all of them.
Previously, it might have occurred, that a slot did not contain required
files and RAUC already marked the corresponding slot as bad (not
suitable for booting). In that case, scanning for a non-existence boot
script would result in an error (and thus not booting anything), which
was different behavior compared to the legacy RAUC boot.
Signed-off-by: Martin Schwan <m.schwan@phytec.de>
Fix a potential segmentation fault, by not accessing the member of a
null pointer to a private slot's name field.
Signed-off-by: Martin Schwan <m.schwan@phytec.de>
Fix a potential memory leak, by checking the return value of realloc
first, before assigning it to the private list of slots.
Signed-off-by: Martin Schwan <m.schwan@phytec.de>
Move the call to configure the qrio i2c deblock pins earlier.
Before this, the call was happening after the first attempt to deblock
the SDP EEPROM, which resulted in a not correct sequence.
Signed-off-by: Tomas Alvarez Vanoli <tomas.alvarez-vanoli@hitachienergy.com>
Signed-off-by: Holger Brunck <holger.brunck@hitachienergy.com>
Upcoming boards will have different ethernet interfaces. So we move this
variable out of the common code.
Signed-off-by: Holger Brunck <holger.brunck@hitachienergy.com>
We are now using the DM code for the i2c mux and to read out the
inventory eeprom. Therefore we need to add the nodes to the specific DTS
files.
Signed-off-by: Holger Brunck <holger.brunck@hitachienergy.com>
Setting GPIO by reading the value of the GPRT register, toggling the
correct bit and then writing it causes input values to transfer to the
output. Here's how (example):
1) set gpio 17 and 18 as input.
2) set gpio 17 output value to 0 (read gprt, change 17 to 0, write).
3) set gpio 18 output value to 0 (read gprt, change 18 to 0, write).
The problem here is that because we set 17 as input, and it's a pull-up,
when we read gprt in step 3, the bit 17 will be 1 and not 0.
Instead of doing read/write/modify, the solution is to keep track
internally of the user set GPIOs, and replace the read step with this
static variable.
Signed-off-by: Tomas Alvarez Vanoli <tomas.alvarez-vanoli@hitachienergy.com>
Signed-off-by: Holger Brunck <holger.brunck@hitachienergy.com>
strlen only reports length of string not including terminating 0 byte
but this has to be included in length of receiving buffer on copy so
adjust length check to be correct.
This issue found by Smatch.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Goodbody <andrew.goodbody@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Mattijs Korpershoek <mkorpershoek@kernel.org>
Fastboot currently supports MMC and NAND flash devices. Similarly,
extend the support to SPI flash memories.
Note that in this initial implementation, partitions on the device are
not supported yet, but raw partitions can be set in U-Boot environment.
To define a raw partition descriptor, add an environment variable
similar to the MMC case:
```
fastboot_raw_partition_<raw partition name>=<offset> <size>
```
for example:
```
fastboot_raw_partition_boot=0x0 0x1000000
```
Signed-off-by: Ariel D'Alessandro <ariel.dalessandro@collabora.com>
Reviewed-by: Mattijs Korpershoek <mkorpershoek@kernel.org>
As the size of 64b ARM kernels, DTs, vendor firmware, and initial ram
disks continues to grow, the 256MB size limit set aside for image
processing by the bootm command has become too small for some K3
reference boards.
For ARMv7 removing this limit could introduce issues so move the
bootm_size variable to ti_armv7_keystone2.env and remove the limit for
any board using a TI K3 SoC.
Signed-off-by: Bryan Brattlof <bb@ti.com>
To get the [] annotation working with python 3.7 and 3.8, import
annotations.
Reported-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
Fixes: 21bc3433a4 ("binman: rework dropping absent entries from packaged image")
Reviewed-by: Bryan Brattlof <bb@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Yannic Moog <y.moog@phytec.de>
Tested-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
PRAM usage is not taken into account when reserving lmb for ARM
architecture, this means that predefined PRAM region is marked as
reserved by the architecture and cannot be used by other users.
Signed-off-by: Holger Brunck <holger.brunck@hitachienergy.com>
KASLR, or Kernel Address Space Layout Randomization, is a security
feature in the Linux kernel that randomizes the memory location
where the kernel is loaded during boot.
OP-TEE RNG is a Random Number Generator (RNG) component within the
Open Portable Trusted Execution Environment (OP-TEE) which provides
a random number to U-BOOT and U-BOOT provides this random number
as seed value to the LINUX kernel for KASLR.
Add KASLR OPTEE RNG support across K3 devices by enabling the required
configs.
Signed-off-by: Gokul Praveen <g-praveen@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Bryan Brattlof <bb@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Manorit Chawdhry <m-chawdhry@ti.com>
Use new email for community work. Also remove my
capricorn SoM maintainer entry since I do not
have access to this hardware anymore.
Signed-off-by: Anatolij Gustschin <ag.dev.uboot@gmail.com>
i2c updates for v2025.10
- i2c Kconfig updates from Tom
- add some driver dependencies
- added missing include delay.h in iproc_i2c.c
- i2c: muxes: Add PCA9541 i2c arbitrator driver
from Padmarao Begari
- pca954x: add pca9545 support
from Frank Wunderlich
- cmd: i2c: fix build when CFG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES defined with DM_I2C
From Holger Brunck
This is only a reformatting, with a few grammar fixes (capitalization,
and a missing "is" and "be" added each).
Signed-off-by: Fiona Klute <fiona.klute@gmx.de>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Correct the references for
* the x86 boot protocol description
* the FIT file format
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Introducing documentation support for Qualcomm Dragonwing IQ8 QCS8300
board. Documents the build and flashing steps.
Signed-off-by: Balaji Selvanathan <balaji.selvanathan@oss.qualcomm.com>
Systems that use clang may not have gcc installed. Set
HOSTCC to cc and HOSTCXX to c++ like we did before to make those
systems work again.
Fixes: 5f520875bd ("kbuild: Bump the build system to 5.1")
Signed-off-by: Mark Kettenis <kettenis@openbsd.org>
The GitHub dependabot tool has reported a number of issues recently with
some modules that we use. While unlikely to be exploitable in the way we
use them, update various libraries to the latest.
Reported-by: GitHub dependabot
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
As no platforms use this driver anymore and it's not been converted from
to DM_I2C for use, remove it.
Fixes: ed7fe2bee1 ("ppc: Remove xpedite boards")
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This driver has not been converted to DM_I2C and the last platform that
used it was removed as well. Remove the driver.
Fixes: 4bbcec08eb ("arm: Remove mx6dlarm2 board")
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This driver requires that the gdsys legacy driver option also be enabled
in order to build. Express that requirement in Kconfig as well.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
A large number of mmc drivers cannot build without access to some
platform specific header files. Express those requirements in Kconfig as
well.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Acked-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Instead of returning -EINVAL directly which will not call the cleanup
path to free memory, fix the code to set the error and then goto the
cleanup code.
This issue found by Smatch.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Goodbody <andrew.goodbody@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
While this is interesting and useful for debugging there isn't extremely
useful information so we will only show it if debug is enabled.
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
Update the ddr phy config values to those created by the mscale_v3.10
tool. The original values were obtained using mscale_v3.10. The v3.10
tool removed ddr phy register values of 0x0.
This has no functional change but makes comparing and patching ddr
configuration easier in addition to slightly shrinking the DRAM config
size.
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
Add dram support for the MT53E1G32D2FW-046 RevC part which is a single die
32Gbit density part vs RevA/B which were dual-die parts:
- use a previously unused EEPROM byte to denote a variant of the
base config to be patched
- add a dram description string
- return the board struct from eeprom_init and pass it to the
spl_dram_init function so that it has access to the EEPROM
- move ddr_init into the spl_dram_init so that it can be patched
in the per-soc init function
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
Add the configuration register for DDRC_ADDRMAP7 which was added in the
RAP spreadsheet v19. This has no functional change but allows DRAM
configuration to be patched in a later commit.
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
These erratas are only useful if USB is enabled. If it is disabled
these erratas might cause issues.
Signed-off-by: Holger Brunck <holger.brunck@hitachienergy.com>
The options related to FSL_SEC_MON are part of the chain of trust
related options and should be under that menu, so move it there.
Furthermore we don't need to prompt for the driver itself but do need to
allow for configuration of the monitor endianess.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
As part of splitting the i.MX parts of FSL_ESDHC out from the more
legacy parts, the FSL_ESDHC_IMX symbol was added. This platform is the
only one which was not converted correctly.
Fixes: e37ac717d7 ("Convert to use fsl_esdhc_imx for i.MX platforms")
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Enable standard boot for the phycore-imx8mp and use it as default. Add
all variables required for standard boot to the environment.
Signed-off-by: Leonard Anderweit <l.anderweit@phytec.de>
Tested-by: Martin Schwan <m.schwan@phytec.de>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
i.MX95 B0 uses image container format v2 and needs DUMMY_DDR so that
update imximage.cfg and container.cfg for it.
Signed-off-by: Alice Guo <alice.guo@nxp.com>
To support PQC container format which is used for post quantum
authentication on new i.MX parts like i.MX94
The major changes compared to legacy container format is in
signature block, new container tag and version, and new alignment
of container header.
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Jacky Bai <ping.bai@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Alice Guo <alice.guo@nxp.com>
Acked-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
i.MX95 B0 uses image container format v2, and `one container header
occupies 0x4000, so that CMD_CNTR_VERSION needs to be added.
The purpose of CMD_DUMMY_DDR is to create a dummy image entry in boot
container prior the DDR OEI image entry. ROM reads the address of DUMMY
DDR image entry and passes it to DDR OEI in OEI entry function as
parameter value, in order to indicate the offset of training data with
the boot container.
Signed-off-by: Alice Guo <alice.guo@nxp.com>
Since i.MX94, the ELE get_info structure is updated to add
OEM PQC SRK hash, so update it.
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Jacky Bai <ping.bai@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Alice Guo <alice.guo@nxp.com>
Acked-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Enable the network stack, the designware ethernet driver and
corresponding glue driver. The Lichee Pi 4A board ships two RTL8211F
phys, both attached to GMAC 0, thus support for Realtek phys and DM
support for MDIO devices are enabled as well.
Signed-off-by: Yao Zi <ziyao@disroot.org>
Reviewed-by: Leo Yu-Chi Liang <ycliang@andestech.com>
TH1520 SoC ships two MAC controllers based on Designware Ethernet IP
that are capable of Gigabit operation. Describe them in SoC devicetree
and enable them for Lichee Pi 4A.
Signed-off-by: Yao Zi <ziyao@disroot.org>
Acked-by: Leo Yu-Chi Liang <ycliang@andestech.com>
The Designware IP integrated in TH1520 SoC requires extra clock
configuration to operate correctly. The Linux kernel's T-Head DWMAC glue
driver is ported and adapted to U-Boot's API.
Signed-off-by: Yao Zi <ziyao@disroot.org>
Acked-by: Leo Yu-Chi Liang <ycliang@andestech.com>
TH1520 SoC ships DMA peripherals that could only reach the first 32-bit
range of memory, for example, the GMAC controllers. Let's limit the
usable top of RAM below 4GiB to ensure DMA allocations are accessible to
all peripherals.
Signed-off-by: Yao Zi <ziyao@disroot.org>
Reviewed-by: Leo Yu-Chi Liang <ycliang@andestech.com>
Unlike the gate clocks which make no use of flags, most dividers in
TH1520 SoC are one-based, thus are applied with CLK_DIVIDER_ONE_BASED
flag. We couldn't simply ignore the flag, which causes wrong results
when calculating the clock rates.
Add a member to ccu_div_internal for defining the flags, and pass it to
divider_recalc_rate(). With this fix, frequency of all the clocks match
the Linux kernel's calculation.
Fixes: e6bfa6fc94 ("clk: thead: Port clock controller driver of TH1520 SoC")
Signed-off-by: Yao Zi <ziyao@disroot.org>
Acked-by: Leo Yu-Chi Liang <ycliang@andestech.com>
Add xfer function to PolarFire SoC coreqspi driver. The read and write
operations are limited to one byte at a time instead of four as CMD18
(multiple block read) reads garbage when four byte ops are enabled.
Signed-off-by: Eoin Dickson <eoin.dickson@microchip.com>
Acked-by: Leo Yu-Chi Liang <ycliang@andestech.com>
This driver adds GPIO support for PolarFire SoC family, this is required
to add sd card support on the Beagle-V-Fire as it uses GPIO chip selects
Signed-off-by: Eoin Dickson <eoin.dickson@microchip.com>
Acked-by: Leo Yu-Chi Liang <ycliang@andestech.com>
By default DEBUG_UART uses the SBI DBCN extension on S-Mode RISC-V
platforms, but the Icicle Kit's firmware doesn't support it. Since
DEBUG_UART is getting turned on automagically and this is somewhat
misleading, disable it in the Icicle kit's defconfig.
Signed-off-by: Conor Dooley <conor.dooley@microchip.com>
Reviewed-by: Leo Yu-Chi Liang <ycliang@andestech.com>
The loop in the icicle implementation of board_fit_config_name_match()
runs strtok() to split off the vendor portion of the compatible string
using , as the delimiter. strtok() modifies a string in place, so where
the first config and compatible do not match, the compatible has been
modified by the time the loop hits the second iteration.
Since stringlists in dt land are null separated strings, the nulls
strtok() inserts to replace the delimiter increase the number of strings
in the compatible list. When the second iteration of the loop calls
fdt_stringlist_get(), it gets the vendorless portion of the first
compatible string, rather than the second compatible string. Copy each
compatible before calling strtok() to avoid this problem.
The temporary string the compatible is copied to is statically
allocated, as attempts to dynamically allocate it at this stage of boot
were met with "alloc space exhausted" errors.
Fixes: 7c16ebba1e ("board: mpfs_icicle: implement board_fdt_blob_setup()/board_fit_config_name_match()")
Signed-off-by: Conor Dooley <conor.dooley@microchip.com>
Reviewed-by: Leo Yu-Chi Liang <ycliang@andestech.com>
Enable the D-cache, which will also enable the MMU. The latter
make sure we don't do unaligned access on Strongly-ordered memory,
which has UNPREDICTABLE behaviour according the architecture
definition. This fixes using U-Boot with recent versions of
QEMU's vexpress-ca9 emulation.
Signed-off-by: Mark Kettenis <kettenis@openbsd.org>
The local variable method_flags is only assigned to in some of the
code paths leaving it possibly uninitialised at first use.
Initialise method_flags at declaration to ensure that it cannot be
used uninitialised. Also remove now redundant assignments.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Goodbody <andrew.goodbody@linaro.org>
u-boot-dfu-20250716
Android:
- Fix printing lbaint_t format in AVB and android_ab messages
DFU:
- Fix dfu_config_interfaces() for single interface DFU syntax
As stated in DFU documentation [1], the device interface part might be
missing in dfu_alt_info:
dfu_alt_info
The DFU setting for the USB download gadget with a semicolon
separated string of information on each alternate:
dfu_alt_info="<alt1>;<alt2>;....;<altN>"
When several devices are used, the format is:
- <interface> <dev>'='alternate list (';' separated)
So in first case dfu_alt_info might look like something like this:
dfu_alt_info="mmc 0=rawemmc raw 0 0x747c000 mmcpart 1;"
And in second case (when the interface is missing):
dfu_alt_info="rawemmc raw 0 0x747c000 mmcpart 1;"
When the interface is not specified the 'dfu' command crashes when
called using 'dfu 0' or 'dfu list' syntax:
=> dfu list
"Synchronous Abort" handler, esr 0x96000006, far 0x0
That's happening due to incorrect string handling in
dfu_config_interfaces(). In case when the interface is not specified in
dfu_alt_info it triggers this corner case:
d = strsep(&s, "="); // now d contains s, and s is NULL
if (!d)
break;
a = strsep(&s, "&"); // s is already NULL, so a is NULL too
if (!a) // corner case
a = s; // a is NULL now
which causes NULL pointer dereference later in this call, due to 'a'
being NULL:
part = skip_spaces(part);
That's because as per strsep() behavior, when delimiter ("&") is not
found, the token (a) becomes the entire string (s), and string (s)
becomes NULL. To fix that issue assign "a = d" instead of "a = s",
because at that point variable d actually contains previous s, which
should be used in this case.
[1] doc/usage/dfu.rst
Fixes: commit febabe3ed4 ("dfu: allow to manage DFU on several devices")
Signed-off-by: Sam Protsenko <semen.protsenko@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Mattijs Korpershoek <mkorpershoek@kernel.org>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20250709042342.13544-1-semen.protsenko@linaro.org
Signed-off-by: Mattijs Korpershoek <mkorpershoek@kernel.org>
When DM_I2C is enabled and CFG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES is defined, the
building is broken due to already existing 'bus' local variable.
Rename udevice 'bus' to 'cur_bus' to fix this.
Signed-off-by: Holger Brunck <holger.brunck@hitachienergy.com>
A few i2c drivers cannot build without access to some platform specific
header files. Express those requirements in Kconfig as well.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This driver makes delay function calls while relying on an indirection
inclusion of <linux/delay.h>. Add the missing include directly.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Transmission of short packets does not work good for XFI (GDM2) and
HSGMII (GDM3) interfaces. The issue can be solved with:
- padding of short packets to 60 bytes
- setting of PAD_EN bit in the corresponding REG_GDM_FWD_CFG(n)
register.
The issue should present for the lan switch (GDM1) as well, but it does
does not appear due to unknown reason.
This patch set PAD_EN bit for the used GDM.
Signed-off-by: Mikhail Kshevetskiy <mikhail.kshevetskiy@iopsys.eu>
ARCH_DMA_MINALIGN is 64 for ARMv7a/ARMv8a architectures, but RX/TX
descriptors are 32 bytes long. So they may not be aligned on an
ARCH_DMA_MINALIGN boundary. In case of RX path, this may cause the
following problem
1) Assume that a packet has arrived and the EVEN rx descriptor has been
updated with the incoming data. The driver will invalidate and check
the corresponding rx descriptor.
2) Now suppose the next descriptor (ODD) has not yet completed.
Please note that all even descriptors starts on 64-byte boundary,
and the odd ones are NOT aligned on 64-byte boundary.
Inspecting even descriptor, we will read the entire CPU cache line
(64 bytes). So we read and sore in CPU cache also the next (odd)
descriptor.
3) Now suppose the next packet (for the odd rx descriptor) arrived
while the first packet was being processed. So we have new data
in memory but old data in cache.
4) After packet processing (in arht_eth_free_pkt() function) we will
cleanup the descriptor and put it back to rx queue.
This will call flush_dcache_range() function for the even descriptor,
so the odd one will be flushed as well (it is in the same cache line).
So the old data will be written to the next rx descriptor.
5) We get a freeze. The next descriptor is empty (so the driver is
waiting for packets), but the hardware will continue to receive
packets on other available descriptors. This will continue until
the last available rx descriptor is full. Then the hardware will
also freeze.
The problem will be solved if the previous descriptor will be put back
to the queue instead of the current one.
If the current descriptor is even (starts on a 64-byte boundary),
then putting the previous descriptor to the rx queue will affect
the previous cache line. To be 100% ok, we must make sure that the
previous and the one before the previous descriptor cannot be used
for receiving at this moment.
If the current descriptor is odd, then the previous descriptor is on
the same cache line. Both (current and previous) descriptors are not
currently in use, so issue will not arrise.
WARNING: The following restrictions on PKTBUFSRX must be held:
* PKTBUFSRX is even,
* PKTBUFSRX >= 4.
The bug appears on 32-bit airoha platform, but should be present on
64-bit as well.
The code was tested both on 32-bit and 64-bit airoha boards.
Signed-off-by: Mikhail Kshevetskiy <mikhail.kshevetskiy@iopsys.eu>
The dma_map_single() function calls one of the functions
* invalidate_dcache_range(),
* flush_dcache_range().
Both of them expect that 'vaddr' is aligned to the ARCH_DMA_MINALIGN
boundary. Unfortunately, RX/TX descriptors are 32-byte long. Thus they
might not be aligned to the ARCH_DMA_MINALIGN boundary. Data flushing
(or invalidating) might do nothing in this case.
The same applies to dma_unmap_single() function.
In the TX path case the issue might prevent package transmission (filled
TX descriptor was not flushed).
To fix an issue a special wrappers for
* dma_map_single(),
* dma_unmap_single()
functions were created. The patch fix flushing/invalidatiog for the
RX path as well.
The bug appears on 32-bit airoha platform, but should be present on
64-bit as well.
The code was tested both on 32-bit and 64-bit airoha boards.
Signed-off-by: Mikhail Kshevetskiy <mikhail.kshevetskiy@iopsys.eu>
Compatible device list must have a terminator. If terminator is missed
the u-boot driver subsystem will access random data placed after the
list in the memory.
The issue can be observed with the "dm compat" command.
Signed-off-by: Mikhail Kshevetskiy <mikhail.kshevetskiy@iopsys.eu>
In exfat_generic_pread and exfat_generic_pwrite offset is passed in as a
off_t type which is defined as 'unsigned long long' so there is no need
to create the variable uoffset as a uint64_t as this is just a direct
copy of offset. Also remove the impossible test of 'offset < 0' as this
is always false due to offset being unsigned.
This issue found by Smatch.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Goodbody <andrew.goodbody@linaro.org>
In the functions exfat_pread and exfat_pwrite there is a NULL check for
ctxt.cur_dev but this has already been derefenced twice before this
happens.
Refactor the code a bit to put the NULL check first.
This issue found by Smatch.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Goodbody <andrew.goodbody@linaro.org>
In the Fixes commit, I initialized size_inc from the return value of
the new fit_estimate_hash_sig_size() helper. That helper may fail and
report that by returning a negative value, but I overlooked that
size_inc had type size_t, and hence the error check doesn't work.
Change size_inc to have type int so the error check works. Inside the
loop, it is passed to another function as a size_t parameter, but
that's fine, because we know it is non-negative, and its value may be
incremented in steps of 1024 and is capped at ~64K, so it will
certainly never overflow an int.
Fixes: 7d4eacb0e6 ("mkimage: do a rough estimate for the size needed for hashes/signatures")
Addresses-Coverity-ID: 569495: Integer handling issues (NEGATIVE_RETURNS)
Signed-off-by: Rasmus Villemoes <ravi@prevas.dk>
multi is guaranteed to be NULL in the first two error exit paths so the
attempt to free it is not needed. Remove those calls.
This issue found by Smatch.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Goodbody <andrew.goodbody@linaro.org>
The TPID value should be 0x9100 instead of 0x8100 according to the
datasheet.
Fixes: cedafee9ff (net: mediatek: add support for Airoha AN8855 ethernet switch)
Signed-off-by: Weijie Gao <weijie.gao@mediatek.com>
Move the NULL check of bootscr_flash_size to before the first time it is
dereferenced to avoid any possible segment violations.
This issue found by Smatch.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Goodbody <andrew.goodbody@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Originally when bootdelay >99, the countdown breaks. Setting bootdelay
at 101 or bigger will trigger this error.
Signed-off-by: David Zang <davidzangcs@gmail.com>
CONFIG_NR_DRAM_BANKS defines the number of DRAM banks on the
device. The default value of NR_DRAM_BANKS for ARCH_K3 is set to 2
(arch/arm/mach-k3/Kconfig:199) but should be 1 for am62x platforms.
This patch updates NR_DRAM_BANKS value for all am62x platforms to 1.
Fixes: 2969ed31b8 ("configs: Add am62x_beagleplay_*_defconfig")
Fixes: 2d257d9279 ("configs: Add configs for AM62x SK")
Fixes: 085cd6459d ("board: phytec: am62x: Add PHYTEC phyCORE-AM62x SoM")
Fixes: 7d1a10659f ("board: toradex: add verdin am62 support")
Signed-off-by: Anshul Dalal <anshuld@ti.com>
Many callers of PCI read functions do not check the return value for
error before using the variable that should contain the value read were
there not to be an error. However in the error case this variable is
never assigned to and so will contain uninitialised data.
To provide some certainty as to behaviour in the error case assign a
default value of all bits set.
This issue found by Smatch.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Goodbody <andrew.goodbody@linaro.org>
Fix a segmentation fault in the ECDSA signing logic of `mkimage`
that occurs when the "-r" option is not specified.
This reproduces the logic in `lib/rsa/rsa-sign.c` by checking if
`info->require_keys` is non-null before passing it to
`fdt_setprop_string()`.
Signed-off-by: Lucas Dietrich <lucas.dietrich.git@proton.me>
The static helper functions are inconsistent in their use of their third
parameter which is used to pass a block count. Keep consistency by
always using lbaint_t here. This will fix an issue where two left shifts
were overflowing the variable type in use.
This issue found by Smatch
Signed-off-by: Andrew Goodbody <andrew.goodbody@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
These functions are only used locally. Enabling -Wmissing-prototypes
triggers a warning. Mark them as static.
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
This functions is only used locally and triggers a warning when
compiling with -Wmissing-prototypes. Mark it as static.
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
This function is only used locally. Enabling -Wmissing-prototypes triggers
a warning. Mark it as static.
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
These functions are only used locally. Enabling -Wmissing-prototypes triggers
a warning. Mark them as static.
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
In the definition of struct ec_state the number of slots that are
created is VSTORE_SLOT_COUNT (==4) but the value of req->slot is
checked against EC_VSTORE_SLOT_MAX (==32) so this can lead to memory
access beyond that allocated.
Instead change the size check to use VSTORE_SLOT_COUNT to ensure it
matches what has actually been allocated.
This issue found by Smatch.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Goodbody <andrew.goodbody@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Quentin Schulz <quentin.schulz@cherry.de>
Renaming SPL to XPL fixes the issue referenced in this note so the note
is no longer necessary
Fixes: 1d6132e2a2 ("global: Use CONFIG_XPL_BUILD instead of CONFIG_SPL_BUILD")
Signed-off-by: Philip Molloy <philip.molloy@analog.com>
DM_GPIO_LOOKUP_LABEL and SPL_DM_GPIO_LOOKUP_LABEL had the same
description and therefore appeared to be duplicates in Kconfig frontends
Signed-off-by: Philip Molloy <philip.molloy@analog.com>
The logic was updated without modifying the comment above it
Fixes: 72b8c6d1eb ("pinctrl: don't fall back to pinctrl_select_state_simple()")
Signed-off-by: Philip Molloy <philip.molloy@analog.com>
Rasmus Villemoes <ravi@prevas.dk> says:
I was bitten by our limit macros not being usable in #if conditionals
when building a standalone app. It turns out that the work to fix that
had already been started by the inclusion of the mbedtls library, so
it's something that people do hit.
Let's finish the job by providing suitable limit macros for all three families:
- Standard C types, char, short, ...
- Kernel-style fixed-width types s8, u64, ...
- POSIX/C99 fixed-width types int16_t, uint32_t, ...
Please note that a naive approach like spelling out the full decimal
value for the constants doesn't really work, as there is no such thing
as a "negative integer constant". That is, doing
#define LLONG_MIN -9223372036854775808LL
would lead to the compiler complaining
warning: integer constant is so large that it is unsigned
and the type of that LLONG_MIN would actually be "unsigned long long", so e.g.
#if LLONG_MIN >= 0
#warning "LLONG_MIN is not negative?"
#endif
would fire.
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20250707203655.613340-1-ravi@prevas.dk
Currently, we only have UINT32_MAX and UINT64_MAX in limits.h, and
then stdint.h and kernel.h somewhat randomly define UINT8_MAX and
INT32_MAX, respectively.
Provide a full set of definitions in terms of the min/max macros for
the types that [u]intNN_t are defined in terms of, namely the {s,u}NN
ones.
Try to avoid breaking whatever depended on getting UINT8_MAX from our
compat stdint.h by replacing it with an include of limits.h.
Signed-off-by: Rasmus Villemoes <ravi@prevas.dk>
Since we define the {s,u}{8,16,32,64} types the same way on all
architectures, i.e. everybody uses asm-generic/int-ll64.h, we can just
define the associated limit macros in terms of those for the
corresponding types. This eliminates another set of limit macros that
are not usable in #if conditionals.
These type names and macros are not C or POSIX, so there's no language
violation, but certainly a violation of developers' reasonable
expectations.
Signed-off-by: Rasmus Villemoes <ravi@prevas.dk>
In a customer project that was building a stand-alone application, I
hit a problem related to the fact that our LONG_MAX and friends are
not standards-compliant, in that they are not "suitable for use in #if
preprocessing directives"
... /toolchain_none/arm-cortexa8-eabi/sys-include/machine/_default_types.h:25:31: error: missing binary operator before token "long"
25 | || ( defined(LLONG_MAX) && (LLONG_MAX > 0x7fffffff) )
| ^~~~~~~~~
So following up on commit 13de848338 ("mbedtls: add mbedtls into the
build system"), move the rest of the macros associated to the standard
C types {signed,unsigned} {char, short, int, long, long long} (and of
course bare 'char') to limits.h.
Make use of the fact that both gcc and clang provide suitable
predefined __FOO_MAX__ macros for the signed types, and use a standard
scheme for defining the FOO_MIN and UFOO_MAX macros in terms of
FOO_MAX.
Note that suffixes like L and ULL are allowed for preprocessor
integers; it is (casts) which are not. And using appropriate suffixes,
we can arrange for the type of e.g. UINT_MAX to be "unsigned int" due
to integer promotion rules.
Signed-off-by: Rasmus Villemoes <ravi@prevas.dk>
The current qcom_pmic_gpio driver is too limited and doesn't
support state tracking for all pins like the Linux driver.
Adding full pinconf support would require adding the state
and it's much simpler to restart from scratch with a new
driver based on the Linux one adapted to the U-Boot GPIO
and Pinctrl APIs.
For now only the PMICs I've been able to validate are
added in the compatible list but we should be able to
add the entire list from the Linux driver.
There's a few difference from the Linux driver:
- no IRQ support
- uses the U-Boot GPIO flags that maps very well
- uses the gpio-ranges to get the pins count
- no debugfs but prints the pin state via pinmux callback
It uses the same CONFIG entry as the old one, since
the ultimate goal is to migrate entirely on this new
driver once we verify it doesn't break the older
platforms.
Tested-by: Alexey Minnekhanov <alexeymin@postmarketos.org>
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <neil.armstrong@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Rui Miguel Silva <rui.silva@linaro.org>
Acked-by: Sumit Garg <sumit.garg@oss.qualcomm.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20250630-topic-sm8x50-pmic-gpio-pinctrl-new-v2-1-cc1512931197@linaro.org
Signed-off-by: Casey Connolly <casey.connolly@linaro.org>
Stranges errors are observed when building U-Boot master for almost any
RISC-V board, the messages are in two types, one is about duplicated
symbols,
u-boot/arch/riscv/cpu//mtrap.S:32: multiple definition of `trap_entry';
arch/riscv/cpu/mtrap.o: u-boot/arch/riscv/cpu//mtrap.S:32: first defined here
and the other is fixdep's complaint about missing dependency files,
fixdep: error opening file: arch/riscv/cpu/.mtrap.o.d: No such file or directory
fixdep: error opening file: arch/riscv/cpu//.start.o.d: No such file or directory
where the latter could only be reproduced when building parallelly.
Both the two types of errors are about files in arch/riscv/cpu, and
there's a suspicious slash character in the reported path. Looking
through RISC-V-specific Makefiles, there's only one place that may
expand to such a path,
libs-y += arch/riscv/cpu/$(CPU)/
The right hand expands to "arch/riscv/cpu//" if $(CPU) isn't defined at
the time of including. With some debug statement added to
arch/riscv/Makefile, the output proves that arch/riscv/Makefile is
included twice, once with $(CPU) undefined and once defined correctly
according to CONFIG_SYS_CPU.
Futher bisecting shows an extra include statement against
arch/$(SRCARCH)/Makefile is added in earlier bump of Kbuild system. But
the statement is evaluated before config.mk is included and definition
of $(CPU), causing objects in arch/riscv/cpu/ are built and linked twice
(once as "arch/riscv/cpu/*", and once as "arch/riscv/cpu//*"), resulting
in the error.
Let's simply remove the extra include to fix these nasty errors. For
config targets, bumping Kbuild also introduced a new include to
arch/$(SRCARCH)/Makefile, which is removed as well for consistency.
Fixes: 5f520875bd ("kbuild: Bump the build system to 5.1")
Signed-off-by: Yao Zi <ziyao@disroot.org>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Tested-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Bryan Brattlof <bb@ti.com>
In order to use SYS_64BIT_LBA with this driver we need for "start" to
also be of type lbaint_t and to then use the correct printf format
characters.
Reviewed-by: Andrew Goodbody <andrew.goodbody@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
We have a few options that we cannot enable in a "allyesconfig" type
build because we cannot use zero as a default value.
- The logic around HAS_BOARD_SIZE_LIMIT assumes that if we have set this
then we compare with it. Similarly, we need to set SPL_NO_BSS_LIMIT as
the default there.
- Both SYS_CUSTOM_LDSCRIPT and ENV_USE_DEFAULT_ENV_TEXT_FILE then prompt
for a file name to use.
- The SYS_I2C_SOFT driver is a legacy driver which requires a lot of
configuration within the board config. file instead, so disable it.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Take the COMPILE_TEST option from the Linux Kernel v6.15 and since the
wording there is OK for us too, use it verbatim. Also update the default
for WERROR to be COMPILE_TEST which again matches the Linux Kernel.
This is the first big step needed to allow for "allyesconfig" to be
possible as it then lets us then disable things that aren't valid for a
compile only test.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This symbol is not something that the user should be enabling or
disabling but rather the developer for a particular board should select
it when required.
This is mostly size neutral, however a few places do have changes. In
the case of i.MX6ULL systems, it is always the case that
arch_misc_init() could call setup_serial_number() and do useful work,
but was not enabled widely, but now is. In the case of i.MX23/28
systems, we should be able to call mx28_fixup_vt() again here, so do so.
Finally, some platforms were calling arch_misc_init() and then not doing
anything and this results in removing the option.
Acked-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The hook arch_misc_init was not intended to be used for per-board hooks.
This can be done with misc_init_r instead, which is what follows
immediately after arch_misc_init. Switch a few platforms.
Acked-by: Francesco Dolcini <francesco.dolcini@toradex.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The assignments to sect and off use the pointer from ctxt.cur_dev but
that has not been NULL checked before this is done. So instead move the
assignments after the NULL check.
This issue found by Smatch
Signed-off-by: Andrew Goodbody <andrew.goodbody@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Gao Xiang <xiang@kernel.org>
Move to using the latest generated RM YAML configuration files generated
by the K3 Resource Partitioning Tool which updates them to have standard
formatting with respect to indentation.
These files were generated from the untagged commit 41718bd5f915 ("docs: Update
docs and move them to docs folder") of the K3 Resource Partitioning tool. This
tool is packaged as a part of the public SDK and is not otherwise
publicly available.
Signed-off-by: Neha Malcom Francis <n-francis@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Udit Kumar <u-kumar1@ti.com>
Emanuele Ghidoli <emanuele.ghidoli@toradex.com> says:
This patch series enables RNG support to automatically populate
/chosen/kaslr-seed on the following Toradex arm64 TI System on Modules:
- Verdin AM62
- Verdin AM62P
This improves kernel security by supporting Kernel Address Space Layout
Randomization (KASLR) using a runtime-provided seed.
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20250702134942.1483436-1-ghidoliemanuele@gmail.com
Enable DM_RNG in U-Boot to populate /chosen/kaslr-seed automatically.
Enable OP-TEE, which supports RNG, to provide entropy.
Signed-off-by: Emanuele Ghidoli <emanuele.ghidoli@toradex.com>
Enable DM_RNG in U-Boot to populate /chosen/kaslr-seed automatically.
Enable OP-TEE, which supports RNG, to provide entropy.
Signed-off-by: Emanuele Ghidoli <emanuele.ghidoli@toradex.com>
In the function put_ext4 there is a NULL check for fs->dev_desc but this
has already been derefenced twice before this happens. Refactor the code
a bit to put the NULL check first.
This issue found by Smatch.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Goodbody <andrew.goodbody@linaro.org>
Ensure that allocated memory is freed on error exit replace the direct
return calls with 'goto fail'.
This issue found by Smatch.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Goodbody <andrew.goodbody@linaro.org>
In ext4fs_readdir it calls ext4fs_read_file and checks the return value
for non-zero to detect an error. This return value should be returned as
is rather than being negated.
This issue found by Smatch
Signed-off-by: Andrew Goodbody <andrew.goodbody@linaro.org>
This adds new aes subcommands to use interface provided by AES UCLASS which
can be used to expose HW AES engines.
Signed-off-by: Ion Agorria <ion@agorria.com>
Signed-off-by: Svyatoslav Ryhel <clamor95@gmail.com>
This adds AES crypto engine using the AES Uclass implemented in software,
serves as example implementation and for uclass tests.
Those implementing HW AES crypto engine drivers can use this as basis and
replace software parts with the HW specifics of their device.
Signed-off-by: Ion Agorria <ion@agorria.com>
Create a basic framework for a group of devices that perform AES
cryptographic operations.
Signed-off-by: Ion Agorria <ion@agorria.com>
Signed-off-by: Svyatoslav Ryhel <clamor95@gmail.com>
CI: https://source.denx.de/u-boot/custodians/u-boot-imx/-/pipelines/27010
- Fix the i.MX8M Nano GPU path.
- Enable RNG support for KASLR on Toradex i.MX8 boards.
- Enable watchdog and clock driver for imx6ulz_smm_m2b.
- Tighten dependencies on CMD_BLOB.
- Remove the rest of i.MX31 support.
Add r7s72100 Genmai board support. Serial console, NOR Flash and
Ethernet are known to work however on-board SDRAM is not yet enabled.
Signed-off-by: Magnus Damm <damm@opensource.se>
Break out SoC specific code from the GR-Peach board and put it into the
board/renesas/common directory so it can be easily shared between the
GR-Peach and Genmai boards.
Signed-off-by: Magnus Damm <damm@opensource.se>
Split the RZ/A1 GR-PEACH defconfig into board-specific defconfig
and common RZ/A1 SoC defconfig. This is a preparatory patch for
new RZ/A1 boards, no functional change.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Replace current ad-hoc generation of SA0 header with renesas_rcar4_sa0 binman
etype on Renesas R-Car V4H. The new binman etype generates header which is
almost identical to the current ad-hoc SA0 header, with one difference, the
load length matches the actual payload size, which slightly improves boot time.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Add new etype which generates the Renesas R-Car Gen4 SA0 header.
This header is placed at the beginning of SPI NOR and describes
where should data from SPI NOR offset 0x40000 be loaded to, and
how much data should be loaded there. In case of U-Boot, this is
used to load SPL and possibly other payload(s) into RT-VRAM.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Most of the sysinfo EEPROM node eeprom@50 is now part of the core DTs,
remove duplicate DT properties from *-u-boot.dtsi . Adjust the phandle
reference to i2c-eeprom in sysinfo node using <&{i2c_*/eeprom@50}> to
avoid need for DT label. No functional change.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Drop CFG_SH_ETHER_PHY_MODE from configuration files, this value
is never used. No functional change intended.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Drop CFG_SH_ETHER_PHY_ADDR from README and configuration files, this
value is never used, PHY address is extracted from control DT instead.
No functional change intended.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Drop unused struct sh_eth_info *port_info .phy_addr member assignment.
PHY address is extracted from control DT. No functional change intended.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Drop CFG_SH_ETHER_CACHE_WRITEBACK and CFG_SH_ETHER_CACHE_INVALIDATE,
which are now always enabled in the sh_eth driver, because those cache
operations are always available. On architectures which do not implement
cache operations yet, cache operations have to be implemented first.
CFG_SH_ETHER_ALIGNE_SIZE now set as SH_ETHER_ALIGN_SIZE in sh_eth.h
based on architecture and no longer configured on board level.
Remove CFG_SH_ETHER_CACHE_WRITEBACK configuration option from README.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Turn the current cache operation macros into static functions to improve
compiler coverage checking. This does change the driver behavior slightly,
the driver now expects those cache operation functions to be available on
all architectures on which it is used. This should pose no problem, as the
driver is only used on 32bit and 64bit ARM, which both have those operations.
The CFG_SH_ETHER_ALIGNE_SIZE is converted to SH_ETHER_ALIGN_SIZE and defined
as either 64 on ARM or 16 on SH.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
The CFG_SH_ETHER_USE_PORT configuration option is a remnant from
before U-Boot DM existed and SH Ethernet made full use of it, and
is no longer used, remove it.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
The struct sh_eth_dev .port member is always set to 0, therefore only
single-ported SH Ethernet is ever used. Support for multiple SH Ethernet
ports implemented on driver level is a remnant from before U-Boot DM
existed.
Pass struct sh_eth_info port_info around directly and remove the
struct sh_eth_dev entirely. Handling of multiple ports should be done
by U-Boot DM and multiple per-driver-instance private data.
No functional change intended.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Add Renesas R-Car Gen4 SCIF/HSCIF loader compatible SREC generation.
This is a regular U-Boot SPL SREC augmented with a short header which
describes where to store the received data and how much data to store.
This header is interpreted by the R-Car Gen4 BootROM SCIF/HSCIF loader.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Convert u-boot-spl.bin instead of u-boot-spl ELF into SCIF loader
compatible SREC. The u-boot-spl.bin includes SPL DT, while the ELF
does not, which leads to failure to start SPL via SCIF loader due
to missing SPL DT. Fix this by using u-boot-spl.bin which includes
the DT.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
The use of log_msg_ret to log a message and return an error meant that
memory allocated earlier in the function was not freed on this error
path. Instead log the message in the same way that log_msg_ret would do
and then goto the cleanup code to free the memory.
This issue found by Smatch.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Goodbody <andrew.goodbody@linaro.org>
Update the ICSSG PRU Ethernet driver to read PRU/RTU/TXPRU firmware names
from the Device Tree using the "firmware-name" property, instead of relying
on the hard-coded firmware names. The firmware names are parsed during
prueth_probe() and stored in the prueth->firmwares for each slice. The
driver now uses these dynamically loaded names when starting the PRU cores.
This change improves flexibility and allows firmware selection to be
controlled via the device tree, making the driver more adaptable to
different platforms and firmware configurations.
Signed-off-by: MD Danish Anwar <danishanwar@ti.com>
When printing the contents of an lbaint_t variable we need to use LBAF
to print it in order to get the correct format type depending on 32 or
64bit-ness.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This file was making environment calls without including <env.h> and so
relying on an indirect inclusion from elsewhere. Add the missing include
directly.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The post framework requires architecture specific implementation
details. At the moment this is only done for ARM and PowerPC so express
that requirement in Kconfig as well.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
In order to build this command we need to have configured some other
board specific features. Express that requirement in Kconfig as well.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
A few adc drivers cannot build without access to some platform specific
header files. Express those requirements in Kconfig as well.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
First, the SATA_MV driver can only build on kirkwood or mvebu platforms
due to header requirements, so add that as a dependency here. Second,
SYS_SATA_MAX_DEVICE is also used by the API code so allow it to be
configured in that case.
Reviewed-by: Tony Dinh <mibodhi@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Some of the aspeed platform drivers cannot build without platform
specific headers being available. Express those requirements in Kconfig as
well.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
These drivers require various headers which only exist on the ARM /
PowerPC platforms which implement the hardware. Express that requirement
in Kconfig as well.
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The nuvoton AES driver cannot build without platform specific headers
being available. Express that requirement in Kconfig as well.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The TI EDMA3 driver cannot build without platform specific headers being
available. Express that requirement in Kconfig as well.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
A large number of gpio drivers cannot build without access to some platform
specific header files. Express those requirements in Kconfig as well.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
If phy node isn't found in ethernet-phy subnode, try to get it from
phy-handle. And when this fails, only then use Ethernet node. This
fix results in getting correct phy handle properties for the
phy node if defined.
Signed-off-by: Naresh Kumar Ravulapalli <nareshkumar.ravulapalli@altera.com>
The SoC node is called 'soc@0', even on NXP branch 6.6-fslc. This fixes
the boot on i.MX8M Nano DualLite, as there is no GPU.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Stein <alexander.stein@ew.tq-group.com>
Enable the clock framework on the m2b platform as was done
in m2 variant. This helps to increase the NAND controller performance.
Signed-off-by: Michael Trimarchi <michael@amarulasolutions.com>
With the removal of the last i.MX31 platform we can remove the rest of
the underlying architecture code as well.
Fixes: f247354708 ("arm: Remove mx31pdk board")
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Acked-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
In order for this command to build we need to compile
drivers/crypto/fsl/fsl_blob.c and this in turn includes
drivers/crypto/fsl/jr.h which references "ccsr_sec_t" which is only a
defined type for SYS_FSL_SEC_COMPAT >= 4. Express that requirement in
Kconfig as well.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Enable DM_RNG in U-Boot to automatically populate /chosen/kaslr-seed
and enable CAAM to provide entropy.
Enable ARCH_MISC_INIT to initialize the CAAM job ring.
Signed-off-by: Emanuele Ghidoli <emanuele.ghidoli@toradex.com>
Acked-by: Francesco Dolcini <francesco.dolcini@toradex.com>
Enable DM_RNG in U-Boot to automatically populate /chosen/kaslr-seed
and enable CAAM to provide entropy.
Enable ARCH_MISC_INIT to initialize the CAAM job ring.
Signed-off-by: Emanuele Ghidoli <emanuele.ghidoli@toradex.com>
Acked-by: Francesco Dolcini <francesco.dolcini@toradex.com>
This driver has no users after we removed the last supported platform in
2024.
Fixes: 26ed58b40f ("arm: Remove devkit3250 board")
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This driver has no users after we removed the last supported platform in
2023.
Fixes: 7a3ee61f55 ("arm: Remove omap5_uevm board")
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
pkg_resources is deprecated, use migration guide in [1] to migrate to
importlib.resources.
Keep the Python 3.6 backwards compatibility.
This also fixes the binman version test which failed for setuptools
versions that print the deprecation warning.
Change from __name__ to __package__ as with the transition from
pkg_resources to importlib_resources using __name__ results in
TypeErrors [2].
[1] https://importlib-resources.readthedocs.io/en/latest/migration.html
[2] https://github.com/python/importlib_resources/issues/60
Reviewed-by: Bryan Brattlof <bb@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Yannic Moog <y.moog@phytec.de>
Romain Gantois <romain.gantois@bootlin.com> says:
This is version one of my series which enables Ethernet support on the BBGE
board. This requires three main changes:
- Describing the MAC<->PHY link and DP83867 PHY accurately in the device
tree
- Enabling the RGMII1 pinmux configuration
- Enabling the DP83867 driver
These changes are all applied in patch 2.
Patch 1 enables excluding the DP83867 driver from SPL. This is done to
avoid size issues when adding the DP83867 driver to the am335x-evm
defconfig.
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20250626-bbge-ethernet-v1-0-5b544fb1898f@bootlin.com
Currently, the Ethernet interface of the BBGE board isn't properly
supported.
To support this interface, describe the MAC<->PHY RGMII link and the
DP83867 PHY in the BBGE device tree. Enable the DP83867 PHY driver in
U-Boot Proper and mux the relevant RGMII lines.
Signed-off-by: Romain Gantois <romain.gantois@bootlin.com>
Tested-by: Judith Mendez <jm@ti.com>
The DP83867 PHY driver is used by the BeagleBoneGreen Eco board, but adding
it to the am335x-evm defconfig causes SPL to overflow its size limits.
Add a separate option to enable this driver in SPL, so that it can be
enabled in U-Boot without adding unnecessary volume to SPL.
Signed-off-by: Romain Gantois <romain.gantois@bootlin.com>
Tested-by: Judith Mendez <jm@ti.com>
João Paulo Gonçalves <jpaulo.silvagoncalves@gmail.com> says:
In some use cases, board-specific device tree changes must not be overwritten
by system fixups. Although U-Boot provides ft_board_setup_ex() for this
purpose, it is currently only used on TI Keystone. This series makes
ft_board_setup_ex() a generic option, allowing its use by other architectures
and boards.
Additionally, considering that Toradex Verdin-AM62P hardware lifetime
guarantees are based on a 105°C junction temperature (while TI AM62Px supports
up to 125°C), this series implements necessary changes within TI K3 AM62P and
Toradex board code. These changes include exporting common fixup device Tree
functions used in TI K3 for board-code access and also fixup for AM62P thermal
zones to correctly reflect the number of CPU nodes according to the SoC part
number.
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20250623-am62p-fdt-fixup-trip-points-v1-0-12355eb6a72f@toradex.com
While TI AM62P supports up to 125°C junction temperature, Tj, for
industrial and automotive parts, Toradex Verdin-AM62P hardware lifetime
guarantees consider a 105°C Tj. Fixup the device tree temperature
critical trip points to match the hardware specifications. The
implementation ensures the architecture code will not overwrite the
board specific changes by enabling CONFIG_OF_BOARD_SETUP_EXTENDED for
the Verdin-AM62P.
Signed-off-by: João Paulo Gonçalves <joao.goncalves@toradex.com>
Acked-by: Francesco Dolcini <francesco.dolcini@toradex.com>
TI AM62Px devices support CPU throttling based on thermal alerts.
However, the device tree assumes a 4-core configuration. Since the AM62P
also supports 2-core configurations, add a fixup to dynamically adjust
the cooling-device nodes within thermal zones based on the actual number
of CPU cores available.
Signed-off-by: João Paulo Gonçalves <joao.goncalves@toradex.com>
Avoid code duplication by making the common TI K3 device tree fixup
functions to be reusable by board-specific code.
Signed-off-by: João Paulo Gonçalves <joao.goncalves@toradex.com>
In some use cases, board-specific device tree changes must not be
overwritten by system fixups. Although U-Boot provides
ft_board_setup_ex() for this purpose, it is currently only used on TI
Keystone. Make ft_board_setup_ex() to be a generic option, allowing its
use by other architectures/boards. To maintain backward compatibility,
enable it by default on TI Keystone.
Signed-off-by: João Paulo Gonçalves <joao.goncalves@toradex.com>
scene_obj_find can return NULL but this is not checked for before
the return is dereferenced. Add a NULL check.
This issue was found by Smatch.
Also add a NULL check for str.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Goodbody <andrew.goodbody@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
In the case where parse_sliteral returns an error then label_name
will not have been assigned to. In order to prevent evaluating
label_name in this case add a check for the return value of parse_sliteral.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Goodbody <andrew.goodbody@linaro.org>
It was discovered that env_do_env_set() currently suffer from a long
time of a possible out-of-bound access for the argv array handling.
The BUG is present in the function env_do_env_set() line:
name = argv[1];
where the function at this point assume the argv at index 1 is always
present and can't be NULL. Aside from the fact that it's always
better to validate argv entry with the argc variable, situation where
the argv[1] is NULL is actually possible and not an error condition.
A example of where an out-of-bound access is triggered is with the
command "askenv - Press ENTER to ...".
This is a common pattern for bootmenu entry to ask the user input after
a bootmenu command succeeded.
In the context of such command, the while loop before "name = argv[1];"
parse the "-" char as an option arg and increment the argv pointer by
one (to make the rest of the logic code ignore the option argv) and
decrement argc value.
The while loop logic is correct but at the "name = argv[1];" line, the
argv have only one element left (the "-" char) and accessing argv[1]
(aka the secong element from argv pointer) cause an out-of-bound access
(making the bootloader eventually crash with strchr searching in invalid
data)
To better handle this and prevent the out-of-bound access, actually
check the argv entry left (with the use of the argc variable) and exit
early before doing any kind of array access.
Signed-off-by: Christian Marangi <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
Sometimes when building a platform such as imx28_btt3 we can get an
error such as:
gzip: fit-dtb.blob: warning: file timestamp out of range for gzip format
make[1]: *** [Makefile:1219: fit-dtb.blob.gz] Error 2
make[1]: *** Deleting file 'fit-dtb.blob.gz'
make: *** [Makefile:186: sub-make] Error 2
This is typically resolved by telling gzip to ignore the timestamp.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Commit 93b55636b0 ("tools: kwboot: Allow any baudrate on Linux") added a
tcgetattr() function to be used, instead of the libc's termios functions.
This was done to allow using the raw TCGETS2/TCSETS2 ioctls that allow to
support arbitrary baud rates.
This breaks the build for PowerPC, because that architecture does not have
a struct termios2 defined because the termios and ktermios are the same.
On PowerPC, the termios ioctl() emulates the TCGETS2/TCSETS*2 ioctls with
tcgetattr/tcsetattr using just the struct termios (that's as mentioned the
same than what is defined as struct termios2 in other architectures).
So there is no need to use the TCGETS2/TCSETS2 ioctls on that architecture
and just TCGETS/TCSETS ioctls with termios as defined by PowerPC is enough.
Fixes: 93b55636b0 ("tools: kwboot: Allow any baudrate on Linux")
Signed-off-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javierm@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The commit under fixes tag includes "pcie-cadence.h" using angle
brackets. Since the header file is not in standard include path change
it to double quotes to ensure proper inclusion and avoid build issues,
especially on older compilers.
Fixes: a4a0edc604 ("pci_endpoint: Add TI K3 Cadence PCIe Endpoint Controller driver")
Signed-off-by: Hrushikesh Salunke <h-salunke@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Bryan Brattlof <bb@ti.com>
With the latest TIFS firmware, an additional virtual interrupt and
event is reserved for TIFS usage on am62x and am62ax devices.
Update the rm-cfg to reflect this new reservation.
Based on commit 87720385ab ("board: ti: rm-cfg: Update rm-cfg to
reflect new resource reservation").
Signed-off-by: Wadim Egorov <w.egorov@phytec.de>
EXT_DTB overrides the of_list_dirs that is passed to binman during
builds. This causes binman to not find the normal DTB paths and instead
it just is able to use the path for EXT_DTB only.
Add the default of_list_dirs that is used for normal binman builds to
EXT_DTB usecase as well.
Signed-off-by: Manorit Chawdhry <m-chawdhry@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Aniket Limaye <a-limaye@ti.com>
The object= part matches against the label that the pkcs11 token uses
for that object, but in some cases, specifically with a Yubikey using
ykcs11, where the keys have been imported, the labels differ between the
private and public keys [1], making the object= matching useless. These
keys will have the same id however, so matching against that works for
both the private and public part.
[1]: https://github.com/Yubico/yubico-piv-tool/blob/master/doc/YKCS11/Functions_and_values.adoc#key-alias-per-slot-and-object-type
Signed-off-by: Tobias Olausson <tobias@eub.se>
The variable base is unsigned so >= 0 is always true. Fix this test
so that it is actually useful. The fix prevents the code from causing
a segfault in the case where Ctrl-w is pressed on a line consisting
only of spaces.
Fixes: dcc18ce0db ("cli: Implement delete-word in cread_line()")
Signed-off-by: Andrew Goodbody <andrew.goodbody@linaro.org>
This file does not need <asm/gpio.h> so remove it. This file does
however need <linux/types.h> so add that in. This also shows that
arch/arm/mach-rockchip/rk3399/rk3399.c and board/lg/star/star.c were
indirectly getting <asm/gpio.h> from here, so add <asm/gpio.h> to them.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Our last sync with the kernel was 5.1. Even that was a partial one
as some patches from 4.x kernels were already missing making the
transition to a modern kbuild infeasible.
We are so out of sync now, that tracking the patches and backporting
them one by one makes little sense and it's going to take ages.
This is an attempt to sync up Makefile[.lib/.kbuild].
Unfortunately due to sheer amount of patches this is not easy to review,
but that's what we decided during a community call.
One of the biggest changes is get rid of partial linking entirely and
build .a archives isntead of .o.
We diaviate from the kernel on that. Instead of calling a custom script
to create the archive symbol table, we call ar with rcTP (isntead of
rcSTP) since we want a resulting archive that's sauble with the linker.
The only affected platforms are PPC ones. Unfortunately I don't have any
of them around to test, but the objdump of the resulting files --
arch/powerpc/lib/built-in.[oa] looks identical.
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Since we are updating our kbuild system to 5.1, add the relevant
clang changes from upstream
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Pull request net-next-20250708
lwip:
- Call sys_check_timeouts() and schedule() on RX to fix an issue on
boards with a watchdog and simplify the code
- Enable IP_FRAG and IP_REASSEMBLY
- Add support for setting the TFTP blocksize at runtime
- Fix DNS initialization in wget
- Add the sntp command
- Move code from net/lwip/${cmd}.c to cmd/lwip/${cmd}.c
In DDR mode, even bytes are read using DMA, while the remaining odd
bytes are read using STIG mode. However, the data is not correctly
transferred into the flash read data lower register because the
supplementary byte of the STIG opcode is not being written to the
opcode extension register, resulting in incorrect data being read.
To resolve this issue, when using STIG transactions, the corresponding
supplementary byte of any STIG opcode must be defined in the Opcode
Extension Register (Lower). Issue has been observed on the Macronix
MX66UM2G45G flashes.
Signed-off-by: Prasad Kummari <prasad.kummari@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: Venkatesh Yadav Abbarapu <venkatesh.abbarapu@amd.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20250702053953.640046-1-venkatesh.abbarapu@amd.com
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
tshsl_ns is the clock delay for chip select deassert. This is the delay in
master reference clocks for the length that the master mode chip select
outputs are de-asserted between transactions.
The minimum delay is always SCLK period to ensure the chip select is never
re-asserted within one SCLK period.
That is why tshsl_ns delay should be at least one sclk_ns value. If it is
less than sclk_ns, set it equal to sclk_ns.
Signed-off-by: Ashok Reddy Soma <ashok.reddy.soma@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: Venkatesh Yadav Abbarapu <venkatesh.abbarapu@amd.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20250702065717.3871435-1-venkatesh.abbarapu@amd.com
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
Starting from 'commit <8077d296adff> ("spi: cadence-quadspi: Use STIG
mode for all ops with small payload") the utilization of STIG mode
has been implemented for read and write operations involving less
than 8 bytes of data.
However, following this commit, encountering timeout issues occurs when
writing odd bytes of data in DDR mode, as indicated below:
"jedec_spi_nor flash@0: flash operation timed out
SF: 3 bytes @ 0x0 Written: ERROR -110"
To resolve this issue, the number of bytes to write has been updated
specifically for DDR mode.
Signed-off-by: Tejas Bhumkar <tejas.arvind.bhumkar@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: Venkatesh Yadav Abbarapu <venkatesh.abbarapu@amd.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20250704040444.671604-1-venkatesh.abbarapu@amd.com
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
Legacy SPI flash devices used a 24-bit (3-byte) addressing scheme,
limiting the addressable memory to 16 MB. To support larger densities
(256 Mbit and higher), extended addressing schemes, such as 32-bit
(4-byte) addressing, were introduced. If the flash density exceeds
16 MB and CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_BAR is disabled, the device will use a
4-byte addressing mode.
Signed-off-by: Prasad Kummari <prasad.kummari@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: Venkatesh Yadav Abbarapu <venkatesh.abbarapu@amd.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20250707043738.795179-1-venkatesh.abbarapu@amd.com
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
The clock driver fails to correctly calculate the PLL clock
rate for peripherals when using the DPLL as the clock source.
The DPLL operates within the full power domain, while peripheral
clocks reside in the low power domain. To ensure accurate PLL
clock rate computation when the peripheral clock source is set
to DPLL, the DPLL-to-LPD cross divisor is used.
Signed-off-by: Padmarao Begari <padmarao.begari@amd.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20250618094329.296731-1-padmarao.begari@amd.com
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
As part of the recent cleanup of dt-bindigns header files we did not
remove our copy of dt-bindings/clock/xlnx-zynqmp-clk.h at the time. This
is because the difference between ours and current upstream is that
current upstream has a #warning to not use it and to instead use
xlnx-zynqmp-clk.h. So we change zynqmp-clk-ccf.dtsi to use the other
and upstream-only file and then delete our dt-bindings file.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Tested-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20250612181128.340232-1-trini@konsulko.com
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
Enable the sntp command by default in the arm64 QEMU defconfig for lwIP
since this config is meant to have all the features supported by lwIP.
Signed-off-by: Jerome Forissier <jerome.forissier@linaro.org>
Add a proper documentation file for the sntp command in RST format and
drop doc/README.SNTP. The documentation now includes the NET_LWIP
specificities.
Signed-off-by: Jerome Forissier <jerome.forissier@linaro.org>
Extract the code that sets the RTC clock from sntp_handler() in
net/sntp.c and make it a new function net_sntp_set_rtc() in
net/net-common.c. This will allow re-use with NET_LWIP.
According to [1] it is safe to assume that all devices have been
converted to DM_RTC so drop the useless code.
[1] https://lists.denx.de/pipermail/u-boot/2025-June/591376.html
Signed-off-by: Jerome Forissier <jerome.forissier@linaro.org>
Update the ping command so that a host name is accepted in addition to
an IP address, provided DNS support is enabled.
Signed-off-by: Jerome Forissier <jerome.forissier@linaro.org>
Add a helper fonction to convert an IP address (supplied as a text
string) or a host name to an ip_addr_t.
Signed-off-by: Jerome Forissier <jerome.forissier@linaro.org>
When calling "dns <hostname> <varname>", do not print out the IP address
of <hostname> onto the console. Print it only when no variable is
passed. The reason is to be able to call do_dns() from another command
in need of the DNS services without polluting the output.
Signed-off-by: Jerome Forissier <jerome.forissier@linaro.org>
The DNS loop checks for a non-zero IP address after DNS resolution, but
the address is in fact never copied into the context. Fix that.
Signed-off-by: Jerome Forissier <jerome.forissier@linaro.org>
Split net/lwip/wget.c in two: one part which implements CONFIG_WGET
stays in net/ while the part that implements CONFIG_CMD_WGET is moved
into cmd/.
Signed-off-by: Jerome Forissier <jerome.forissier@linaro.org>
Move each command in cmd/net-lwip.c into its own file
(cmd/lwip/${cmd}.c).
Suggested-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Jerome Forissier <jerome.forissier@linaro.org>
Prepare to split the ping command from cmd/net-lwip.c by moving the
implementation from net/lwip/dns.c to cmd/lwip.
Signed-off-by: Jerome Forissier <jerome.forissier@linaro.org>
Prepare to split the dns command from cmd/net-lwip.c by moving the
implementation from net/lwip/dns.c to cmd/lwip.
Signed-off-by: Jerome Forissier <jerome.forissier@linaro.org>
Initialize dns servers if a hostname (vs ipaddr) is used in a URL.
Otherwise the wget will fail without displaying an error due to
dns_gethostbyname failing silently when no DNS servers are set unless
you have previously performed a 'dns <arg>' command.
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
Acked-by: Jerome Forissier <jerome.forissier@linaro.org>
move the dns init including setting the dns servers from env vars to a
common function as other commands that support hostname lookups will
need this.
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
[jf: add CMD_DNS conditional to support NET_LWIP && !CMD_DNS]
Reviewed-by: Jerome Forissier <jerome.forissier@linaro.org>
Add support for setting the blocksize at runtime via the tftpblocksize env
variable as such is done with the legacy stack (CONFIG_NET).
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
Reviewed-by: Jerome Forissier <jerome.forissier@linaro.org>
Call schedule() in net_lwip_rx() to service U-Boot tasks and
actions during packet rx.
As a cleanup also move sys_check_timeouts() here and remove it from the
functions that call net_lwip_rx().
This resolves the issue of an active watchdog resetting the board on
long network activities.
Suggested-by: Jerome Forissier <jerome.forissier@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
Reviewed-by: Jerome Forissier <jerome.forissier@linaro.org>
Sughosh added EFI HTTP(s) support into our eficonfig application. Up to
now we could only enable that via our efidebug command. Users now get that
option on the eficonfig menu.
Javier implemented support for the EFI_PARTITION_INFO_PROTOCOL,
to provide cached partition information for GPT partition types.
The protocol describes legacy MBR partition types, but that's for backward
compatibility and not implemented by this series.
The protocol is needed by [0], an implementation of a UEFI based A/B boot
protocol for the root filesystem.
Paul added support for EFI_DEBUG_IMAGE_INFO_TABLE. This is part of the EFI
spec and is defining a debug protocol that Google currently uses to debug
their Generic Bootloader project [1][2], using EFI to load Android.
Heinrich contributed a test EFI application for it as well.
The efi_realloc() function he added will realloc any type of memory to
BootServicesData, but keeping in mind the new protocol is the only consumer
he will fix that on a followup patch.
Finally another round of smatch fixes from Andrew cleans up coding errors.
The CI https://source.denx.de/u-boot/custodians/u-boot-tpm/-/pipelines/26935
seems happy
[0] https://gitlab.com/CentOS/automotive/src/ukiboot
[1] https://lpc.events/event/18/contributions/1704/attachments/1550/3231/Android%20Generic%20Boot%20Loader.pdf
[2] https://source.android.com/docs/core/architecture/bootloader/generic-bootloader
The cache driver here can only build on RISCV due to header
dependencies. Express that requirement in Kconfig as well.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Leo Yu-Chi Liang <ycliang@andestech.com>
The firmware on the Icicle is capable of providing a devicetree in a1 to
U-Boot, but until now the devicetree has been packaged in a "payload" [1]
alongside U-Boot (or other bootloaders/RTOSes) and appended to the image.
The address of this appended devicetree is placed in a1 by the firmware.
This meant that the mechanism used by OF_SEPARATE to locate the
devicetree at the end of the image would pick up the one provided by the
firmware when u-boot-nodtb.bin was in the payload and U-Boot's devicetree
when u-boot.bin was.
The firmware is now going to be capable of providing a minimal devicetree
(quite cut down due to severe space constraints), but this devicetree is
linked into the firmware that runs out of the L2 rather than at the end
of the U-Boot image.
Implement board_fdt_blob_setup() so that this devicetree can be
optionally used, and the devicetree provided in the "payload" can be
used without relying on "happening" to implement the same strategy as
OF_SEPARATE expects in combination with u-boot-nodtb.bin.
Unlike other RISC-V boards, the firmware provided devicetree is only
used when OF_BOARD is set, so that the almost certainly more complete
devicetree in U-Boot will be used unless explicitly requested otherwise.
Implement board_fit_config_name_match(), so that, using the firmware
provided cut-down/minimal dtb, U-Boot can select one of several
devicetrees when MULTI_DTB_FIT is enabled.
Enabling both MULTI_DTB_FIT and OF_BOARD will lead to a conflict
between the two options, with the latter taking priority due to
board_fdt_blob_setup() being executed before board_fit_config_name_match(),
which causes gd->fdt_blob to be overwritten with a pointer to the
minimal devicetree rather than the location of the fit image containing
the multiple dtbs. Let MULTI_DTB_FIT take priority in this case, by
explicitly blocking the override when MULTI_DTB_FIT is enabled.
Link: https://github.com/polarfire-soc/hart-software-services/blob/master/tools/hss-payload-generator/README.md [1]
Signed-off-by: Conor Dooley <conor.dooley@microchip.com>
Acked-by: Leo Yu-Chi Liang <ycliang@andestech.com>
Select PINCTRL_TH1520 in CPU Kconfig entry and update defconfig for
existing TH1520-based boards to ensure PINCTRL is enabled.
Signed-off-by: Yao Zi <ziyao@disroot.org>
Acked-by: Leo Yu-Chi Liang <ycliang@andestech.com>
Describe the three pin controllers integrated in TH1520 SoC. Since we
don't have support for clocks in the AON region, a dummy fixed-clock
node is added to supply the pin controller locating in it.
Signed-off-by: Yao Zi <ziyao@disroot.org>
Acked-by: Leo Yu-Chi Liang <ycliang@andestech.com>
The SoC pads of TH1520 are separated into three groups (AP 1, AP 2 and
AON) controlled by independent pin controllers. This patch ports their
driver from Linux kernel with most code for setting pinconf and pinmux
kept as is.
The dt-binding of TH1520 pin controller uses a schema where pins to
configure are specfied as strings and looked up at runtime, which the
generic pinctrl helpers of U-Boot cannot parse, thus a customized
set_state() callback is implemented to parse pinconfig nodes and setup
the configuration.
Signed-off-by: Yao Zi <ziyao@disroot.org>
Acked-by: Leo Yu-Chi Liang <ycliang@andestech.com>
Test for big-endian either via __RISCVEB__ which migth be
rather old, or check the BYTE_ORDER if the compiler defines
it (which should be any modern gcc like v12)
Signed-off-by: Ben Dooks <ben.dooks@codethink.co.uk>
Acked-by: Leo Yu-Chi Liang <ycliang@andestech.com>
Add support to build code big-endian if the board supports
it. Updates the makefile to pass the correct compiler and
elf flags.
Signed-off-by: Ben Dooks <ben.dooks@codethink.co.uk>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Provide a test application to dump the EFI_DEBUG_IMAGE_INFO_TABLE
as implemented in EDK II.
EFI_DEBUG_IMAGE_INFO is not packed in contrast to many other EFI
structures.
As of today EDK II when removing an entry in the EfiDebugImageInfoTable
just sets NormalImage = NULL but does not compact the array. So
TableSize reflects the number of non-NULL entries and not the array
size as reported independently in
https://github.com/tianocore/edk2/pull/11013 and
https://github.com/tianocore/edk2/pull/11019.
The current implementation tolerates this deviation from the UEFI
specification.
This is what the output may look like:
Debug Info Table Dump
=====================
=> dump
Modified
Number of entries: 0x0000004a
Info type 0x00000001
Address: [0x000000008315a000, 0x00000000831bafff]
File: FvFile(D6A2CB7F-6A18-4E2F-B43B-9920A733700A)
Handle: 0x000000017fe3cb18
...
Info type 0x00000001
Address: [0x000000017e8db000, 0x000000017ea00f3f]
File: FvFile(7C04A583-9E3E-4F1C-AD65-E05268D0B4D1)
Handle: 0x000000017f358e98
Info type 0x00000001
Address: [0x000000017eae5000, 0x000000017eae81ff]
File: \dbginfodump.efi
Handle: 0x000000017eaf0298
=>
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Acked-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
This commit adds the functionality of generate EFI_DEBUG_IMAGE_INFO
while loading the image.
This feature is described in UEFI Spec 2.10. Section 18.4.3.
The implementation ensures support for hardware-assisted debugging and
provides a standardized mechanism for debuggers to discover the load
address of an EFI application.
Cc: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Cc: Peter Robinson <pbrobinson@gmail.com>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Ying-Chun Liu (PaulLiu) <paul.liu@linaro.org>
Tested-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Acked-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
EFI_DEBUG_IMAGE_INFO_TABLE is used to store EFI_LOADED_IMAGE for
debug purpose. This commit adds the table to the EFI_CONFIGURATION_TABLE.
This feature is described in UEFI Spec version 2.10. Section 18.4.
The implementation ensures support for hardware-assisted debugging and
provides a standardized mechanism for debuggers to discover and interact
with system-level debug resources.
Cc: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Cc: Peter Robinson <pbrobinson@gmail.com>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Ying-Chun Liu (PaulLiu) <paul.liu@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Add EFI_SYSTEM_TABLE_POINTER structure for remote debugger to locate
the address of EFI_SYSTEM_TABLE.
This feature is described in UEFI SPEC version 2.10. Section 18.4.2.
The implementation ensures support for hardware-assisted debugging and
provides a standardized mechanism for debuggers to discover the EFI
system table.
Cc: Peter Robinson <pbrobinson@gmail.com>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Ying-Chun Liu (PaulLiu) <paul.liu@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Tested-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de> # change memset(systab_pointer, 0 ...) -> systab_pointer->crc32 = 0;
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
The eficonfig command provides a menu based interface for maintenance
of the EFI boot options. Add support for adding a URI based boot
option. This boot option can then be used for HTTP boot.
Signed-off-by: Sughosh Ganu <sughosh.ganu@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Tested-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Taking a goto to out_of_resources before receive_lengths is assigned
will result in an attempt to free an unitialised pointer. Instead
initialise receive_lengths to NULL on declaration to prevent this from
occurring.
This issue was found by Smatch.
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Goodbody <andrew.goodbody@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
If phandler is returned as NULL from efi_search_protocol then
protocol_interface is never assigned to. Instead return
EFI_UNSUPPORTED as per the spec.
This issue found by Smatch.
Also eliminate the use of the variable protocol_interface as it is not
needed.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Goodbody <andrew.goodbody@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Taking the first goto error: in file_open could either result in an
attempt to dereference fh when NULL or else free fh->path which has
not been assigned to and so will be unknown. Avoid both of these
problems by passing path to free instead of fh->path.
This issue found by Smatch.
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Goodbody <andrew.goodbody@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Test the EFI_PARTITION_INFO_PROTOCOL in the existing EFI_BLOCK_IO_PROTOCOL
unit test. It is fairly basic, since it only checks that the values of the
struct efi_partition_info .revision, .type and .system fields are correct.
It doesn't check the MBR partition record information, because that's not
supported by the EFI_PARTITION_INFO_PROTOCOL implementation yet. The test
can be extended once the support is implemented, or if the in-memory disk
image used for the test is modified to have a GPT partition type instead.
Suggested-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javierm@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
The UEFI 2.10 specification mentions that this protocol shall be installed
along with EFI_BLOCK_IO_PROTOCOL. It provides cached partition information
for MBR and GPT partition types.
This patch just implements support for GPT partition types. The legacy MBR
partition types is only needed for backward compatibility and can be added
as a follow-up if needed, to make it fully compliant with the EFI spec.
Signed-off-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javierm@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
This function will be used by the EFI application disk support code
to provide data required by the EFI_PARTITION_INFORMATION_PROTOCOL.
Signed-off-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javierm@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Factor out the logic to get the Partition Table Entry (PTE) of a given
partition into a helper function, since it could be used by other code.
Signed-off-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javierm@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Setup core information and bring secondary HARTs up for a functional
multi-core system.
Signed-off-by: Yao Zi <ziyao@disroot.org>
Reviewed-by: Leo Yu-Chi Liang <ycliang@andestech.com>
Preserve CLINT node for SPL, whose IPI functionality is essential for
operation of a multi-core system.
Signed-off-by: Yao Zi <ziyao@disroot.org>
Reviewed-by: Leo Yu-Chi Liang <ycliang@andestech.com>
On coldboot, only HART 0 among the four HARTs of TH1520 is brought up by
hardware, and the remaining HARTs are in reset states, requiring manual
setup of reset address and deassertion to function normal. Introduce a
routine to do the work.
Signed-off-by: Yao Zi <ziyao@disroot.org>
Reviewed-by: Leo Yu-Chi Liang <ycliang@andestech.com>
C910 cores integrated in TH1520 SoC provide various customized CSRs for
configuring core behavior, including cache coherency and timing, branch
predication, and clock gating for internal components.
This patch sets them up for efficient operation and satisfying
requirements of an SMP system.
Signed-off-by: Yao Zi <ziyao@disroot.org>
Reviewed-by: Leo Yu-Chi Liang <ycliang@andestech.com>
Although timer component of the CLINT isn't fully compatible with the
generic RISC-V ACLINT, the IPI component behaves the same.
As the CLINT doesn't have corresponding riscv_aclint_timer driver
available, let's try looking for a compatible SYSCON device directly
when no riscv_aclint_timer device could be found on IPI initialization.
Signed-off-by: Yao Zi <ziyao@disroot.org>
Reviewed-by: Leo Yu-Chi Liang <ycliang@andestech.com>
Update the MMC driver to retrieve the clock manager base address via
probing the clock manager node in the device tree.
Signed-off-by: Alif Zakuan Yuslaimi <alif.zakuan.yuslaimi@altera.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
This reverts commit ae93d8106b.
It is no longer needed since 24b1e0c7e2.
Since the obsolete include pulled in byteorder.h which is needed by now,
include this one directly.
Signed-off-by: Jan Kiszka <jan.kiszka@siemens.com>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
According to the help text, you can set negative offsets to indicated
that the offset is relative to the end of the parition. But kconfig
doesn't let you specify negative hex values. I think this fell through
the cracks when converting the symbol from a '#define' to a kconfig
option.
Introduce a new boolean kconfig option to switch on the "relative to the
end" behavior.
Signed-off-by: Michael Walle <mwalle@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Quentin Schulz <quentin.schulz@cherry.de>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Quentin Schulz <foss+uboot@0leil.net> says:
I misunderstood the documentation and put the signing key in a keys/
directory while setting key-name-hint property in the signature node and
u-boot-spl-pubkey-dtb to a path.
mkimage doesn't fail if it cannot find the public key when signing a
FIT but returns something on stderr to notify the user it couldn't find
the key. The issue is that bintool currently discards stderr if the
command successfully returns, so the FIT is not signed AND the user
isn't made aware of it unless the image is manually inspected.
mkimage does fail when trying to insert a public key in a DTB if it
isn't found but we can have a better error message.
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20250418-binman-pubkey-dir-v2-0-b6b90a765ffe@cherry.de
key-name-hint property in u-boot-spl-pubkey-dtb binman entry may contain
a path instead of a filename due to user mistake.
Because we currently assume it is a filename instead of a path, binman
will find the full path to the key based on that path, and return the
dirname of the full path but keeps the path in key-name-hint instead of
stripping the directories from it.
This means mkimage will fail with the following error message if we have
key-name-hint set to keys/dev:
binman: Error 1 running 'fdt_add_pubkey -a sha256,rsa2048 -k /home/qschulz/work/upstream/u-boot/keys -n keys/dev -r conf /home/qschulz/work/upstream/u-boot/build/ringneck/u-boot-spl-dtbdhsfx3mf': Couldn't open RSA certificate: '/home/qschulz/work/upstream/u-boot/keys/keys/dev.crt': No such file or directory
Let's make it a bit more obvious what the error is by erroring out in
binman if a path is provided in key-name-hint (it is named key-name-hint
and not key-path-hint after all).
Fixes: 5609843b57 ("binman: etype: Add u-boot-spl-pubkey-dtb etype")
Signed-off-by: Quentin Schulz <quentin.schulz@cherry.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
mkimage doesn't fail if it cannot find the public key but it prints to
stderr. Considering that btool.run() discards stderr, it means binman
happily returns an unsigned FIT and doesn't tell you something went
wrong.
Binman will actually find the file if there's a path in the
key-name-hint property but the current logic expects key-name-hint to be
a filename and thus returns the dirname of the found path for the key,
but with the original key-name-hint appended. This means we can have the
following:
- key-name-hint = "keys/dev"
- name = "/home/qschulz/work/upstream/u-boot/keys/"
so we pass /home/qschulz/work/upstream/u-boot/keys/ to the -k option of
mkimage but the FIT still contains "keys/dev" in key-name-hint which
means mkimage will try to find the key at
/home/qschulz/work/upstream/u-boot/keys/keys/, which doesn't exist.
Let's assume paths are simply not supported (it is named key-name-hint
and not key-path-hint after all) and raise an error if the property
contains a path so that the build fails and not quietly.
Fixes: 133c000ca3 ("binman: implement signing FIT images during image build")
Signed-off-by: Quentin Schulz <quentin.schulz@cherry.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This option doesn't work as expected since it sets the cwd to the work
directory, which does not necessarily hold the source code.
It should be left unset, so that the current directory is the source
directory.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The function tpm2_name_to_algorithm is defined as returning an
enum for the algorithm specified but it also attempts to return
an error on failure, but that error is not included in the enum.
Add the error to the enum so that it can be returned.
This issue was reported by Smatch.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Goodbody <andrew.goodbody@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
The current file defines a struct gpio_regs identical to the one in
<asm/mach-imx/gpio.h>. To eliminate code duplication and align with
the approach used for i.MX8M, include the common header instead of
redefining the struct.
Signed-off-by: Giulio Benetti <giulio.benetti@benettiengineering.com>
The commit e8a9521e64
("vf500/vf610: synchronise device trees with linux")
has synchronized U-Boot's DTS with v5.19 Linux kernel.
It turned out that in Linux's upstream iomuxc node description the
'fsl,mux_mask' was missing, so the U-Boot's pinctrl driver for NXP's
Vybrid SoC was not working properly.
As by default the mux mask was set to 0, for example the vf610 based
boards (like BK4) were bricked, due to misconfiguration of gpio at
early boot stage.
The fix for all NXP eligible boards is to define .mux_mask field for
soc specific *pinctrl_soc_info structure and use it directly in pinctrl
MMIO driver, without the need to read the "fsl,mux_mask" property from
device tree.
This change brings the NXP's pinctrl driver in U-Boot closer to Linux
upstream one.
Signed-off-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com> #for i.MX8ULP
The commit c69103218e ("i2c: mxc_i2c: add DM_FLAG_PRE_RELOC flag")
has enabled by default the i2c initialization in the pre-relocation
phase.
It turned out that vf610 based boards had too small SYS_MALLOC_F_LEN
pool size.
As a solution the explicit value of CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_F_LEN for all
vf610 based boards has been removed from their configs.
Instead, the default value of 0x2000 is now used, which causes boards
to work correctly again. This approach has been tested on BK4 device.
Signed-off-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
In the contemporary U-Boot the "spi-flash" compatible is used only when
CONFIG_$(PHASE_)SPI_FLASH_TINY is defined so spi-nor-tiny.c is compiled.
As vf610 devices are not using SPL at all, the SPI_FLASH_TINY is not
defined and no QSPI flash child nodes are considered as valid ones.
The result is that the 'sf probe' command fails and SPI NOR memory is not
accessible on e.g. BK4 device.
The fix is to use proper compatible - in this case "jedec,spi-nor".
Signed-off-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Capsule update is EFI based firmware update which is widely
used in various OS distributions. This feature is required
by ARM System-Ready compliance test. So
- Define image array and GUID
- Select configs for EFI Capsule update
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Capsule update is EFI based firmware update which is widely
used in various OS distributions. This feature is required
by ARM System-Ready compliance test. So
- Define image array and GUID
- Select configs for EFI Capsule update
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Capsule update is EFI based firmware update which is widely
used in various OS distributions. This feature is required
by ARM System-Ready compliance test. So
- Define image array and GUID
- Select configs for EFI Capsule update
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Capsule update is EFI based firmware update which is widely
used in various OS distributions. This feature is required
by ARM System-Ready compliance test. So
- Define image array and GUID
- Select configs for EFI Capsule update
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Capsule update is EFI based firmware update which is widely
used in various OS distributions. This feature is required
by ARM System-Ready compliance test. So
- Define image array and GUID
- Select configs for EFI Capsule update
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
This reverts both commit 4628730ee6 ("mach-k3: add runtime memory
carveouts for MMU table") as well as commit b77066d732 ("mach-k3: add
dynamic mmu fixups for SPL stage") as some feedback from previous
iterations was missed.
This reverts commit b77066d732 and commit
4628730ee6.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org> says:
Instructions that lead ito an exception in the hypervisor can't modify two
CPU registers at once for the ARM ISA.
These instructions cannot be emulated by KVM as they do not produce
syndrome information data that KVM can use to infer the destination
register, the faulting address, whether it was a load or store, or
if it's a 32 or 64 bit general-purpose register.
As a result an external abort is injected from QEMU, via ext_dabt_pending.
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20250618065828.1312146-1-ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org
We recently added IO accessors that will work with KVM for any MMIO
access that casues an exception to the hypervisor. Enable them by
default for QEMU.
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Tested-by: Mikko Rapeli <mikko.rapeli@linaro.org>
commit 2e2c2a5e72 ("arm: qemu: override flash accessors to use virtualizable instructions")
explains why we can't have instructions with multiple output registers
when running under QEMU + KVM and the instruction leads to an exception
to the hypervisor.
USB XHCI is such a case (MMIO) where a ldr w1, [x0], #4 is emitted for
xhci_start() which works fine with QEMU but crashes for QEMU + KVM.
These instructions cannot be emulated by KVM as they do not produce
syndrome information data that KVM can use to infer the destination
register, the faulting address, whether it was a load or store, or
if it's a 32 or 64 bit general-purpose register.
As a result an external abort is injected from QEMU, via ext_dabt_pending
to KVM and we end up throwing an exception that looks like
U-Boot 2025.07-rc4 (Jun 10 2025 - 12:00:15 +0000)
[...]
Register 8001040 NbrPorts 8
Starting the controller
"Synchronous Abort" handler, esr 0x96000010, far 0x10100040
elr: 000000000005b1c8 lr : 000000000005b1ac (reloc)
elr: 00000000476fc1c8 lr : 00000000476fc1ac
x0 : 0000000010100040 x1 : 0000000000000001
x2 : 0000000000000000 x3 : 0000000000003e80
x4 : 0000000000000000 x5 : 00000000477a5694
x6 : 0000000000000038 x7 : 000000004666f360
x8 : 0000000000000000 x9 : 00000000ffffffd8
x10: 000000000000000d x11: 0000000000000006
x12: 0000000046560a78 x13: 0000000046560dd0
x14: 00000000ffffffff x15: 000000004666eed2
x16: 00000000476ee2f0 x17: 0000000000000000
x18: 0000000046660dd0 x19: 000000004666f480
x20: 0000000000000000 x21: 0000000010100040
x22: 0000000010100000 x23: 0000000000000000
x24: 0000000000000000 x25: 0000000000000000
x26: 0000000000000000 x27: 0000000000000000
x28: 0000000000000000 x29: 000000004666f360
Code: d5033fbf aa1503e0 5287d003 52800002 (b8004401)
Resetting CPU ...
There are two problems making this the default.
- It will emit ldr + add or str + add instead of ldr/str(post increment)
in somne cases
- Some platforms that depend on TPL/SPL grow in size enough so that the
binary doesn't fit anymore.
So let's add proper I/O accessors add a Kconfig option
to turn it off by default apart from our QEMU builds.
Reported-by: Mikko Rapeli <mikko.rapeli@linaro.org>
Tested-by: Mikko Rapeli <mikko.rapeli@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
A following patch is replacing our IO accessors with
do { ... } while(0) ones in order to make them usable with KVM.
That leads to an error eventually looking like this:
arch/arm/include/asm/io.h:62:9: error: expected expression before 'do'
62 | do { \
| ^~
arch/arm/include/asm/io.h:211:41: note: in expansion of macro '__raw_writel'
211 | #define out_arch(type,endian,a,v) __raw_write##type(cpu_to_##endian(v),a)
| ^~~~~~~~~~~
arch/arm/include/asm/io.h:223:25: note: in expansion of macro 'out_arch'
223 | #define out_be32(a,v) out_arch(l,be32,a,v)
| ^~~~~~~~
drivers/spi/fsl_dspi.c:127:17: note: in expansion of macro 'out_be32'
127 | out_be32(addr, val) : out_le32(addr, val);
| ^~~~~~~~
So adjust the current macros and code to be compatible with the upcoming
change.
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
When this utility was converted from run_pipe and to the new output
helper, two problems were introduced. First, the conversion for calling
"git rm -f" wasn't correct. Change this to match the other conversions.
Second, the final call we do we need to construct the list because we
print that command for the user to use to inspect remaining references.
Fixes: 3d094ce28a ("u_boot_pylib: Add a function to run a single command")
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Per section 14.2.1.3 Kick Protection Registers of AM62A TRM[1],
there is no partition 5. Delete it.
[1] https://www.ti.com/lit/pdf/spruj16
Fixes: b511b371ad ("arm: mach-k3: introduce basic files to support the am62a")
Signed-off-by: Vignesh Raghavendra <vigneshr@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Bryan Brattlof <bb@ti.com>
Newer versions of python will emit a TypeError about not enough
arguments for a format string:
FAILED ub/test/py/tests/test_mmc.py::test_mmc_dev - TypeError: not enough arguments for format string
FAILED ub/test/py/tests/test_mmc.py::test_mmcinfo - TypeError: not enough arguments for format string
FAILED ub/test/py/tests/test_mmc.py::test_mmc_info - TypeError: not enough arguments for format string
FAILED ub/test/py/tests/test_mmc.py::test_mmc_rescan - TypeError: not enough arguments for format string
FAILED ub/test/py/tests/test_mmc.py::test_mmc_part - TypeError: not enough arguments for format string
Add parentheses around all multi argument format strings so all
arguments will be passed to the format string
Signed-off-by: Bryan Brattlof <bb@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
On platforms with spl splash support i.e CONFIG_VIDEO=y, the top of DDR
is reserved for the framebuffer.
The size for the framebuffer is computed at runtime by video_reserve.
During the MMU configuration an entry corresponding to the framebuffer
should be dynamically created to properly map the required space for the
framebuffer.
Therefore this patch adds k3_spl_mem_map_init which adds the required
MMU entry by querying the gd after the framebuffer size has been
computed in spl_reserve_video_from_ram_top.
For non VIDEO=y platforms, the added k3_spl_mem_map_init function gets
optimized out of the final binary so overall, the spl size is not
impacted[1].
[1]: Tested on clang 19.1.7 and gcc 15.1.1
Signed-off-by: Anshul Dalal <anshuld@ti.com>
In u-boot we only provide a single MMU table for all k3 platforms,
this does not scale for devices with reserved memory outside the range
0x9e780000 - 0xa0000000 or for devices with < 2GiB of memory (eg
am62-SIP with 512MiB of RAM).
To properly configure the MMU on various k3 platforms, the
reserved-memory regions need to be queried at runtime from the
device-tree and the MMU table should be updated accordingly.
This patch adds the required fixups to the MMU table (during proper
U-boot stage) by marking the reserved regions as non cacheable and
keeping the remaining area as cacheable.
For the A-core SPL, the 128MiB region starting from SPL_TEXT_BASE
is marked as cacheable i.e 0x80080000 to 0x88080000.
The 128MiB size is chosen to allow for future use cases such as falcon
boot from the A-Core SPL which would require loading kernel image from
the SPL stage. This change also ensures the reserved memory regions that
all exist past 0x88080000 are non cacheable preventing speculative
accesses to those addresses.
Signed-off-by: Anshul Dalal <anshuld@ti.com>
Enable support for R-Car Gen4 PCIe controller and NVMe storage
on Retronix R-Car V4H Sparrow Hawk board .
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Add R-Car Gen4 PCIe controller support for host mode.
This controller is based on Synopsys DesignWare PCIe. However, this
particular controller has a number of vendor-specific registers, and as
such, requires initialization code, including PHY firmware loading.
The PHY firmware loading is implemented in an entirely generic manner,
by calling a firmware loading script, which the user can configure in
a way they require. This provides the user with flexibility of loading
the PCIe firmware from whichever storage device they need to load it
from.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Use dw_pcie_link_set_max_link_width() instead of local implementation
of the same functionality. This does change the behavior slightly, as
the dw_pcie_link_set_max_link_width() implementation also programs the
LNKCAP register MLW, this should however be correct and is now aligned
with Linux kernel behavior.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Use dw_pcie_link_set_max_link_width() instead of local implementation
of the same functionality. This does change the behavior slightly, as
the dw_pcie_link_set_max_link_width() implementation also programs the
LNKCAP register MLW, this should however be correct and is now aligned
with Linux kernel behavior.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Reviewed-by: Neil Armstrong <neil.armstrong@linaro.org>
Add dw_pcie_link_set_max_link_width() implementation ported from Linux kernel
as of commit 89db0793c9f2 ("PCI: dwc: Add missing PCI_EXP_LNKCAP_MLW handling").
This is common code which is already duplicated in multiple drivers.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
The TPM emulation on the sandbox is incomplete.
Even basic tcg2 functionality like get_capability() fails:
lib/efi_selftest/efi_selftest_tcg2.c(886):
ERROR: get_manufacturer_id buffer too small failed
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javierm@redhat.com>
Hrushikesh Salunke <h-salunke@ti.com> says:
This series adds support for the Endpoint mode on Cadence PCIe controller
on TI's K3 family of SoCs. The driver is an adaptation of the Linux
driver (drivers/pci/controller/cadence/pci-j721e.c) and has been
implemented specifically for Endpoint mode of operation on AM64X. A minor
set of changes will be sufficient to support other K3 SoCs as well.
This patch is tested on AM64X EVM. Following are the log corresponding
to this feature.
https://gist.github.com/hrushikesh221/e8557cbe7667877c50f7d7e9bb96d060
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20250616164929.631791-1-h-salunke@ti.com
TI's AM64x SoC has a single instance of PCIe Controller namely PCIe0
which is a Cadence PCIe Controller. To support PCI Endpoint
functionality with the PCIe0 instance of PCIe, enable the corresponding
configs.
Signed-off-by: Hrushikesh Salunke <h-salunke@ti.com>
Add support for Endpoint mode of operation in the Cadence PCIe
Controller present on TI's K3 SoCs. This driver is an adaptation of the
Linux kernel v6.15 driver (drivers/pci/controller/cadence/pci-j721e.c).
Signed-off-by: Hrushikesh Salunke <h-salunke@ti.com>
This is same as done in commit 27cd65ca1b ("mach-k3: am62ax: enable
caches for the SPL stage").
This is resulting in ~2x speedup in the A53 SPL stage.
Signed-off-by: Heiko Thiery <heiko.thiery@gmail.com>
Use default value of malloc size coming from Kconfig, instead of
board specific override.
Signed-off-by: Udit Kumar <u-kumar1@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Many boards of K3 overwrites default malloc size, instead
of doing at almost each board level,
Add default size at Kconfig.
Signed-off-by: Udit Kumar <u-kumar1@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
CONFIG_LTO enables Link Time Optimizations that helps in reducing binary
size. The config has been validated on all K3 platforms so can be safely
enabled.
Signed-off-by: Anshul Dalal <anshuld@ti.com>
This is a port of the corresponding commit in the Linux kernel which
adds the same support for the Cadence Torrent driver[0]. The commit
message below is taken as-is from the Linux kernel commit being ported.
The Torrent SERDES can support at most two different protocols (PHY types).
This only mandates that the device-tree sub-nodes used to represent the
configuration should describe links with at-most two different protocols.
The existing implementation however imposes an artificial constraint that
allows only two links (device-tree sub-nodes). As long as at-most two
protocols are chosen, using more than two links to describe them in an
alternating configuration is still a valid configuration of the Torrent
SERDES.
A 3-Link 2-Protocol configuration of the 4-Lane SERDES can be:
Lane 0 => Protocol 1 => Link 1
Lane 1 => Protocol 1 => Link 1
Lane 2 => Protocol 2 => Link 2
Lane 3 => Protocol 1 => Link 3
A 4-Link 2-Protocol configuration of the 4-Lane SERDES can be:
Lane 0 => Protocol 1 => Link 1
Lane 1 => Protocol 2 => Link 2
Lane 2 => Protocol 1 => Link 3
Lane 3 => Protocol 2 => Link 4
[0] 5b7b83a983
Signed-off-by: Hrushikesh Salunke <h-salunke@ti.com>
Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com> says:
To implement the EFI_SYSTEM_TABLE_POINTER we need 4 MiB aligned
memory.
On the sandbox LMB uses addresses relative to the start of a page aligned
RAM buffer allocated with mmap(). This leads to a mismatch of alignment
between EFI which uses pointers and LMB which uses phys_addr_t.
Ensure that the RAM buffer used for LMB is 4 MiB aligned.
Provide a unit test for efi_alloc_aligned_pages() verifying this alignment.
Do not overwrite RAM size in dram_init().
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20250608075428.32631-1-heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com
To implement the EFI_SYSTEM_TABLE_POINTER we need 4 MiB aligned
memory.
On the sandbox LMB uses addresses relative to the start of a page aligned
RAM buffer allocated with mmap(). This leads to a mismatch of alignment
between EFI which uses pointers and LMB which uses phys_addr_t.
Ensure that the RAM buffer used for LMB is 4 MiB aligned.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
dram_init() must not overwrite the value of gd->ram_buf set by
setup_ram_buf() for main U-Boot or board_init_f() for SPL.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Acked-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Background:
I have several customers that will be using a certain remote signing
service for signing their images, in order that the private keys are
never exposed outside that company's secure servers. This is done via
a pkcs#11 interface that talks to the remote signing server, and all
of that works quite well.
However, the way this particular signing service works is that one
must upfront create a "signing session", where one indicates which
keys one will use and, importantly, how many times each key will (may)
be used. Then, depending on the keys requested and the customer's
configuration, one or more humans must authorize that signing session
So for example, if official release keys are to be used, maybe two
different people from upper management must authorize, while if
development keys are requested, the developer himself can authorize
the session.
Once authorized, the requester receives a token that must then be used
for signing via one of the keys associated to that session.
I have that integrated in Yocto in a way that when a CI starts a BSP
build, it automatically works out which keys will be needed (e.g. one
for signing U-Boot, another for signing a kernel FIT image) based on
bitbake metadata, requests an appropriate signing session, and the
appropriate people are then notified and can then look at the details
of that CI pipeline and confirm that it is legitimate.
The problem:
The way mkimage does FIT image signing means that the remote server
can be asked to perform a signature an unbounded number of times, or
at least a number of times that cannot be determined upfront. This
means that currently, I need to artificially say that a kernel key
will be used, say, 10 times, even when only a single FIT image with
just one configuration node is created.
Part of the security model is that once the number of signings using a
given key has been depleted, the authorization token becomes useless
even if somehow leaked from the CI - and _if_ it is leaked/compromised
and abused before the CI has gotten around to do its signings, the
build will then fail with a clear indication of the
compromise. Clearly, having to specify a "high enough" expected use
count is counter to that part of the security model, because it will
inevitably leave some allowed uses behind.
While not perfect, we can give a reasonable estimate of an upper bound
on the necessary extra size by simply counting the number of hash and
signature nodes in the FIT image.
As indicated in the comments, one could probably make it even more
precise, and if there would ever be signatures larger than 512 bytes,
probably one would have to do that. But this works well enough in
practice for now, and is in fact an improvement in the normal case:
Currently, starting with size_inc of 0 is guaranteed to fail, so we
always enter the loop at least twice, even when not doing any signing
but merely filling hash values.
Just in case I've missed anything, keep the loop incrementing 1024
bytes at a time, and also, in case the estimate turns out to be over
64K, ensure that we do at least one attempt by changing to a do-while
loop.
With a little debug printf, creating a FIT image with three
configuration nodes previously resulted in
Trying size_inc=0
Trying size_inc=1024
Trying size_inc=2048
Trying size_inc=3072
Succeeded at size_inc=3072
and dumping info from the signing session (where I've artifically
asked for 10 uses of the kernel key) shows
"keyid": "kernel-dev-20250218",
"usagecount": 9,
"maxusagecount": 10
corresponding to 1+2+3+3 signatures requested (so while the loop count
is roughly linear in the number of config nodes, the number of
signings is quadratic).
With this, I instead get
Trying size_inc=3456
Succeeded at size_inc=3456
and the expected
"keyid": "kernel-dev-20250218",
"usagecount": 3,
"maxusagecount": 10
thus allowing me to set maxusagecount correctly.
Update a binman test case accordingly: With the previous behaviour,
mkimage would try size_inc=0 and then size_inc=1024 and then
succeed. With this patch, we first try, and succeed, with 4*128=512
due to the four hash nodes (and no signature nodes) in 161_fit.dts, so
the image ends up 512 bytes smaller.
Signed-off-by: Rasmus Villemoes <ravi@prevas.dk>
Moteen Shah <m-shah@ti.com> says:
In the U-Boot pre-relocation stage, if the parent node lacks
bootph-all/bootph-some-ram property and the driver lacks a pre-reloc
flag, all of its subsequent subnodes gets skipped over from driver
binding—even if they have a bootph* property.
This series addresses the issue by scanning through all the nodes during
build time and propagating the applicable property to all of its supernode.
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20250516114148.3862114-1-m-shah@ti.com
Add a testcase to ensure that scan_and_prop_bootph() actually
propagates bootph-* properties to supernodes.
Signed-off-by: Moteen Shah <m-shah@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
As per bootph schema, bootph-* property in child node should be
implied in their parent, but this feature is not implemented in
the U-Boot proper stage (before relocation) resulting in devices
not being bound because of the missing bootph-all or bootph-some-ram
property in the parent node.
To mitigate this issue, add a function to scan through all the nodes
in the device-tree for bootph-all and bootph-some-ram properties. If
found, propagate it to all of its parent nodes up the hierarchy.
Signed-off-by: Moteen Shah <m-shah@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Quentin Schulz <quentin.schulz@cherry.de>
Yannic Moog <y.moog@phytec.de> says:
This series solves a contradiction regarding ext blobs packaged in
binman. When they are marked as optional, by default they are faked, two
messages are emitted. One says the image is not functional the other
says the image is still functional. Both concern the same binman
entry/blob.
Binman is set up to have fake external blobs in case they are missing.
This is regardless on whether they are optional or not.
The implementation does not allow different types of entries to override
the faking decision; at least there wouldn't be much sense in doing so.
Here is an example build output of a phycore-imx8mp:
BINMAN .binman_stamp
Image 'image' is missing optional external blobs but is still functional: tee-os
/binman/section/fit/images/tee/tee-os (tee.bin):
See the documentation for your board. You may need to build Open Portable
Trusted Execution Environment (OP-TEE) and build with TEE=/path/to/tee.bin
Image 'image' has faked optional external blobs and is still functional: tee.bin
OFCHK .config
The output stays to inform/warn the user, but in this case the tee-os
entry will not be present in the final image.
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20250613-binman_faked_optional-v3-0-1e23dd7c41a2@phytec.de
When external blobs are marked optional, they should not cause a
build to fail. Extend the test cases for FitTeeOsOptional and
ExtblobOptional.
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Yannic Moog <y.moog@phytec.de>
Reviewed-by: Bryan Brattlof <bb@ti.com>
Some test cases don't use _DoTestFile directly which accepts
allow_fake_blobs. However, they specifically test functionality that
requires external blobs not to be faked. Extend the _DoReadFileDtb
signature to allow passing that option to _DoTestFile.
Also fix tests that require non-faked ext blobs.
By default, external blobs are faked. Some tests care only about more
basic functionality. In those cases no external blobs should be faked.
That would trigger a different (binman) case which is not in scope for
those particular tests.
Thus, disable faked blobs for those test cases.
Signed-off-by: Yannic Moog <y.moog@phytec.de>
Reviewed-by: Bryan Brattlof <bb@ti.com>
When having an entry that is marked as optional and is missing in the
final image, the following output is observed:
CFGS spl/u-boot-spl.cfgout
BINMAN .binman_stamp
Image 'image' has faked external blobs and is non-functional: tee.bin
Image 'image' is missing optional external blobs but is still functional: tee-os
/binman/section/fit/images/tee/tee-os (tee.bin):
See the documentation for your board. You may need to build Open Portable
Trusted Execution Environment (OP-TEE) and build with TEE=/path/to/tee.bin
Some images are invalid
make: *** [Makefile:1135: .binman_stamp] Error 103
To solve this contradictory messaging, when checking the faked blob
list, remove entries that are allowed to be missing. Instead add an
info message for faked optional blobs. Also reduce verbosity of the
optional image warning to an info message.
Signed-off-by: Yannic Moog <y.moog@phytec.de>
Reviewed-by: Bryan Brattlof <bb@ti.com>
When blobs are absent and are marked as optional, they can be safely
dropped from the binman tree. Use the drop_absent function for that.
Rename drop_absent to drop_absent_optional as we do not want to drop any
entries that are absent; they should be reported by binman as errors
when they are missing.
We also reorder the processing of the image the following:
- We call the CheckForProblems function before the image is built.
- We drop entries after we checked for problems with the image.
This is okay because CheckForProblems does not look at the file we have
written but rather queries the data structure (image) built with binman.
This also allows us to get all error and warning messages that we want
to report while avoiding putting missing optional entries in the final
image.
As only the blobs are dropped, the sections still remain in the
assembled image. Thus add them to the expected test case checks where
necessary.
In addition, a rework of testPackTeeOsOptional test case is necessary.
The test did not really do what it was supposed to. The description said
that optional binary is tested, but the binary is not marked as
optional. Further, the tee.elf file, when included in the image
properly, also shows up in the image data. This must be added as well.
As there is no global variable for the elf data, set the pathname to the
elf file that was created when setting up the test suite.
For the test case get the filename and read the contents, comparing them
to the contents of the created binman image.
Signed-off-by: Yannic Moog <y.moog@phytec.de>
Reviewed-by: Bryan Brattlof <bb@ti.com>
Optional blobs should mark themselves as absent to avoid being packed
into an image.
Extend the documentation of this behaviour. Although the documentation
implied this before, the "optional" property had not been explained
properly before.
The behaviour will change as now absent entries are no longer
packed into an image. The image map will also reflect this.
As a result, the CheckForProblems() function will no longer alert on
optional (blob) entries. This is because the missing optional images
were removed before CheckForProblems is called.
Adjust the testExtblobOptional test case to highlight that we are
testing not only an optional image but the image is missing as well. The
behaviour for these is different where the latter will not be packaged
into the image.
Reported-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Yannic Moog <y.moog@phytec.de>
Reviewed-by: Bryan Brattlof <bb@ti.com>
check_fake_fname sets the faked member of the entry. Use that member
to get the faked status instead of a returned value indicating the same.
Add type annotations to the modified functions while at it.
Signed-off-by: Yannic Moog <y.moog@phytec.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bryan Brattlof <bb@ti.com>
Bryan Brattlof <bb@ti.com> says:
Now that TIFS and DM firmwares are marked as mandatory items for a
successful build[0] we should provide some more descriptive help text on
where to get the firmware in the event they are not found and add links
to more information about them.
We do need to expand the regex to allow the '.' dot in 'ti-fs-enc.bin'
so we can add it to the list which was the lesser number of lines
changed than renaming all these entries to 'tifs' or 'ti-fs' which the
current regex will match.
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20250612-missing-blob-help-entries-v2-0-36f1c8078155@ti.com
Aristo Chen <jj251510319013@gmail.com> says:
This series introduces a validation step in mkimage to ensure that all image
names referenced under the /configurations node of a FIT source (ITS) are
actually defined under the /images node.
### Motivation
When using mkimage to build FIT images, it's easy to mistakenly reference
nonexistent image nodes in configurations (e.g., referencing a missing `fdt` or
`firmware` node). Such issues are often not caught until runtime in U-Boot.
This series aims to catch these errors early during FIT image creation by
validating the configuration references in mkimage itself.
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20250610074121.8308-1-aristo.chen@canonical.com
Now that the TIFS firmware is marked as a mandatory component to a
successful build, provide some helpful descriptions to what it is and
links to more information about how to get this needed firmware.
Signed-off-by: Bryan Brattlof <bb@ti.com>
Extend the regex to add periods '.' in the tag so entries like
ti-fs-enc.bin can be represented in the missing-blob-help file.
Signed-off-by: Bryan Brattlof <bb@ti.com>
Now that the inner certificate for TI's Foundation Security TIFS
firmware is mandatory to a successful build, provide some guidance on
what it is and links to the documentation on how to obtain the firmware
blobs.
Reviewed-by: Anshul Dalal <anshuld@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Bryan Brattlof <bb@ti.com>
Now that ti-dm is marked as a mandatory component for a successful
build, adding some helping text about how to resolve a failed build will
be needed. Add some text around what ti-dm is and links to more
documentation on how to obtain the firmware binaries
Reviewed-by: Anshul Dalal <anshuld@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Bryan Brattlof <bb@ti.com>
As the list of entries grows let's alphabetize the list to make
searching a little easier. No functional changes intended
Reviewed-by: Anshul Dalal <anshuld@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Bryan Brattlof <bb@ti.com>
DHCP and DHCPv6 use the same value defined in
https://www.iana.org/assignments/dhcpv6-parameters#processor-architecture
to encode the processor architecture type. We should only use a single
Kconfig symbol for both protocols.
Furthermore we should make the value customizable. This allows for instance
to choose between "x86 BIOS" or "x64 UEFI".
As "x86 BIOS" is encoded as 0, we should not use this value to switch
off transmission of the DHCP option. Use 0xFF instead.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Acked-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The phycore-am62x build was broken due to mkimage reporting an undefined
'image "tifsstub-hs"' in the 'loadables' property of the FIT configuration.
This occurred because the `loadables` field referenced `tifsstub-hs`,
`tifsstub-fs`, and `tifsstub-gp`, but no corresponding nodes were defined
under /images.
This patch was inspired by commit 622f826bf0
("arm: dts: phycore-am62x: Package TIFS Stub"). It resolves the issue by
adding proper Binman nodes for each TIFS variant (`tifsstub-hs`,
`tifsstub-fs`, and `tifsstub-gp`).
Signed-off-by: Aristo Chen <aristo.chen@canonical.com>
Add a test case to verify that mkimage correctly rejects a FIT source
that references a non-existent image from a configuration node.
This test introduces a minimal ITS that defines a valid kernel image
but references a missing "fdt" image under the /configurations section.
The test asserts that mkimage fails with a clear error message, as
introduced in the new validation logic.
This helps ensure the validation logic behaves correctly and prevents
regressions in future FIT enhancements.
Signed-off-by: Aristo Chen <aristo.chen@canonical.com>
Several binman FIT test device trees reference image nodes such as atf
and uboot in their /configurations sections, but those image nodes
were not actually defined in the /images node. This mismatch can lead
to validation errors when stricter consistency checks are introduced.
This patch adds minimal definitions for atf and uboot under the
/images node in all relevant test DTS files.
Signed-off-by: Aristo Chen <aristo.chen@canonical.com>
When parsing a FIT image source (ITS), mkimage does not currently check
whether the image names referenced in the /configurations section (e.g.
"kernel", "fdt", "ramdisk", "loadables") actually exist in the /images
node.
This patch introduces a validation step during FIT import that iterates
over each configuration and verifies that all referenced image names are
defined under /images. If a missing image is detected, an appropriate
error is reported and mkimage exits with FDT_ERR_NOTFOUND.
This ensures that configuration integrity is validated at build time.
Signed-off-by: Aristo Chen <aristo.chen@canonical.com>
The fit_handle_file() function previously returned a hardcoded -1 on
error. This change updates the logic to return the actual error code
stored in `ret`, allowing for error propagation.
This improves debuggability and enables downstream callers to
distinguish different failure causes, such as FDT_ERR_NOTFOUND or
other errors.
Signed-off-by: Aristo Chen <aristo.chen@canonical.com>
With a test investigation of how long each of our current build machines
can take to run the sandbox test.py job, we can see that the longest
running hosts are any of the arm64 machines. In some cases this may be a
matter of overall system load, but in others it's hard to say. The
challenge with these tests is that the run itself is single threaded and
covers a large number of tests. There may be gains made in looking in to
optimizing some individual tests. For now however we will likely gain
the most by removing potential bottle necks here and allow any amd64 or
arm64 host to run the test instead of trying to ensure they only run on
one of the few "fast" machines.
Link: https://source.denx.de/u-boot/u-boot/-/pipelines/26533/test_report
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This patch adds support for parsing ECDSA public keys from the device tree
blob (FDT) under the `/signature` node. The public key is expected to be
defined using:
- ecdsa,curve (e.g., "prime256v1", "secp384r1")
- ecdsa,x-point
- ecdsa,y-point
The implementation introduces:
- struct ecdsa_public_key to hold parsed key fields
- fdt_get_key() to parse the curve and coordinates from the FDT
- read_key_from_fdt() to convert the parsed values into an OpenSSL EC_KEY
- load_key_from_fdt() to support loading keys using required_keynode,
keyname hint, or fallback to scanning all subnodes under "/signature".
If "info->fdt_blob" is provided, the key is loaded from the FDT. Otherwise,
the code falls back to loading a PEM-formatted key from file as before.
This allows for ECDSA signature verification where the public key is
embedded in the FIT image device tree, useful for systems that require
signature validation without external files.
Signed-off-by: Jamin Lin <jamin_lin@aspeedtech.com>
Typically boards operating in production environments will not be
monitored and so will not need JTAG access unlocked. Disable the debug
extension by default (set debugType = 0) unless we add the 'debug'
property in the binman configs.
Acked-by: Andrew Davis <afd@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Bryan Brattlof <bb@ti.com>
Change from "Baseboard Information" to "Chassis information".
Signed-off-by: Mark Kettenis <kettenis@openbsd.org>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Return ENOMEM in ext4fs_log_gdt when number of blocks per gdt is more than
number of allocated journal entries.
Signed-off-by: Tony Dinh <mibodhi@gmail.com>
Sughosh Ganu <sughosh.ganu@linaro.org> says:
The LMB module has a bunch for API's which are used for allocating
memory. There are a couple of API's for requesting memory, and two
more for reserving regions of memory. Replace these different API's
with a single one, lmb_alloc_mem(). The type of allocation to be made
is specified through one of the parameters to the function.
Additionally, the two API's for reserving regions of memory,
lmb_reserve() and lmb_alloc_addr() are the same with one
difference. One can reserve any memory region with lmb_reserve(),
while lmb_alloc_addr() actually checks that the memory region being
requested is part of the LMB memory map. Reserving memory that is not
part of the LMB memory map is pretty futile -- the allocation
functions do not allocate memory which has not been added to the LMB
memory map.
This series also removes the functionality allowing for reserving
memory regions outside the LMB memory map. Any request for reserving a
region of memory outside the LMB memory map now returns an -EINVAL
error.
Certain places in the common code using the LMB API's were not
checking the return value of the functions. Checks have been added for
them. There are some calls being made from the architecture/platform
specific code which too do not check the return value. Those have been
kept the same, as I do not have the platform with me to check if it
causes any issues on those platforms.
In addition, there is a patch which refactors code in
lmb_overlaps_region() and lmb_can_reserve_region() so that both
functionalities can be put in a single function, lmb_overlap_checks().
Finally, a new patch has been added which checks the return value of
the lmb allocation function before copying the device-tree to the
allocated address.
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20250617104346.1379981-1-sughosh.ganu@linaro.org
[trini: Rework arch/arm/mach-snapdragon/board.c merge]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The LMB module has undergone significant changes in the recent
past. Add a document which briefly describes what the LMB module does,
and the changes that have been made to it's design since the 2025.01
release.
Signed-off-by: Sughosh Ganu <sughosh.ganu@linaro.org>
Acked-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
The board_late_init() function allocates memory for a bunch of
environment variables, including fdt_addr_r. The device-tree then gets
copied to the memory pointed to by fdt_addr_r. However, the memory
allocation request can fail, in which case the address that is being
written to would not be allocated. Add a check that the memory
allocation has succeeded before copying the device-tree.
Signed-off-by: Sughosh Ganu <sughosh.ganu@linaro.org>
The functions that handle allocation requests check if a region of
memory overlaps with a used region. This is done through
lmb_overlaps_region(). Similar checks are done for reservation
requests made to the LMB module, where the caller asks specifically
for a particular region of memory. These checks are being done through
lmb_can_reserve_region().
There are subtle differences in the checking needed for allocation
requests, as against reservation requests. In the former, it is only
needed to be checked if a region is overlapping with an existing
used region, and return as soon as an overlap is found. For
reservation request checks, because U-Boot allows for re-use of in-use
regions with a particular memory attribute, this check has to iterate
through all the regions that might overlap with the requested region,
and then check that the necessary conditions are met to allow for the
overlap.
Combine these two checks in a single function, lmb_overlap_checks() as
both lmb_overlaps_region() and lmb_can_reserve_region() are pretty
similar otherwise.
Signed-off-by: Sughosh Ganu <sughosh.ganu@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
There is no need to have two separate API's for freeing up memory. Use
a single API lmb_free() to achieve this.
Signed-off-by: Sughosh Ganu <sughosh.ganu@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
There currently are two API's for requesting memory from the LMB
module, lmb_alloc() and lmb_alloc_base(). The function which does the
actual allocation is the same. Use the earlier introduced API
lmb_alloc_mem() for both types of allocation requests.
Signed-off-by: Sughosh Ganu <sughosh.ganu@linaro.org>
Acked-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
There currently are multiple allocation API's in the LMB module. There
are a couple of API's for allocating memory(lmb_alloc() and
lmb_alloc_base()), and then there are two for requesting a reservation
for a particular memory region (lmb_reserve() and
lmb_alloc_addr()). Introduce a single API lmb_alloc_mem() which will
cater to all types of allocation requests and replace lmb_reserve()
and lmb_alloc_addr() with the new API.
Moreover, the lmb_reserve() API is pretty similar to the
lmb_alloc_addr() API, with the one difference being that the
lmb_reserve() API allows for reserving any address passed to it --
the address need not be part of the LMB memory map. The
lmb_alloc_addr() does check that the address being requested is
actually part of the LMB memory map.
There is no need to support reserving memory regions which are outside
the LMB memory map. Remove the lmb_reserve() API functionality and use
the functionality provided by lmb_alloc_addr() instead. The
lmb_alloc_addr() will check if the requested address is part of the
LMB memory map and return an error if not.
Signed-off-by: Sughosh Ganu <sughosh.ganu@linaro.org>
Acked-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
This concludes support for the Allwinner A133 SoC, the biggest chunk of
which is the DRAM init code. Also includes support for a devboard using
this SoC, the DT of which got added to the kernel only recently. The
same is true for another H618 devboard, so add the respective devconfig
as well.
Gitlab CI passed, and I booted that briefly on those two boards.
This PR introduces 3 new platforms, two from the new Dragonwing IQx
series (QCS615 and QCS8300) as well as the IPQ5424.
Additionally:
* Support for booting downstream Android boot images on some phones is
added
* Capsule update support is expanded to be more generic, determining
which partition U-Boot was flashed to automatically and supporting
many more boards.
* Minor capsule update bugs are fixed
* A watchdog driver is added and gets timeout support
* Autoboot now requires pressing "space" specifically to stop booting as
a workaround for some boards getting rogue key presses which would
cause autoboot to fail
* Documentation is added for the Dragonwing boards
* The RB1/2 now use USB gadget mode rather than host
* A bug is fixed where GPIO reads could return incorrect values
Expand capsule update support to correctly identify which partition
U-Boot is flashed to (between xbl, uefi, and boot including A/B
variants).
Use qcom_boot_source to determine if we were chainloaded from ABL,
meaning U-Boot is on the boot partition, otherwise we assume uefi if
it's available, finally leaving the xbl partition.
Set a different fw_name based on the target partition to prevent GUID
collisions, since a board may support U-Boot flashed to boot or XBL we
need to differentiate them since the U-Boot binary must be built
differently.
Reviewed-by: Neil Armstrong <neil.armstrong@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Caleb Connolly <caleb.connolly@linaro.org>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20250411-b4-qcom-capsule-update-improvements-v2-2-27f6b2fcc4a9@linaro.org
Signed-off-by: Casey Connolly <casey.connolly@linaro.org>
Add a MAINTAINERS file for assigning maintainership of a particular
Qualcomm platform or board (if board specific files exist). It is
intended to supplement the treewide ARM SNAPDRAGON maintainers with
folks who have a more specific interest.
Add an initial entry for the QCS6490 platform which powers the RB3 Gen 2 board.
Reviewed-by: Neil Armstrong <neil.armstrong@linaro.org>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20250604113452.1075503-2-casey.connolly@linaro.org
Signed-off-by: Casey Connolly <casey.connolly@linaro.org>
The default DIP switch configuration on RB1/2 is to enable flashing
support via USB type-c port either using QDL or fastboot. It's just
cumbersome to get the host mode working in U-Boot via DIP switch toggle
when you need the flashing capability using the type-c port.
So instead lets enable fastboot in U-Boot for RB1/2 boards which is
more useful in the default board DIP switch configuration. This let's
us to drop dr_mode DT fixup.
Signed-off-by: Sumit Garg <sumit.garg@oss.qualcomm.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20250516130854.606067-1-sumit.garg@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Casey Connolly <casey.connolly@linaro.org>
The Chameleon board is an OpenHardware devboard made by YuzukiTsuru,
featuring an Allwinner H616 SoC. The form factor resembles the Raspberry
Pi Model A boards, though it differs significantly in its features.
Apart from the usual peripherals of those kind of boards (SD card, eMMC,
WiFi, HDMI), it features four USB-C 2.0 ports.
Add a defconfig for the board, the DRAM parameters have been extracted
from the firmware shipped with the board.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
The Chameleon board is an OpenHardware devboard made by YuzukiTsuru.
The form factor resembles the Raspberry Pi Model A boards, though it
differs significantly in its features:
- Allwinner H618 SoC (4 * Arm Cortex-A53 cores, 1MB L2 cache, 1.4 GHz)
- between 512MiB and 2GiB DDR3 DRAM
- up to 128 GiB eMMC flash
- AXP313a PMIC
- 100 Mbit/s Ethernet pins on a header
- XR829 WIFI+Bluetooth chip
- 4 * USB 2.0 USB-C ports
- microSD card slot
- 3.5mm A/V port
Add the devicetree describing the board's peripherals and their
connections.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Acked-by: Jernej Skrabec <jernej.skrabec@gmail.com>
Link: https://patch.msgid.link/20250307005712.16828-16-andre.przywara@arm.com
Signed-off-by: Chen-Yu Tsai <wens@csie.org>
[ upstream commit: f4a6b0f7200f8629f4138f1094ce654ab75df41e ]
(cherry picked from commit 3a879d878553d57057ce0a7096bfbf1eb077f6dc)
The Liontron H-A133L is an industrial development board based on the
Allwinner A133 SoC. It uses LPDDR4 DRAM, eMMC, and an AXP707 PMIC.
Add a defconfig with the required DRAM settings.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
The H-A133L board is an industrial development board made by Liontron.
It contains a number of dedicated JST connectors, to connect external
peripherals. It features:
- Allwinner A133 SoC (4 * Arm Cortex-A53 cores at up to 1.6 GHz)
- 1 GiB, 2 GiB or 4 GiB of LPDDR4 DRAM
- between 16 and 128 GiB eMMC flash
- AXP707 PMIC (compatible to AXP803)
- 100 Mbit/s RJ45 Ethernet socket, using an JLSemi JL1101 PHY
- XR829 WIFI+Bluetooth chip
- 2 * USB 2.0 USB-A ports, plus three sets of USB pins on connectors
(connected via a USB hub connected to USB1 on the SoC)
- microSD card slot
- 3.5mm A/V port
- 12V power supply
- connectors for an LVDS or MIPI-DSI panel
Add the devicetree describing the board's peripherals and their
connections.
Despite being a devboard, the manufacturer does not publish a schematic
(I asked), so the PMIC rail assignments were bases on BSP dumps,
educated guesses and some experimentation. Dropping the always-on
property from any of the rails carrying it will make the board hang as
soon as the kernel turns off unused regulators.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Link: https://patch.msgid.link/20250505164729.18175-4-andre.przywara@arm.com
[wens@csie.org: fix property in &usbphy; fix comment typo in &usb_otg]
Signed-off-by: Chen-Yu Tsai <wens@csie.org>
[ upstream commit: a3cd12acb7b74d9b243cd893209972fc657d0bd3 ]
(cherry picked from commit 4062957c0797752dcf8b71f99c7aa47301c70aac)
The manual for the Allwinner A133 SoC mentions that the maximum
supported MMC frequency is 150 MHz, for all of the MMC devices.
Describe that in the DT entry, to help drivers setting the right
interface frequency.
Fixes: fcfbb8d9ec58 ("arm64: allwinner: a100: Add MMC related nodes")
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Link: https://patch.msgid.link/20250505202416.23753-1-andre.przywara@arm.com
Signed-off-by: Chen-Yu Tsai <wens@csie.org>
[ upstream commit: d8f10550448b03d3c5c6d9392119205c65ebfc89 ]
(cherry picked from commit 85e37e6a8a002eb231df8209478d7ff2b134a451)
The Allwinner A100 SoC has been around for a while, mostly on cheap
tablets, but didn't generate much interest in the community so far.
There were some efforts by two Allwinner employees in 2020, which led
to basic upstream Linux support for that SoC, although this momentum
dried up pretty quickly, leaving a lot of peripherals unsupported.
The A100 was silently replaced with the seemingly identical Allwinner
A133, which is reportedly a better bin of the A100. So far we assume
that both are compatible from a software perspective. There are some
more devices with the A133 out there now, so people are working on
filling the gaps, and adding U-Boot (and TF-A) support.
Based on the just added pinctrl, clock and DRAM support, this adds the
missing bits, mostly addresses and values for the SPL.
The A133 seems to be an predecessor to the H6, so we can share a lot of
code with that (and the H616 code), and just need to adjust some details.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
This adds preliminary support for the DRAM controller in the Allwinner
A100/A133 SoCs.
This is work in progress, and has rough edges, but works on at least
three different boards. It contains support for DDR4 and LPDDR4.
Signed-off-by: Cody Eksal <masterr3c0rd@epochal.quest>
[Andre: formatting fixes, adapt to mainline, drop unused parameters,
remove struct struct sunxi_mctl_com_reg, hardcode MR registers,
switch to mctl_check_pattern(), remove simple DRAM check]
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
There are no users of DELAY_ENVIRONMENT and the same effect can
be achieved either using DT /config/load-environment property,
or by using ENV_IS_NOWHERE . Remove this configuration option
and matching functionality.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Rename the variable and add ENV_ prefix, so that all configuration
options which are related to environment would have an CONFIG_ENV_
prefix. No functional change.
Also rename USE_DEFAULT_ENV_FILE to USE_ENV_DEFAULT_ENV_TEXT_FILE .
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Rename the variable and add ENV_ prefix, so that all configuration
options which are related to environment would have an CONFIG_ENV_
prefix. No functional change.
Use ENV_MMC_SW_PARTITION to clarify this is the SD/MMC software
partition table entry selector. Update the help text accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Rename the variable and add ENV_ prefix, so that all configuration
options which are related to environment would have an CONFIG_ENV_
prefix. No functional change.
Use ENV_MMC_EMMC_HW_PARTITION to clarify this is the eMMC hardware
partition selector, not a software partition table entry selector.
Retain the ENV_MMC_ prefix to make it easier to search for all the
SD/MMC related ENV options. Update the help text accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Rename the variable and add ENV_ prefix, so that all configuration
options which are related to environment would have an CONFIG_ENV_
prefix. No functional change.
Use ENV_MMC_DEVICE_INDEX to clarify this is the SD/MMC device
index, a number, as enumerated by U-Boot. Update the help text
accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Rename the variable and add ENV_ prefix, so that all configuration
options which are related to environment would have an CONFIG_ENV_
prefix. No functional change.
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Rename the variable and add ENV_ prefix, so that all configuration
options which are related to environment would have an CONFIG_ENV_
prefix. No functional change.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Rename the variable and add ENV_ prefix, so that all configuration
options which are related to environment would have an CONFIG_ENV_
prefix. No functional change.
Reviewed-by: Quentin Schulz <quentin.schulz@cherry.de>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
There is no such thing as struct bootmeth, it's probably a typo. This
issue doesn't affect the execution as it's a pointer, and pointer sizes
are the same for all data types. But it can be confusing, so make it
struct udevice, as it should be.
Fixes: a950d31abe ("bootstd: Add the bootmeth uclass and helpers")
Signed-off-by: Sam Protsenko <semen.protsenko@linaro.org>
Specifying efi_mgr in 'bootmeths' environment variable leads to NULL
pointer dereference when 'bootflow scan' is executed, with call trace
like this:
priv->fake_dev // NULL pointer dereference
.read_bootflow = efi_mgr_read_bootflow()
bootmeth_get_bootflow()
bootflow_check()
bootflow_scan_first()
do_bootflow_scan()
'bootflow scan -l'
That happens because in case when 'bootmeths' env var is defined the
bootmeth_efi_mgr driver is not probed, and the memory for its private
data isn't allocated by .priv_auto. In case when 'bootmeths' env var is
not defined, the std->bootmeth_count is 0, and the execution flow in
bootmeth_setup_iter_order() takes "no ordering" path, which in turn runs
uclass_get_device_by_seq() -> ... -> device_probe(), so issue isn't
present there. But when 'bootmeths' is defined and contains efi_mgr, the
std->bootmeth_count > 0, so bootmeth_setup_iter_order() follows the "we
have an ordering" path, where devices are not probed. In other words:
'bootmeths' defined 'bootmeths' not defined
--------------------------------------------------------
priv == NULL priv != NULL
^ ^
| device_alloc_priv()
no probe device_of_to_plat()
^ device_probe()
| uclass_get_device_tail()
dev = order[i] uclass_get_device_by_seq()
^ ^
| have an ordering | no ordering
+----------------+---------------+
|
bootmeth_setup_iter_order()
bootflow_scan_first()
do_bootflow_scan()
Add an explicit device_probe() call in "we have an ordering" case to fix
the issue.
Fixes: c627cfc14c ("bootstd: Allow scanning for global bootmeths separately")
Signed-off-by: Sam Protsenko <semen.protsenko@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Free memory allocated for 'order' (array of bootmeths) on error paths in
bootmeth_setup_iter_order() function.
Fixes: c627cfc14c ("bootstd: Allow scanning for global bootmeths separately")
Fixes: 10d16faa43 ("bootstd: Detect empty bootmeth")
Signed-off-by: Sam Protsenko <semen.protsenko@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
First set of u-boot-at91 features for the 2025.10 cycle:
This feature set includes the addition of new sam9x7 SoC and a new board
named sam9x7-curiosity. There is also new support for sam9x60 compatible
at91 watchdog.
This will allow arch(s) that use device tree blobs to pad the end of the
device tree so they can be modified by board files at run time. This will
help prevent errors such as FDT_ERR_NOSPACE from occurring.
Signed-off-by: Eric Schikschneit <eric.schikschneit@novatechautomation.com>
[trini: Change default order so that X86 && EFI_APP works correctly]
Since the SoC and board DT are already available in dts/upstream,
add the difference from upstream DTS to at91-sam9x75_curiosity-u-boot.dtsi
Signed-off-by: Manikandan Muralidharan <manikandan.m@microchip.com>
Reviewed-by: Eugen Hristev <eugen.hristev@linaro.org>
Add PMC driver support for sam9x7 SoC family
Signed-off-by: Varshini Rajendran <varshini.rajendran@microchip.com>
[balamanikandan.gunasundar@microchip.com: Add peripheral clock id for pmecc]
Signed-off-by: Balamanikandan Gunasundar <balamanikandan.gunasundar@microchip.com>
The clk_register function logs an error if parent_name is missing from the
Device Tree.On the SAM9X7, the main_rc node is omitted to stay aligned with
the Linux Device Tree.Remove the parent_name check in at91_clk_main_rc()
to allow it to pass NULL when the parent is not specified.
Signed-off-by: Manikandan Muralidharan <manikandan.m@microchip.com>
Add support for different core clock frequency input ranges
for different PLL IDs in the PLL driver and align sam9x60, sama7g5 SOC
platforms.
Signed-off-by: Varshini Rajendran <varshini.rajendran@microchip.com>
Remove clock/at91.h file as it is subset of
dts/upstream/include/dt-bindings/clock/at91.h.
The constants defined in this header are being used only in dts
Signed-off-by: Manikandan Muralidharan <manikandan.m@microchip.com>
Instead of using defines for the RAM size and base address, retrieve these
information from the devicetree.
This aligns with the sama5d27_som1_ek board in commit 73c1589f02
("board: sama5d27_som1_ek: Get dram size and base from device tree").
While at it, remove a spurious '/* SPL */' comment.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Enable watchdog node on SAM9X60-Curiosity board.
A default timeout of 16s is added which is the maximum supported value,
also matching Linux driver's behavior.
Signed-off-by: Zixun LI <admin@hifiphile.com>
Reviewed-by: Eugen Hristev <eugen.hristev@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
SAM9X60 has a slightly different watchdog implementation:
- Timer value moved into a new register WLR
- Some MR register fields have their position changed
This patch add SAM9X60 support, also adds a compatible
for SAMA5D4 which is the same as existing SAM9260.
Signed-off-by: Zixun LI <admin@hifiphile.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
at91_wdt struct is only used by spl, remove this reference and the struct
itself.
Signed-off-by: Zixun LI <admin@hifiphile.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Beleswar Padhi <b-padhi@ti.com> says:
This series adds remoteproc support on MCU R5F in Split mode.
During boot, ROM can bring up the boot R5F cores in either lockstep or
split mode based on X509 certificate flags. If booted in lockstep mode,
the MCU R5F cores will run first the R5 SPL, and then once A72 comes up,
will run the Device Manager (DM) firmware. But if booted in split mode, core
0 will run DM firmware and second core sits in WFI. Shut it down so that
other firmwares can later be loaded on them.
The shutdown of MCU R5 Core 1 is invoked at A72 SPL init, as by that
time Device Manager (DM) is up and running on R5 Core 0. The shutdown
of MCU R5 Core 1 is handled by Device Manager itself.
Test logs:
https://gist.github.com/3V3RYONE/ee8e3cb9aa5f4c5c00b059b9c14bfa98
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20250609081429.1724643-1-b-padhi@ti.com
Martin Schwan <m.schwan@phytec.de> says:
This series implements a new bootmeth for RAUC A/B systems. RAUC (Robust
Auto Update Controller) is a lightweight update client, providing "Safe
and Secure OTA Updates for Embedded Linux". See the following links for
more information about RAUC:
https://rauc.io/https://rauc.readthedocs.io/en/latest/
PHYTEC uses RAUC in its Yocto based distribution "Ampliphy" as the
default way of updating embedded devices based on PHYTEC hardware. So
far, the logic selecting the correct partitions and files to boot was
being implemented in the U-Boot environment. While this is a
straightforward way to do it, adding and supporting new platforms became
somewhat tedious and is platform-specific. The introduction of U-Boot's
"Standard Boot" provided a convincing alternative, promising a simpler
and more portable way of booting, even for RAUC systems. This led me to
implement a new bootmeth supporting RAUC A/B systems. Note, that this
new bootmeth is not proprietary to PHYTEC products and is designed to
work on other hardware with a RAUC A/B system, too.
The bootmeth currently only supports symmetric A/B partitioning layouts.
E.g. A/rescue is not (yet) supported. The partition indexes and default
slot tries can be specified via configuration options.
For now, the bootmeth_rauc uses a similar approach for loading the
Kernel and device tree as the bootmeth_script, in that it requires a FIT
containing a U-Boot script loading the desired distro. It could be
possible to support booting without a script and load the Kernel and DT
directly with this bootmeth, but I found the script method to be very
flexible for now, in letting the distro decide what to load.
The bootmeth_rauc was tested on a phyBOARD-Pollux i.MX8M Plus [1] with
BSP-Yocto-Ampliphy-i.MX8MP-PD24.1.2 [2].
Supported boot devices are currently only MMC devices, but it should be
possible to add SPI flashes in the future.
To test this patch stack with PHYTEC's phyBOARD-Pollux i.MX8M Plus
board, you need to adjust the boot files to include the boot.scr.uimg
containing the distro's boot script and set "optargs" to "${raucargs}"
in it. Also disable any legacyboot in the U-Boot environment and simply
boot with Standard Boot:
bootmeth order rauc
bootflow scan -lb
[1]: https://www.phytec.eu/en/produkte/single-board-computer/phyboard-pollux/
[2]: https://download.phytec.de/Software/Linux/BSP-Yocto-i.MX8MP/BSP-Yocto-Ampliphy-i.MX8MP-PD24.1.2/
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20250604-wip-bootmeth-rauc-v3-0-f9fad913c57e@phytec.de
[trini: Don't enable by default]
Print DM firmware's version in the boot up process of K3 devices,
having DM capability(DM as a separate binary).
Signed-off-by: Moteen Shah <m-shah@ti.com>
Add a function to print version of the DM firmware in use.
The function queries the firmware capabilities first and if
DM split mode bit is set, sends a request to TISCI for
retrieving the version information.
The DM split mode bit indicates that DM is a separate binary
altogether and hence it will have its own versioning.
Signed-off-by: Moteen Shah <m-shah@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Neha Malcom Francis <n-francis@ti.com>
Add a function to retrieve information of the DM firmware's ABI versions,
RM/PM HAL, firmware version, etc using TI_SCI protocol.
Signed-off-by: Moteen Shah <m-shah@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Neha Malcom Francis <n-francis@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Dhruva Gole <d-gole@ti.com>
Add a new function to query the capabilities of the DM firmware, using
TI SCI protocol to retrieve a 64-bit firmware capability, where each bit
represents a specific capability supported by the firmware.
Signed-off-by: Moteen Shah <m-shah@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Neha Malcom Francis <n-francis@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Dhruva Gole <d-gole@ti.com>
Introduce response and request structs to receive and request
information regarding DM version, etc from TI SCI.
Signed-off-by: Moteen Shah <m-shah@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Neha Malcom Francis <n-francis@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Dhruva Gole <d-gole@ti.com>
Introduce response and request structs for receiving information
regarding FW/SOC capability from DM. The received capability can
further be used to call certain API's based on the feature supoorted
by the DM firmware.
Signed-off-by: Moteen Shah <m-shah@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Neha Malcom Francis <n-francis@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Dhruva Gole <d-gole@ti.com>
Link the default firmware in the environment variable for MCU R5 core1
for all J7 platforms.
Signed-off-by: Beleswar Padhi <b-padhi@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Neha Malcom Francis <n-francis@ti.com>
Acquire processor control before doing core reset operations in probe
routine. Release the control afterwards, so that it can be acquired
during core loading operations.
Signed-off-by: Beleswar Padhi <b-padhi@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Neha Malcom Francis <n-francis@ti.com>
During boot, ROM can bring up the MCU R5F cores in either lockstep or
split mode based on X509 certificate flags. If booted in split mode,
core 0 will run DM firmware and second core sits in WFI. Add support to
shut down core 1 so that other firmwares can later be loaded on them.
The shutdown of MCU R5 Core 1 is invoked at A72 SPL init, as by that
time Device Manager (DM) is up and running on R5 Core 0. The shutdown
request of Core 1 is handled by Device Manager itself.
Signed-off-by: Beleswar Padhi <b-padhi@ti.com>
Currently the MCU R5 processor ids and device ids are only defined for
R5 SPL Stage. Expose these ids always so that A72 SPL can utilize this
information to shutdown MCU R5 Core 1 when booted in Split mode.
Signed-off-by: Beleswar Padhi <b-padhi@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Neha Malcom Francis <n-francis@ti.com>
Add a bootmeth driver which supports booting A/B system with RAUC as
their update client.
Signed-off-by: Martin Schwan <m.schwan@phytec.de>
Tested-by: Wadim Egorov <w.egorov@phytec.de>
Add support of Renesas R-Car Gen4 watchdog timer. Timeouts up to
8184.0s are supported (CKS1 register is not involved). The watchdog
uses the clock of type CLK_TYPE_GEN4_MDSEL.
The timeout is set in
dts/upstream/src/arm64/renesas/r8a779f0-spider-cpu.dtsi section &rwdt.
This driver is based on upstream linux commit:
e70140ba0d2b("Get rid of 'remove_new' relic from platform driver struct")
Signed-off-by: Shmuel Leib Melamud <smelamud@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Mattijs Korpershoek <mkorpershoek@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Rasmus Villemoes <ravi@prevas.dk> says:
While looking through list.h, I saw that the regular list_* helpers
(and one of the hlist_* ones) still contain the prefetch() that was
removed in linux 14 years ago. It doesn't do anything, but makes the
macros harder to read, so get rid of it, and the fallback, no-op
definition that they relied on. That requires removing a few uses
outside list.h as well.
checkpatch warns about some whitespace issues in list.h, but as I've
copied whole kerneldoc+#define blocks directly from the linux kernel,
I think it's better to just accept that so that we don't introduce
needless diffs. The "macro argument reuse" arguments should also be
ignored, as e.g. the "member" arguments are obviously always just bare
identifiers, and the "pos" arguments must be assigned to multiple
times.
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20250507121246.518691-1-ravi@prevas.dk
None of the list helpers use prefetch() anymore, and no C code relies
on getting this definition from list.h. In any case, such an arch/cpu
specific thing does not belong in a header that just consists of cpp
helper macros.
Signed-off-by: Rasmus Villemoes <ravi@prevas.dk>
AFAICT, CONFIG_CPU_HAS_PREFETCH has never existed as a proper Kconfig
symbol in U-Boot, nor has any board include file ever defined it.
Signed-off-by: Rasmus Villemoes <ravi@prevas.dk>
These all end up using the no-op prefetch() defined in linux/list.h,
because the only possible real implementation is in
arch/mips/include/asm/processor.h, which is behing
CONFIG_CPU_HAS_PREFETCH which is nowhere defined.
In order to be able to drop that fallback definition from list.h,
first remove all uses.
Signed-off-by: Rasmus Villemoes <ravi@prevas.dk>
The use of prefetch() in these list helpers was dropped back in 2011
in linux (e66eed651fd1 ("list: remove prefetching from regular list
iterators")). No arch in U-Boot defines any actual prefetch(), and as
the referenced commit says, it's usually not a win anyway.
Whole-sale sync of list.h is not really feasible, but we can
synchronize the macros containing a prefetch() with their linux
implementations as of v6.15-rc5, also importing the various helpers
needed, e.g. list_is_head() and list_next_entry().
Signed-off-by: Rasmus Villemoes <ravi@prevas.dk>
Add support of CLK_TYPE_GEN4_MDSEL clock type to gen3_clk_get_rate64()
function. In particular, this type of clock is used by Renesas R-Car
Gen4 watchdog. It operates similarly to CLK_TYPE_GEN3_MDSEL clock.
Signed-off-by: Shmuel Leib Melamud <smelamud@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Mattijs Korpershoek <mkorpershoek@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
The bootph-* tags are now part of mainline Linux DTs as commits:
f1a1268572cc ("ARM: dts: renesas: rcar-gen2: Add boot phase tags")
399f14ff6625 ("arm64: dts: renesas: rcar: Add boot phase tags")
624b2a23d46a ("arm64: dts: renesas: rzg2: Add boot phase tags")
Drop local duplicates of the same tags, as well as duplicate
property assignments which are part of the core DTs themselves.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Reviewed-by: Sumit Garg <sumit.garg@oss.qualcomm.com>
Contrary to the datasheet, setting both DETACH and PULLD_DIS bits to 1
does not always drive the DP and DM lines to high-impedance. This
prevents the host from reliably detecting a USB disconnect and subsequent
reconnect.
The symptom is that the first gadget command (e.g., dhcp) succeeds, while
subsequent commands (e.g., nfs) fail.
Disabling and re-enabling the controller entirely, instead of toggling the
PULLD_DIS bit, reliably generates a disconnect event.
The Linux driver works correctly because gadget_disconnect/gadget_connect
are always followed by gadget_udc_start/gadget_udc_stop. In U-Boot
pullup() is used solely.
This behavior has been observed on the SAM9X60-Curiosity and
AT91SAM9G25-EK boards and has been reported to Microchip.
Signed-off-by: Zixun LI <admin@hifiphile.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20250602-pullup-v1-1-edcde5a050dd@hifiphile.com
[mkorpershoek: reworded commit title + comment to usba_udc_pullup()]
Signed-off-by: Mattijs Korpershoek <mkorpershoek@kernel.org>
Sync bitfield.h header with Linux 6.15 version. Mainly is to permit the
introduction of FIELD_PREP_CONST. The bug.h header changed to
build_bug.h doesn't cause any regression as we also ship split header
similar to how it's done with in Linux.
Signed-off-by: Christian Marangi <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
The GENMASK/GENMASK_ULL macro requires inclusion of linux/bitops.h
header. It does currently work as bitfield.h includes it indirectly
but this will change when bitfield.h will be synced with new Linux
version.
Also raw printf require linux/bug.h header (also currently included
indirectly by bitfield.h)
Explicitly include the headers to fix future compilation error.
Signed-off-by: Christian Marangi <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
The WARN macro requires inclusion of linux/bug.h header. It does
currently work as bitfield.h includes it indirectly but this will
change when bitfield.h will be synced with new Linux version.
Explicitly include the header to fix future compilation error.
Signed-off-by: Christian Marangi <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
The WARN macro requires inclusion of linux/bug.h header. It does
currently work as bitfield.h includes it indirectly but this will
change when bitfield.h will be synced with new Linux version.
Explicitly include the header to fix future compilation error.
Signed-off-by: Christian Marangi <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
E Shattow <e@freeshell.de> says:
Make consistent use of lowercase hexadecimal prefix '0x' throughout U-Boot.
There are a few remaining uses of uppercase 'X' to denote hexadecimal prefix
or placeholder in documentation and error messages.
External devicetree-rebasing dts/upstream and the generated code of
xilinx/zynq are ignored for the series.
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20250606224558.1117422-1-e@freeshell.de
Use consistent lowercase hex prefix style in drivers/*
Does not change hex prefix case in allcaps uppercase style error messages
Signed-off-by: E Shattow <e@freeshell.de>
Use consistent lowercase hex prefix style in board/*
Does not change auto-generated files in xilinx/zynq/*/ps7_init_gpl.c
Signed-off-by: E Shattow <e@freeshell.de>
Rasmus Villemoes <ravi@prevas.dk> says:
There's really no reason for the gd pointer to have the volatile
qualifier.
In fact, I claim that it's completely unnecessary and just pessimizes
code generation and forces ugly casts in lots of places. For example,
see the casts in drivers/core/tag.c where elements are added to
gd->dm_taglist, or a helper such as cyclic_get_list() that should not
be needed.
Also, it is what ends up standing in the way of an otherwise
innocent code cleanup of list.h:
https://lore.kernel.org/u-boot/20250522165656.GB2179216@bill-the-cat/
Note that riscv, x86 as well as arm64 with LTO enabled has not had
this volatile qualifier, so it's unlikely there's any generic code
that depends on it.
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20250604195612.2312979-1-ravi@prevas.dk
It's slightly ironic that riscv at very first had the gd pointer
volatile qualified [6020faf62c ("riscv: nx25: include: Add header
files to support RISC-V")], removed that back in 2018
[40717eb849 ("riscv: checkpatch: Fix use of volatile")], and then in
2020 this helper was added [6b9966e1aa ("riscv: define function
set_gd()")] which needlessly had volatile in the prototype.
Signed-off-by: Rasmus Villemoes <ravi@prevas.dk>
The global gd pointer is no longer volatile-qualified. Callers of this
helper function have been updated to no longer use volatile-qualifed
temporary variables, so update the prototype accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Rasmus Villemoes <ravi@prevas.dk>
The global gd pointer is no longer volatile-qualified, so drop that
qualifier from these bookkeeping variables.
Signed-off-by: Rasmus Villemoes <ravi@prevas.dk>
The global gd pointer is no longer volatile-qualified, so drop that
qualifier from these bookkeeping variables.
Signed-off-by: Rasmus Villemoes <ravi@prevas.dk>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Now that the global gd pointer is no longer volatile-qualified,
there's no reason for the temporary variables used for
saving/restoring it to have that qualifier.
Signed-off-by: Rasmus Villemoes <ravi@prevas.dk>
Tested-by: Anshul Dalal <anshuld@ti.com>
The way DECLARE_GLOBAL_DATA_PTR is used, the stuff under #if 0 can
never compile as you cannot have a non-constant initializer at global
scope (and one would get linker errors as well because the 'gd' symbol
would be defined in multiple TUs).
Signed-off-by: Rasmus Villemoes <ravi@prevas.dk>
Acked-by: Angelo Dureghello <angelo@kernel-space.org>
There's a bunch of other places where this qualifier should be
dropped, e.g. in the set_gd() prototype and for various variables used
for stashing the value in the mach-imx/ directory and elsewhere. But
that will be done in follow-up patches.
Signed-off-by: Rasmus Villemoes <ravi@prevas.dk>
Tested-by: Anshul Dalal <anshuld@ti.com>
This function is currently a misnomer at times as we have cases where it
passes arguments to the image. In preparation for making that be a more
common case rename this function to jump_to_image(...). In order to do
this, rename jump_to_image in board_init_r(...) to jumper so that we do
not have a conflict.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
[trini: Reword the commit message, adding missing cases of
jump_to_image_no_args()]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Sukrut Bellary <sbellary@baylibre.com> says:
This patch series adds the support for
1. In am33xx SoC[1], enhanced capture (eCAP) supports auxiliary PWM (APWM).
This series adds the PWM driver support for the APWM feature for eCAP on
AM33xx. AM335X_ECAP0_IN_PWM0_OUT is used to enable the backlight.
2. Fix build warning in ti-ehrpwm driver in dev_deb().
3. Enable eCAP0 PWM and LCD pin muxing to support splash screen on
AM335x EVM[2].
[1] AM335x TRM - https://www.ti.com/lit/ug/spruh73q/spruh73q.pdf
[2] AM335x EVM - https://www.ti.com/tool/TMDXEVM3358
per discussion on the earlier patch series,
https://lore.kernel.org/all/20250319202516.3300444-1-sbellary@baylibre.com/
dropping the device tree changes in this series due to OF_UPSTREAM
conflict.
As we are dropping the DT patch, started with the new series instead of
V2.
This series doesn't contain defconfig changes since we don't want to
enable LCD, splash screen and PWM support by default.
Enabling splash screen and PWM support in defconfig causes u-boot crash
on AM335x based beaglebone black. This will be handled in a separate
patch.
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20250530212232.1686613-1-sbellary@baylibre.com
On AM335x EVM[1],
1. pin AM335X_ECAP0_IN_PWM0_OUT is used to enable the
backlight. ECAP0 can be configured in single channel PWM mode.
If CONFIG_PWM_TI_ECAP is enabled, perform eCAP0 pin muxing.
2. Pins LCD_DATA0 - LCD_DATA15, gpmc_ad8 - gpmc_ad15 and
lcd_vsync, lcd_sync, lcd_ac_bias_en, lcd_pclk are used for driving LCD.
If CONFIG_AM335X_LCD is enabled, perform the LCD pin muxing.
This is required to enable splash screen support on AM335x EVM.
[1] AM335x EVM - https://www.ti.com/tool/TMDXEVM3358
Signed-off-by: Sukrut Bellary <sbellary@baylibre.com>
If CONFIG_PWM_TI_EHRPWM is enabled, it throws the build warning in
dev_dbg() due to incorrect format specifier as,
"warning: format ‘%lx’ expects argument of type ‘long unsigned int’, but
argument 4 has type ‘fdt_addr_t’ {aka ‘unsigned int’}".
Fix this with the correct format specifier.
Signed-off-by: Sukrut Bellary <sbellary@baylibre.com>
In am33xx SoC[1], enhanced capture (eCAP) supports auxiliary PWM (APWM).
This series adds the PWM driver support for the APWM feature for eCAP on
AM33xx.
eCAP HW also supports the capture mode. Currently, this driver only
supports APWM.
This is based on the Linux kernel driver -> drivers/pwm/pwm-tiecap.c
Version: v6.12
Tested on AM335x EVM[2].
[1] AM335x TRM - https://www.ti.com/lit/ug/spruh73q/spruh73q.pdf
[2] AM335x EVM - https://www.ti.com/tool/TMDXEVM3358
Signed-off-by: Sukrut Bellary <sbellary@baylibre.com>
RAM drivers using Device Model currently lack of their own Kconfig menu
entry, which makes Kconfig put all options of the class in the top-level
menu of device drivers. These options are also incorrectly grouped with
pinctrl options in the generated .config, which is hard to read. Let's
create a menu entry for these drivers.
Fixes: 6c51df6859 ("dm: Add support for RAM drivers")
Signed-off-by: Yao Zi <ziyao@disroot.org>
Reviewed-by: Quentin Schulz <quentin.schulz@cherry.de>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Although if we don't setup an initrd, there could be a stale initrd
setting from the previous boot firmware in the live device tree. So,
make sure there is no setting left if we don't want an initrd.
This can happen when booting on a Raspberry Pi. The boot firmware can
happily load an initrd before us and configuring the addresses in the
live device tree we get handed over.
Especially the setting `auto_initramfs` in config.txt is dangerous.
When enabled (default), the firmware tries to be smart and looks for
initramfs files.
Signed-off-by: Richard Weinberger <richard@nod.at>
Use lbaint_t for blknr to avoid overflow in ext4fs_read_file().
Background:
blknr (block number) used in ext4fs_read_file() could be increased to a
very large value and causes a wrap around at 32 bit signed integer max,
thus becomes negative. This results in an out-of-normal range for sector
number (during the assignment delayed_start = blknr) where delayed_start
sector is typed uint64 lbaint_t. This causes the "Read outside partition"
error.
Looks like we also have this overflown problem in ext4_write.c that needs
to be addressed.
This patch was tested on the Synology DS116 (Armada 385) board, and a
4TB Seagate HDD.
Signed-off-by: Tony Dinh <mibodhi@gmail.com>
Some SoCs require a Trusted Firmware-A (TF-A) AP Trusted ROM (BL1) to
initialize the SoC before U-Boot can run properly. Add an atf-bl1 etype
so we can properly package BL1 into a final binary
Signed-off-by: Bryan Brattlof <bb@ti.com>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Call do_board_detect() hook before the K3 DDRSS driver gets probed.
It will allow boards to adjust DDR timings in do_board_detect().
Signed-off-by: Emanuele Ghidoli <emanuele.ghidoli@toradex.com>
Backported from kernel
commit e07db28eea38 ("kbuild: fix single target build for external module")
It's worth noting that crmodverdir is empty for U-Boot.
Just backport it to make diffing easier
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Backported from kernel
commit 059bc9fc375e ("kbuild: make 'archprepare' depend on 'scripts'")
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Backported from kernel
commit e00d88804814 ("kbuild: mark prepare0 as PHONY to fix external module build")
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Backported from kernel
commit 156e7cbb3ef5 ("kbuild: do not overwrite .gitignore in output directory")
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Backported from kernel
commit b89f25ea7892 ("kbuild: use -Werror=implicit-... instead of -Werror-implicit-..."
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Backported from kernel
commit ba97df45581f ("kbuild: use assignment instead of define ... endef for filechk_* rules")
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Quentin Schulz <foss+uboot@0leil.net> says:
Out of all the dev_read_*_default functions, only two do not properly
use the type as argument and return type: dev_read_u32_default and
dev_read_s32_default. They both use int instead of u32/s32.
Considering that it's generally not guaranteed that an int is 4 bytes
but also for consistency sake, let's have them use the expected type.
Note that I have not tested this, just stumbled upon that inconsistency
by chance.
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20250528-dev_read_x32_default-v1-0-6ab1734dd7a2@cherry.de
dev_read_s32_default is for getting an s32 from a Device Tree property
and allows to take a default value if that property is missing.
Considering it calls ofnode_read_u32_default which takes a u32 and
returns a u32, it should do the same instead of using an int, especially
considering that int size is typically architecture-specific, as opposed
to s32/u32.
s32 and u32 being the same size, dev_read_s32* functions calling
ofnode_read_u32_default shouldn't be an issue (at the type level at
least) as the information will be stored appropriately in 4B regardless
of the sign.
This incidentally matches all other dev_read_*_default functions.
Fixes: a1b17e4f4c ("dm: core: Add a function to read into a unsigned int")
Signed-off-by: Quentin Schulz <quentin.schulz@cherry.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
dev_read_u32_default is for getting a u32 from a Device Tree property
and allows to take a default value if that property is missing.
Considering it calls ofnode_read_u32_default which takes a u32 and
returns a u32, it should do the same instead of using an int, especially
considering that int size is typically architecture-specific, as opposed
to u32.
This incidentally matches all other dev_read_*_default functions (except
dev_read_s32_default which will be tackled in the next commit).
Fixes: 47a0fd3bad ("dm: core: Implement live tree 'read' functions")
Signed-off-by: Quentin Schulz <quentin.schulz@cherry.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
CI: https://source.denx.de/u-boot/custodians/u-boot-stm/-/pipelines/26607
- Add clock and reset drivers support for STM32MP25
- Add STM32H747-Discovery board support
- Add tamp_nvram driver
- Add SPL support and clock tree init to STM32MP13 RCC driver
- Add STM32MP13xx ram support
- Add support for STM32 Image V2.0 for STM32MP13xx
- Fix SYSRAM size on STM32MP13xx
- Fix DBGMCU macro on STM32MP13xx
- Auto-detect ROM API table on STM32MP15xx
TAMP backup registers will be exposed as nvmem cells.
Each registers ([0..127] for STM32MP2, [0..31] for STM32MP1) could be
exposed as nvmem cells under the nvram node in device tree
Signed-off-by: Simeon Marijon <simeon.marijon@foss.st.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Add support for generating STM32 Image V2.0, which is used by STM32MP13xx.
The image header layout is similar to STM32MP15xx STM32 Image V1.0, but is
different enough to justify duplicate functions to generate the v2 image.
This code at least attempts to align the V1 and V2 image handling where
possible.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut@mailbox.org>
Add support for configuring DRAM controller on STM32MP13xx SoC.
The DRAM controller is basically identical to the DWC controller
on STM32MP15xx SoC, except the bus width is reduced from 32bit to
16bit and a few registers and bits are therefore not present.
Handle the difference by factoring these parts out. Use IS_ENABLE()
as much as possible to assure code which is not enabled on builds
for a single SoC gets compiled out. Handle the different offset of
RCC_DDRITFCR register and missing DDRC2 clock the same way.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut@mailbox.org>
Add SPL support and clock tree init to STM32MP13 RCC driver. This
consists of two parts, make SCMI into an optional dependency and
add clock tree initialization. The SCMI dependency is made optional
first by registering the few core clock provided by SCMI clock as
fixed clock, and second by letting the clock core parse out the
clock configuration from SoC registers. The clock initialization
code is derived from STM32MP15xx clock tree initialization code,
which is almost identical, except for the use of new PLL2000 for
PLL1 on STM32MP13xx .
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut@mailbox.org>
The ROM API table location is passed to the SPL by BootROM in register r0,
make use of this, store the content of r0 and later use it to access the
ROM API table to determine current boot device.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut@mailbox.org>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
The DBGMCU block is available at address 0x50081000 both on STM32MP13xx
and on STM32MP15xx . There is no reason to limit the DBGMCU macro being
set only on STM32MP15xx , remove the ifdeffery.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut@mailbox.org>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
The STM32MP13xx has only 128 kiB of SYSRAM starting at address 0x2ffe0000 .
The STM32MP15xx has 256 kiB of SYSRAM starting at address 0x2ffc0000 . Make
sure both SoCs configure ARMV7_SECURE_BASE correctly . Define the SYSRAM
base in stm32.h to be consistent with the STM32MP15xx macro.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut@mailbox.org>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Due activation of SCMI, we need to increase SYS_MALLOC_F_LEN value
to avoid following message:
U-Boot 2025.04-01224-g75b77a2a6d31-dirty (Apr 25 2025 - 11:23:30 +0200)
alloc space exhausted ptr 400040 limit 400000
alloc space exhausted ptr 400020 limit 400000
alloc space exhausted ptr 400060 limit 400000
alloc space exhausted ptr 400060 limit 400000
Set SYS_MALLOC_F_LEN to 0x60000 to fix this issue.
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Due SCMI update to protocol v2.0, we need to increase
SYS_MALLOC_F_LEN value to avoid following message:
alloc space exhausted ptr 200040 limit 200000
Set SYS_MALLOC_F_LEN to 0x210000 to fix this issue.
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Implement STM32MP25 reset drivers using stm32-core-reset API.
This reset stm32-reset-core API and will be able to use DT binding
index started from 0.
This patch also moves legacy reset into stm32 directory reset.
Signed-off-by: Gabriel Fernandez <gabriel.fernandez@foss.st.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
In RCC the ops of the CCF registered CLK device can be called directly,
this patch avoid recursive call of clk_ function done by CCF clock
framework which update the clock information, for example
clk_enable is called 2 times, clkp->enable_count is increased 2 times.
Signed-off-by: Gabriel Fernandez <gabriel.fernandez@foss.st.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Cc: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Cc: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Each clock identifier needs to be unique when CCF is activated,
and it is not respected today by SCMI clock driver.
This patch supports a unique clk id by using the uclass API
clk_get_id() / dev_clk_dm() and by activating by default
CONFIG_CLK_AUTO_ID with CCF which adds an offset to the SCMI
clock identifiers.
After this patch, the SCMI clock driver can coexist with other
clock provider without conflict, they can share internal identifier
[0..N] defined in their binding and the clock ID = 0
(reserved for dummy clock) is no more used.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Cc: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Cc: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Add a new config CONFIG_CLK_AUTO_ID to support a unique clk id
for all the clock providers, managed by clk uclass, when the clock
reference arg[0] is the same.
When the CONFIG is activated, the clock id is limited to the lower
CLK_ID_SZ = 24 bits in default clock xlate function
and the sequence number + 1 of the clk provider device is
added for the 8 higher bits.
We use sequence number + 1 to avoid the "dummy" clock id = 0,
used for invalid clock when CCF is activated.
When this config is activated, the new function clk_get_id()
should be used to get back the internal reference to clock
for the each clock provider.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Cc: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Cc: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Since clock protocol 2.0, SCMI specification add an option field
"clock_enable_delay" to CLOCK_ATTRIBUTES command.
scmi_read_resp_from_smt() will return an error ("Buffer too small") as
the message length coming from the SCMI server is not the same as expected.
So implement a condition to SCMI clock protocol version to change the
length of the expected message.
Signed-off-by: Valentin Caron <valentin.caron@foss.st.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Cc: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Cc: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
These tests have been failing for some months. Disable them so that a CI
run can pass on coral. Further work will be needed to see how to make
them pass.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
These don't seem to be needed.
Add a few notes about what to do next. Also mention parallel tests in
at the top of thefile.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Some of the Python tests are a pain because they don't reset the TPM
state before each test. Driver model tests do this, so convert the
tests to C.
This means that these tests won't run on real hardware, but we have
tests which do TPM init, so there is still enough coverage.
Rename and update the Python tpm_init test to use 'tpm autostart',
since this fully initializes the TPM and performs the self tests.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Add support for the self-test continue command in the TPM v1.2 emulator,
to match the functionality in the TPM v2 emulator.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Assign myself to develop U-Boot port of T-Head TH1520 SoC, and help
maintain related code and review patches.
Signed-off-by: Yao Zi <ziyao@disroot.org>
Reviewed-by: Leo Yu-Chi Liang <ycliang@andestech.com>
Proper U-Boot for Lichee Pi 4A now runs in S mode instead of M mode,
which means the extra firmware, OpenSBI, must be built and integrated
in the image, and the vendor U-Boot cannot chainload the result image
anymore as it runs in M mode.
Remove redundant information about chainloading and update build steps
to mention OpenSBI firmware.
Signed-off-by: Yao Zi <ziyao@disroot.org>
Reviewed-by: Leo Yu-Chi Liang <ycliang@andestech.com>
RISC-V software usually expects S mode when leaving the firmware, e.g.
UEFI applications could only run in S mode. Let's convert proper U-Boot
of Lichee Pi 4A port to run in S mode.
Signed-off-by: Yao Zi <ziyao@disroot.org>
Reviewed-by: Leo Yu-Chi Liang <ycliang@andestech.com>
Add an OpenSBI entry to the FIT image. As it expects an FDT to be
passed, corresponding FDT entry is generated with of-list as well.
As SPL now passes a full FDT for following stages, proper U-Boot image
is packed into u-boot-with-spl.bin without a devicetree copy included.
Signed-off-by: Yao Zi <ziyao@disroot.org>
Reviewed-by: Leo Yu-Chi Liang <ycliang@andestech.com>
These operations rely on a customized M-mode CSR, MHCR, which isn't
available when running in S mode.
Let's fallback to the generic weak stub when running in S mode to avoid
illegal accesses.
Signed-off-by: Yao Zi <ziyao@disroot.org>
Reviewed-by: Leo Yu-Chi Liang <ycliang@andestech.com>
Symbols in spl.c only function correctly in SPL stage. Build the file
for SPL only to avoid weak symbols in proper U-Boot being unexpectedly
reloaded.
Fixes: 5fe9ced355 ("riscv: cpu: Add TH1520 CPU support")
Signed-off-by: Yao Zi <ziyao@disroot.org>
Reviewed-by: Leo Yu-Chi Liang <ycliang@andestech.com>
On several RISC-V boards we have seen that 1 MiB is a insufficient value
for CONFIG_SPL_SYS_MALLOC_SIZE.
For instance qemu-riscv32_spl_defconfig fails booting because u-boot.itb
exceeds 1 MiB.
8 MiB is a reasonable value that allows adding FPGA blobs or splash images
to main U-boot.
Reported-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Leo Yu-Chi Liang <ycliang@andestech.com>
We have this file in both arch/arm/dts and
dts/upstream/src/arm64/freescale. This file is identical save for
changes which have been made upstream. Remove our local copy to get in
sync with upstream now.
Acked-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Peter Robinson <pbrobinson@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
We have these files in both arch/arm/dts and
dts/upstream/src/arm/microchip. These files are identical save for
changes which have been made upstream. Remove our local copy to get in
sync with upstream now.
Reviewed-by: Peter Robinson <pbrobinson@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
As part of moving to using OF_UPSTREAM and so the upstream DT related
header files we have a header that is under the arch/arm/dts directory
and differ in being a strict subset of what is found upstream. We can
remove this now to prevent future conflicts.
Reviewed-by: Peter Robinson <pbrobinson@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
As part of moving to using OF_UPSTREAM and so the upstream DT related
header files we have a number of these headers that are under the
arch/arm/dts directory and differ only in combinations of spacing
changes and/or switching to SPDX license tags. We can remove these now
to prevent future conflicts.
Reviewed-by: Peter Robinson <pbrobinson@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
As part of moving to using OF_UPSTREAM and so the upstream DT related
header files we have a number of these headers that are under the
arch/arm/dts directory and are currently identical to the versions in
dts/upstream. We can remove these now to prevent future conflicts.
Reviewed-by: Peter Robinson <pbrobinson@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
As part of moving to using OF_UPSTREAM and so the upstream DT related
header files we have a header that is under the arch/arm/dts directory
and now unused. We can remove this now to prevent any future conflicts.
Reviewed-by: Peter Robinson <pbrobinson@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
A problem with the logic in upstream_dtsi_include currently is that it
does not list directories such as dts/upstream/src/arm/nxp/imx and so
will not findi "imx6ul-pinfunc.h" for example as it is normally and
correctly included without vendor sub-paths. Expand the current wildcard
glob to catch these directories too.
Reviewed-by: Peter Robinson <pbrobinson@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
As part of moving to using OF_UPSTREAM and so the upstream dt-bindings
headers we have a number of these headers that are in our include
directory and while they are not a strict subset of the upstream version
of the headers, all platforms build with the new headers as well. We can
remove the copies under include/dt-bindings now to prevent future
conflicts.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Aside from SPDX tags, the only difference between our version of this
header and upstream is that BCM6318_RST_HOSTMIPS was defined to 11 (the
same as BCM6318_RST_PHYMIPS) and is now defined to 12.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
As part of moving to using OF_UPSTREAM and so the upstream dt-bindings
headers we have a number of these headers that are in our include
directory and differ in being a strict subset of what is found upstream.
We can safely remove the copies under include/dt-bindings now to prevent
future conflicts.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
As part of moving to using OF_UPSTREAM and so the upstream dt-bindings
headers we have a number of these headers that are in our include
directory and differ only in combinations of spacing changes and/or
switching to SPDX license tags. We can safely remove the copies under
include/dt-bindings now to prevent future conflicts.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
As part of moving to using OF_UPSTREAM and so the upstream dt-bindings
headers we have a number of these headers that are in our include
directory and are currently identical to the versions in dts/upstream.
We can remove these now to prevent future conflicts.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
As part of moving to using OF_UPSTREAM and so the upstream dt-bindings
headers we have a number of these headers that are in our include
directory and not referenced by any code outside of dts/upstream. We can
remove these now to prevent future conflicts.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This file is a duplicate and also comes with the sync of the linux
mainline dts files. By removing this the one from the dts folder should
be taken that is more up-to-date.
Signed-off-by: Heiko Thiery <heiko.thiery@gmail.com>
Clang is stricter than GCC when it comes to inline assembly and expects the
register to be written with explicitly same type of variable.
Fixes: c0e1775a86 ("armv8: Add arch-specific sysinfo platform driver")
Signed-off-by: Raymond Mao <raymond.mao@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
The changes upstream since the last sync at commit 5c02350fa0
("scripts/setlocalversion: sync with linux v6.9") are
e2ff1219a554 setlocalversion: add -e option
523f3dbc187a setlocalversion: work around "git describe" performance
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Permit to select a bootmenu entry with a key shortcut. This is
especially useful in production or testing scenario to automate flashing
procedure or testing procedure.
The boot entry are changed to append the shortcut key to it.
Example:
1. Run default boot command.
2. Boot system via TFTP.
3. Boot production system from NAND.
4. Boot recovery system from NAND.
5. Load production system via TFTP then write to NAND.
6. Load recovery system via TFTP then write to NAND.
7. Load BL31+U-Boot FIP via TFTP then write to NAND.
8. Load BL2 preloader via TFTP then write to NAND.
9. Reboot.
a. Reset all settings to factory defaults.
0. Exit
0 is always reserved for Exit to console.
On pressing the keyboard key 2, the bootmenu entry 2 is selected and
executed.
Up to 34 key shortcut (0 excluded as reserved) are supported from 1-9
and a-z.
If a shortcut key not present in the bootmenu list is pressed, it is
simply ignored and eventually the autoboot is interrupted.
Capital A-Z are converted to lower a-z and the related option is
selected.
Suggested-by: Weijie Gao <weijie.gao@mediatek.com>
Signed-off-by: Christian Marangi <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
The high-speed UART from MediaTek supports baudrate accuracy
compensation when using high-speed mode 3.
This is done by calculating the first digit of the fraction part of
sample count value. The fraction value will be then used as the
reference to insert 0 to 10 sample cycle(s) to one frame (assume
that frame format is 8n1, i.e. 10 bits per frame).
The fracdiv_[l/m] registers are used to determine whether a bit in one frame
should be inserted with one sample cycle.
With typical 40MHz source clock, the actual baudrates with/without
accuracy compensation are:
Ideal w/o compensation w/ compensation
======== ================ ===============
9600 9603 9600
115200 114942 115207
921600 930232 921659
3000000 3076923 3007519
Signed-off-by: Weijie Gao <weijie.gao@mediatek.com>
Fix UART register names and offsets according to the programming
guide to allow implementing some enhanced features.
Signed-off-by: Weijie Gao <weijie.gao@mediatek.com>
The kernel added new size definitions and substituted the
boilerplate/reference to the license with a SPDX identifier.
Drop a local SZ_8G definition in MediaTek MT7988 SoC board file.
Signed-off-by: Emanuele Ghidoli <emanuele.ghidoli@toradex.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Weijie Gao <weijie.gao@mediatek.com>
implement a driver to use semtech pinctrl and
gpio expander, this driver is adapted from a
existent linux driver that is written by
Gregory Bean <gbean@codeaurora.org>.
Signed-off-by: Anis Chali <chalianis1@gmail.com>
Prevent file descriptor leaks by properly closing 'fd' and 'new_fd'
when fstat() or write() operations fail.
- Added close(fd) before return in open_for_read() if fstat() fails.
- Added close(new_fd) before return in write_image() if write() fails.
- No close needed if open() fails (fd == -1 is invalid).
Signed-off-by: Anton Moryakov <ant.v.moryakov@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Quentin Schulz <quentin.schulz@cherry.de>
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> says:
Hey all,
Related to my other series I've posted recently on cleaning up some
headers, this series here is the result of at least lightly auditing the
#includes used in include/[a-m]*.h. This ignores subdirectories, as at
least in part I think the top-level includes we've constructed are the
most likely places to have some extra transitive include paths. I'm sure
there's exceptions and I'll likely audit deeper once this first pass is
done. This only gets as far as "include/m*.h" because I didn't want this
to get too big. This also sets aside <miiphy.h> and <phy.h>. While
miiphy.h does not directly need <phy.h> there are *so* many users and I
think I had half of the tree just about not building when I first tried.
It might be worth further investigation, but it might just be OK as-is.
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20250521230119.2084088-1-trini@konsulko.com
The value of "ETH_ALEN" is defined to 6 in <linux/if_ether.h>. This file
is included in <net.h>. In the places where we had ETH_ALEN but no
direct include of <net.h>, add <linux/if_ether.h>. In the places where
we had a custom name used, make use of ETH_ALEN instead.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
There are only a few things found in <mtd.h> today. Go through and audit
the C files which include <mtd.h> and remove it when not required. Then,
add it to the files which had either missed it or had an indirect
inclusion of it.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This file does not need <linux/sizes.h> nor <linux/compiler.h> so remove
them. This exposes however that a number of other files had been relying
on this implicit include for <linux/sizes.h> so add that where needed.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
At this point in time, <ide.h> provides the IDE_BUS macro and the
function prototype for ide_set_reset, which is used with IDE_RESET. The
only files which should include this header are the ones that either use
that macro or that function. Remove <blk.h> from <ide.h> and remove
<ide.h> from places which do not need it.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This file does not need <asm/cache.h> so remove it. However the file
common/spl/spl_fat.c does need it, so add it there.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
In include/efi_loader.h we do not directly need <log.h>, <part_efi.h>,
<pe.h> nor <linux/oid_registry.h> so remove them. In include/efi_tcg2.h
we make use of <part_efi.h> but did not include it, so add it directly.
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Tested-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This file does not need a forward declaration of 'struct list_head' as
it includes <linux/list.h> so remove it.
Reviewed-by: Mattijs Korpershoek <mkorpershoek@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This file does not need <pc.h> but does directly need
<linux/types.h>. Furthermore, arch/x86/lib/bios.c was getting <pci.h>
via <bios_emul.h> so add it there.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Align U-Boot image end to 8 bytes to make sure DT alignment requirement
is fulfilled. This fixes a possible failure in fdt_find_separate() in
case the U-Boot image is aligned to 4 Bytes and DT is appended at the
end at already 8 Byte aligned offset.
Link: https://source.denx.de/u-boot/u-boot/-/issues/30
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut@mailbox.org>
u-boot-dfu-20250602
CI: https://source.denx.de/u-boot/custodians/u-boot-dfu/-/pipelines/26466
Usb gadget:
dwc2: Fix incorrect ULPI_UTMI_SEL bit setting
dwc2: Fix HBstLen setting for external DMA mode
dwc2: Various refactors to get the code closer to Linux
dwc2: Support reset logic for v4.20a
Introduce the BSH SystemMaster (SMM) M2B board. Notably, the M2B is
designed to leverage the existing device tree of its predecessor, the M2.
The primary distinction arises from memory incompatibilities with the M2.
To address this, we've implemented a configuration system that allows for
selective inclusion of the desired memory components.
Signed-off-by: Michael Trimarchi <michael@amarulasolutions.com>
Enable the clock framework on the m2 platform.
This helps to increase the NAND controller performance.
Signed-off-by: Michael Trimarchi <michael@amarulasolutions.com>
The clock driver allows to boost the NAND performance
controller. Make changes to let it use the new clock driver
=> time nand read ${loadaddr} kernel
NAND read: device 0 offset 0x500000, size 0x800000
8388608 bytes read: OK
time: 0.488 seconds
Signed-off-by: Michael Trimarchi <michael@amarulasolutions.com>
Make simple the clock registration and enable and allow later
to add support for other platforms
Signed-off-by: Michael Trimarchi <michael@amarulasolutions.com>
The GW74xx D revision has added a M2SKT_WDIS2# GPIO which routes to the
W_DISABLE2# pin of the M.2 socket.
Add the iomux and a line name for this and rename the existing
m2_wdis# signal to m2_wdis1#.
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Append the optional board configuration string to the model info.
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Update the model string representation for the Venice-Flex product
family (GW8xxx).
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
The Gateworks Flexible Socket Adapters adapt common
busses such as SDIO/UART/USB/PCI to various connectors
such as M.2 B-Key, M.2 E-Key, M.2 M-Key, and MiniPCIe.
Each FSA has an EEPROM onboard describing its details as well as an
optional port-expander for configurable GPIO's.
Add support for identifying the FSA's and configuring their
details such as user description and GPIO's:
- enable pca953x, pca954x and eeprom support for communicating
with the I2C eeprom and gpio port expander on the FSA
- add FSA detection support
- add FSA gpio configuration support
Each FSA is identified in the device-tree by an alias to it's I2C
bus where an eeprom@54 node must exist as well as an gpio@20 node
for an io-expander. These nodes must be enabled so that
they can be probed to determine if they are actually present in
the system. If not present or not enabled the gpio expander can
not be used. This also requires livetree as the gpio expander
node if not present must be disabled.
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
The Gateworks GW82XX-2X is an ARM based single board computer (SBC)
comprised of the i.MX8M Plus based gw702x SoM and the gw82xx
baseboard featuring:
- i.MX8M Plus SoC
- LPDDR4 DRAM
- eMMC FLASH
- Gateworks System Controller (GSC)
- microSD (1.8V/3.3V Capable)
- panel status bi-color LED
- pushbutton switch
- fan controller with tachometer
- USB Type-C connector
- PCIe switch
- 2x GbE RJ45 connectors
- multi-protocol RS232/RS485/RS422 Serial ports
- 2x Flexible Socket Adapters with SDIO/UART/USB/PCIe
(for M.2 and miniPCIe expansion)
- 2x isolated CAN
- GPS
- accelerometer
- magnetometer
- off-board connectors for: SPI, GPIO, I2C, ADC
- Wide range DC power input
- support for 802.3at PoE (via adapter)
Add support for it by providing its device-tree.
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Flip the logic used to determine if a board has the proper hardware to
support enabling the GSC voltage supervisor so that we do not need to
keep adding new models to the list.
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
The venice family of baseboards which is normally GW7xxx
is being expanded to GW8xxx so we need to use the baseboard
number instead of the som.
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
The GW7901-SP486 with the exception of the -C revision has 2GB DRAM
loaded but incorrectly specifies 1GB in the EEPROM. Adjust the DRAM size
to account for this.
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
The GW7902/GW7903/GW7904 have an alternate databus layout affecting a few
of the DDRC and DDR PHY registers.
The 512MB configuration used this alternate bus layout. Change
the 512MB config to the standard bus configuration and add a generic
function to patch the DDRC/PHY configs for the alternate bus layout.
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Move the determination of the dram timings into the soc-specific files.
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Enable support for working with General Partition Tables via the 'gpt'
command. Also enable support for generating random UUID's for GPT.
See: doc/README.gpt for examples
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
enable cat, xxd, and the ability for setexpr to return values in
variables which are all useful for scripting.
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Bring in recent expo enhancements:
- multi-line text
- highlighting of menu items
- rationalisation of menu and expo code
- support for object alignment
- editable strings
- various bug fixes and tweaks
This also includes some required abuf improvements.
Adriano Cordova <adrianox@gmail.com> says:
Enable HTTP server in CI to support HTTP tests in pytest
QEMU does not emulate an HTTP server, unlike other services like DHCP or TFTP.
To enable HTTP tests during CI runs, start a simple Python HTTP server
on port 80. This allows tests that require HTTP access to run.
The HTTP server is launched on the host. For QEMU environments launched
with '-netdev,user' this means that the HTTP server runs together with DHCP
at 10.0.2.2. HTTP testing needs to be explicitly enabled with
env__efi_helloworld_net_http_test_skip = False.
We also default `WGET=y` in `ARCH_QEMU` configurations so that these HTTP
tests are included automatically when using QEMU in CI.
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20250516085256.30386-1-adriano.cordova@canonical.com
The original commit always generated linker list entries with the same
entry variable name, because _function passed to ll_entry_declare() is
not a variable and therefore was interpreted as fixed string. Change it
to _type which is a variable and which does allow generation of multiple
unique linker list entries, one for each U_BOOT_FIT_LOADABLE_HANDLER().
Fixes: d7be50921e ("image: Add FIT image loadable section custom processing")
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut@mailbox.org>
There are a few differences between how the test.py stage invokes
test.py and how the sjg-lab stage invokes test.py. As a start of making
both the code and the output and artifacts similar, this updates the
sjg-lab stage with the following:
- Pass "-ra" so that we get the summary information in the job
- Make use of TEST_PY_EXTRA for passing "--capture=tee-sys"
- Re-order some of the arguments to be the same order when possible.
And most importantly:
- Create and save as an artifact the junitxml output.
The last part here is the kind of test result information that in the
future we should determine how to archive for future reference.
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> says:
In a private thread, Simon asked about what's needed to get PowerPC
migrated to DM_SERIAL. I went and took a look, and to complete the
entire DM_SERIAL migration (excluding SPL/TPL) we're actually nearly
there. This series first migrates PowerPC (and some NXP Layerscape
boards that share history more clearly with PowerPC parts), with the
biggest change being to make sure we still use the correct legacy
drivers in SPL/TPL (where SPL is extremely constrained). With that out
of the way, I looked at what was left. With two exceptions, it's
platforms which can be trivially enabled for conversion, and so we do
that.
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20250502201226.1369013-1-trini@konsulko.com
This converts almost all of the remaining non-DM_SERIAL users to enable
DM_SERIAL. These are platforms where there have long been other SoC
boards that have switched and so it's been a matter of inertia keeping
these from being converted. Do so now.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Migrate the few ARM Layerscape platforms that had not been switched
along with all remaining PowerPC platforms to DM_SERIAL. For PowerPC,
this means that platforms which use SPL/TPL, keeping the non-DM serial
driver enabled there as they do not use DM. We also rework the guards
on how to define CFG_SYS_NS16550_CLK so that this is mostly in one place
now.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The expo now has all that is needed to apply a suitable theme, so drop
this unnecessary code. Any further tweaks can be added to the generic
expo code.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Apply the theme, calculate dimensions, highlight the menu and arrange
the scene correctly, so that everything is ready to go when the expo
is rendered.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Some callers may wish to add items later as they are discovered. Split
the setup code into its own function, to permit this.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Rather than returning a bootflow, return the index of the bootflow. This
will allow callers to do their own translation to bootflows or some
other data structure.
Also return a special code when the user tries to move the pointer, so
that the caller can cancel the boot-menu timeout, if this is in use.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The menu is currently quite basic. Make use of some recently added
features in expo, to:
- Show proper prompts
- Highlight the current item
- Centre text
- Use multi-line text instead of two independent lines
- Put a box around the items
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
It is often necessary to centre objects within the display area. Add a
special position value to indicate this.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Within tests it is useful to be able to control rendering of the expo.
Drop the automatic call to expo_render() within expo_poll() and adjust
its callers to handle this instead.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
If the user does not quickly provide some input, exit so that other
things can be done, such as searching for the next OS.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Expo normally uses a pointer to show the current item. Add support for
highlighting as well, since this makes it easier for the user to see the
current item.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Provide some forward declarations for types used in this file, to keep
the LSP happy and avoid errors if the caller happens not to include the
required header.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The gap is intended to separate options which are on different bootdevs,
but most of the time there is only one. So drop this gap.
Keep the code around in case it becomes useful to have it in the style,
or based on some other mechanism.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
It is useful to be able to edit text, e.g. to allow the user to edit the
environment or the command-line arguments for the OS.
Add the beginnings of an implementation. Future work is needed to finish
this: keypress handling and scrolling. For now it just displays the
text.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add support for left, right and centred alignment for text, in the
horizontal dimension.
Also support top, bottom and centred in the vertical dimension, for the
text object as a whole.
Alignment is not yet implemented for images. It has no meaning for
menus. A textline object uses a text object internally, so alignment
is supported there.
Provide some documentation to explain how objects are positioned.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
It is useful to be able to draw a box around elements in the menu. Add
support for an unfilled box with a selectable thickness.
Note that there is no support for selecting the colour for any expo
objects yet.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Use the measurement info to write each line of text separately, thus
respecting word-wrapping and newlines.
Fix up the comment for scene_obj_render() while we are here.
Since a lineedit does not support alignment, add a special case to just
display the text if there is no measurement. This happens assuming the
lineedit is initially empty.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
In some cases dynamic text is needed, e.g. for a menu countdown. Add a
function which handles this, allowing the caller to take control of the
text that is shown on each render.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
In preparation for adding more text types, refactor the common fields
into a new structure. This will allow common code to be used.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add a function to allow the size of an object to be set independently
of its position.
Also add a function to permit the object's bounding box to be set
independently of its dimensions.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
In some cases it is useful to obtain more than just two bounding boxes
from a menu, e.g. to line up all descriptions vertically.
Use an array to obtain bounding-box information and calculate it
separately for each item.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present each object has a width and height and the bounding box is
implicit in that.
This is not flexible enough to handle objects which are larger than
their contents might need. For example, when centring a text object we
might want to have it stretch across the whole width of the display even
if the text itself does not need that much space.
Create a new 'dimensions' field and convert the existing width/height
into x1/y1 coordinates.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
It is more convenient to put strings in an abuf so they can easily be
resized. Adjust the struct accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
These coordinates are the top left values, so rename them to x0 and y0
in preparation for changing the width and height to x1 and y1
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present we assume that each object is a simple box and that it fills
the whole box.
This is quite limiting for text objects, which we may want to centre
within the box. We need a position within the box where drawing starts.
Rename the scene_dim struct to indicate that it is a bounding box.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Refactor bootflow_menu_add_all() to call a new bootflow_menu_add() to
add each of its bootflows.
Move the last_bootdev value into struct menu_priv to make this work.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Split the iteration piece of this function into bootflow_menu_add_all()
so that it is possible for the caller to be in control of adding items
to the menu.
Move the expo_destroy() call into the caller.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Split the starting piece of this function into bootflow_menu_start()
and the polling part into bootflow_menu_poll() so that it is possible
for the caller to be in control of the event loop.
Move the expo_destroy() call into the caller.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Open the lineedit and add a few characters, to check that things look
right.
At present when the user moves to a new menu item, the menu code
handles this immediately. This means it is not possible to use an expo
action to effect the same change.
Update this so that EXPOACT_POINT_ITEM is handled in cedit_do_action().
Expand the test to cover this.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present when the user moves to a new menu item, the menu code
handles this immediately. This means it is not possible to use an expo
action to effect the same change.
Update this so that EXPOACT_POINT_ITEM is handled in cedit_do_action().
Expand the test to cover this.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add functions to allow a caller to find out the current menu item and to
select a different one.
Update the event handling so that an attempt to change the current item
(e.g. by pressing the up-arrow key) is reported to the caller, since
this may be used to cancel an autoboot timeout.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Check the rendering output when adding characters to a line-edit object.
Add a separate test to check behaviour when starting with existing text
in the lineedit. The cursor should start at the end.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Refactor the action-processing code into a new cedit_do_action()
function so we can call it from a test. Check moving to a new field and
opening the menu, to ensure that rendering is correct.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Both bootflow_menu and cedit use similar logic to poll an expo. Move
this into the expo library so the code can be shared.
Update bootflow_menu_run() to return -EPIPE when the user quits without
choosing anything, since -EAGAIN is ambiguous and elsewhere means that
there is no input yet.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
An expo generally needs to keep track of the keyboard state while it is
running, so move the context into struct expo
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
It is useful to format a string into a buffer, with the sizing handled
automatically. Add a function for this.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
It is useful to be able to copy an abuf, to allow changes while
preserving the original. Add a function for this.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This construct appears in various places. Reduce code size by adding a
function for it.
It inits the abuf, then allocates it to the requested size.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org> says:
Last time the kbuild scripts were synced with the Linux kernel was on the
4.20 release. Updating directly to 6.x makes the diff difficult to read, so
let's do the changes incrementally and bump to 5.1 first.
Since the number of commits is big, I am splitting this in multiple series.
This one includes most of the commits for Makefile.build,
Makefile.lib and some from Makefile.
commit eeb5687a7139649e ("kbuild: add -Werror=strict-prototypes flag unconditionally")
commit 3812b8c5c5d5 ("kbuild: make -r/-R effective in top Makefile for old Make versions")
commit b421b8a6cb87 ("kbuild: remove unused archmrproper")
commit 1a49b2fd8f58 ("kbuild: strip whitespace in cmd_record_mcount findstring")
commit 88110713ca9dfb ("kbuild: hardcode genksyms path and remove GENKSYMS variable")
commit 1d8001ef358 ("kbuild: generate modules.order only when CONFIG_MODULES=y")
commit 45c4372d00 ("kbuild: refactor quiet_modtag")
commit b39a691617e4 commit ("kbuild: remove redundant quiet_modtag for $(obj-m)")
commit 5439f09f488f ("kbuild: remove redundant 'set -e' from cmd_* defines")
commit e5d289100d3a ("kbuild: remove trailing semicolon from cmd_* passed to if_changed_rule")
commit 3a2429e1faf4 ("kbuild: change if_changed_rule for multi-line recipe")
commit ee3e46b7efd2 ("kbuild: refactor modversions build rules")
commit 4317ee3b6a5e ("kbuild: remove redundant 'set -e' from sub_cmd_record_mcount")
commit 392885ee82d3 ("kbuild: let fixdep directly write to .*.cmd files")
commit 898f5a009f22 ("kbuild: move archive command to scripts/Makefile.lib")
commit b79c6aa6a1f1 ("kbuild: remove unnecessary in-subshell execution")
commit afa974b77128 ("kbuild: add real-prereqs shorthand for $(filter-out FORCE,$^)")
commit ecbd10d90e94 ("kbuild: simplify rules of data compression with size appending")
commit 58156ba4468f ("kbuild: skip 'addtree' and 'flags' magic for external module build")
commit 172caf1993b7 ("kbuild: remove redundant target cleaning on failure")
commit f3fd4a3f3a38 ("kbuild: remove redundant 'set -e' from filechk_offsets")
commit a2237fec1e06 ("kbuild: Enable dtc graph_port warning by default")
commit 70523a3ce5ff ("kbuild: disable dtc simple_bus_reg warnings by default")
commit e4aca4595005 ("kbuild: de-duplicate fixdep usage")
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20250520052153.307194-1-ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org
Backported from kernel
commit 3812b8c5c5d5 ("kbuild: make -r/-R effective in top Makefile for old Make versions")
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Back port from kernel although it's not used since it makes diffing
easier.
commit 88110713ca9dfb ("kbuild: hardcode genksyms path and remove GENKSYMS variable")
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Backport from kernel although it is unused since it makes diffing easier.
commit 1d8001ef358 ("kbuild: generate modules.order only when CONFIG_MODULES=y")
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Backported from the linux kernel
commit e4aca4595005 ("kbuild: de-duplicate fixdep usage")
A lot of the kernels kbuild depend on that patch. Backport it and pull in
the 'rule_as_o_S'a rule as well. This might end up being unused but it
doesn't break anything and makes diffing the files easier.
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Varadarajan Narayanan <quic_varada@quicinc.com> says:
The qcs9100 based Ride platforms have UFS as their primary storage.
Hence add support to U-Boot env framework to be able to save and
retrieve the environment from UFS. The environment will be
saved/retrieved from the partition specified in the config option
CONFIG_SCSI_ENV_PART.
Also add an API to convert partition UUID string to block device
descriptor for UFS. This API will be used to get the block device
descriptor for the partition specified in CONFIG_SCSI_ENV_PART.
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20250513091710.3719292-1-quic_varada@quicinc.com
Enable CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_SCSI to store environment variables in SCSI.
Set env variables partition UUID as seen in qcs9100 based boards.
Signed-off-by: Varadarajan Narayanan <quic_varada@quicinc.com>
Reviewed-by: Casey Connolly <casey.connolly@linaro.org>
Add function to search for a partition by UUID as partition
names may not be unique.
Signed-off-by: Varadarajan Narayanan <quic_varada@quicinc.com>
Acked-by: Casey Connolly <casey.connolly@linaro.org>
The commit 79d91e77f4 ("clk: ti: clk-k3-pll: Add additional robustness
steps to the PLL sequence") introduced a change which requires the
main_timer0 to not rely on it's own clocks which anyways was wrong.
Fix it by removing the clock dependency for it, also while at it, move
it from u-boot.dtsi to R5 as that is the only entity that should require
it as DM isn't up.
Fixes: 5d1aac358f ("arm: dts: k3-*-r5: Remove clocks from mcu_timer0")
Signed-off-by: Manorit Chawdhry <m-chawdhry@ti.com>
Acked-by: Wadim Egorov <w.egorov@phytec.de>
The commit 79d91e77f4 ("clk: ti: clk-k3-pll: Add additional robustness
steps to the PLL sequence") introduced a change which requires the
main_timer0 to not rely on it's own clocks which anyways was wrong.
Fix it by removing the clock dependency for it, also while at it, move
it from u-boot.dtsi to R5 as that is the only entity that should require
it as DM isn't up.
Fixes: 5d1aac358f ("arm: dts: k3-*-r5: Remove clocks from mcu_timer0")
Signed-off-by: Manorit Chawdhry <m-chawdhry@ti.com>
Acked-by: Francesco Dolcini <francesco.dolcini@toradex.com>
The commit 79d91e77f4 ("clk: ti: clk-k3-pll: Add additional robustness
steps to the PLL sequence") introduced a change which requires the
main_timer0 to not rely on it's own clocks which anyways was wrong.
Fix it by removing the clock dependency for it, also while at it, move
it from u-boot.dtsi to R5 as that is the only entity that should require
it as DM isn't up.
Fixes: 5d1aac358f ("arm: dts: k3-*-r5: Remove clocks from mcu_timer0")
Signed-off-by: Manorit Chawdhry <m-chawdhry@ti.com>
Tested-by: Wadim Egorov <w.egorov@phytec.de>
The commit 79d91e77f4 ("clk: ti: clk-k3-pll: Add additional robustness
steps to the PLL sequence") introduced a change which requires the
main_timer0 to not rely on it's own clocks which anyways was wrong.
Fix it by removing the clock dependency for it, also while at it, move
it from u-boot.dtsi to R5 as that is the only entity that should require
it as DM isn't up.
Fixes: 5d1aac358f ("arm: dts: k3-*-r5: Remove clocks from mcu_timer0")
Signed-off-by: Manorit Chawdhry <m-chawdhry@ti.com>
Wadim Egorov <w.egorov@phytec.de> says:
Although AM62x, AM62Ax, AM64x, and AM62Px share the same register for
reset reason, not all TRMs document this consistently. To avoid relying
on undocumented behavior, introduce SoC-specific implementations for
now. If TI confirms all SoCs share the same register, this can be moved to
common.c for reuse.
It will be mostly copy&paste for the mentioned devices.
Also, I am not sure how this Register operates exactly. I noticed that
two bits can be set at once, so I started to check for set bits instead
of having a switch/case logic.
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20250515111554.2916254-1-w.egorov@phytec.de
Call get_reset_reason() during CPU info output and display the result
if the SoC provides the implementation. This helps in debugging by
providing context on the last system reset reason.
Signed-off-by: Wadim Egorov <w.egorov@phytec.de>
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> says:
Hey all,
This is a v3 of Simon's series[1] and depends on the series[2] I posted
the other day that removes <env.h> from <command.h>. With this series
done, I believe we've tackled all of the current cases of headers which
include <env.h> without directly needing it. Much of this series is in
fact Simon's v2 with the main differneces being:
- Removing <env.h> from <net.h> at the end
- Removing env_to_ip() given how little it's used rather than shuffling
around where it's declared and un-inline'ing it. For a rarely used
helper, this ends up being cleaner I think. Especially looking at some
of the users (which called env_get repeatedly). If there's strong
opinion here about using the other method[3] we can do that instead.
- Setting aside for now how to handle CMD_ELF=y and NO_NET=y because
today it's actually fine as we unconditionally build lib/net_utils.c
where string_to_ip() is defined. I'm unsure if a further series is
warranted here or not. We rely on link-time optimization to keep code
readable too.
[1]: https://lore.kernel.org/all/20250501010456.3930701-1-sjg@chromium.org
[2]: https://lore.kernel.org/all/20250514225002.15361-1-trini@konsulko.com
[3]: https://lore.kernel.org/all/20250501010456.3930701-23-sjg@chromium.org
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20250515234154.1859366-1-trini@konsulko.com
Now that all of the cases of code that relied on <net.h> to provide
<env.h> (or one of the headers that it includes, and so forth) have been
fixed, we can drop the include from here.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Now that env_get_ip() has been removed, the include file <net.h> does
not need anything from <env.h>. Furthermore, include/env.h itself
includes other headers which can lead to longer indirect inclusion
paths. To prepare to remove <env.h> from <net.h> fix all of the
remaining places which had relied on this indirect inclusion to instead
include <env.h> directly.
Reviewed-by: Jerome Forissier <jerome.forissier@linaro.org> # net/lwip
Acked-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Wolfgang Wallner <wolfgang.wallner@br-automation.com>
Reviewed-by: Martyn Welch <martyn.welch@collabora.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This file reads from the environment but does not include the correct
header. Update it.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
This file reads from the environment but does not include the correct
header. Update it.
Reviewed-by: Viacheslav Bocharov <adeep@lexina.in>
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This file reads from the environment but does not include the correct
header. Update it.
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Tony Dinh <mibodhi@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This file uses memcpy() but does not include the header file. Update it.
Reviewed-by: Jerome Forissier <jerome.forissier@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This file reads from the environment but does not include the correct
header. Update it.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Currently, we have the function env_get_ip which takes an IP address
in string form and returns a struct in_addr representation of that
address. It is however little used and means that a number of places
indirectly (and unclearly) get <env.h> via <net.h>. To clean this up
start by replacing env_get_ip() calls with string_to_ip() calls. This is
generally a no-op as env_get_ip(str) is an inline of
string_to_ip(env_get(str)) but in a few cases we can or already have
stored the result of env_get(str) and can save the additional call.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Now that all of the cases of code that relied on <command.h> to provide
<env.h> (or one of the headers that it includes, and so forth) have been
fixed, we can drop the include from here.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The include file <command.h> does not need anything from <env.h>.
Furthermore, include/env.h itself includes other headers which can lead
to longer indirect inclusion paths. To prepare to remove <env.h> from
<command.h> fix all of the places which had relied on this indirect
inclusion to instead include <env.h> directly.
Reviewed-by: Mattijs Korpershoek <mkorpershoek@kernel.org> # android, bcb
Reviewed-by: Jerome Forissier <jerome.forissier@linaro.org> # spawn
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
These files require <compiler.h> in order to have MEM_SUPPORT_64BIT_DATA
be defined but currently rely on a long indirect include path to get it.
Add this directly.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
In a number of cases we have C files which rely on a chain of indirect
include paths to get <linux/string.h> to be included via <command.h>. To
facilitate cleaning up <command.h> make this code directly include
<linux/string.h>.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Rasmus Villemoes <ravi@prevas.dk> says:
This started as a rather simple patch, 1/12, adding the ability to
more conveniently do regex matching in shell.
But with that, it became very easy to see what the slre library can
and especially what it cannot do, and that way I found both outright
bugs and a "wow, doesn't it support that syntax" gotcha. I couldn't
find any tests ('git grep slre -- test/' was empty), so I added a
small test suite and tweaked slre.c.
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20250513084034.654865-1-ravi@prevas.dk
Inspecting the slre.c code reveals a few bugs; those are easy to
demonstrate with the new '=~' test operator. Before fixing them, let's
add a place to add test cases.
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Rasmus Villemoes <ravi@prevas.dk>
Add documentation for the test command, including the newly added =~
operator and some gotchas wrt. the numeric comparisons.
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Rasmus Villemoes <ravi@prevas.dk>
The first of these, { "U-Boot", "^[B-Uo-t]*$", 0 }, would match
previously when the - and the letters were all interpreted literally.
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Rasmus Villemoes <ravi@prevas.dk>
When trying to use U-Boot's regex facility, it is a rather large
gotcha that [a-z] range syntax is not supported. It doesn't require a
lot of extra code to implement that; we just let the regular parsing
emit the start and end literal symbols as usual, and add a new
"escape" code RANGE.
At match time, this means the code will first just see an 'a' and try
to match that, and only then recognize that it's actually part of a
range and then do the 'a' <= ch <= 'z' test.
Of course, this means that a - in the middle of a [] pair no longer
matches a literal dash, but I highly doubt anybody relies on
that. Putting it first or last, or escaping it with \, as in most
other RE engines, continues to work.
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Rasmus Villemoes <ravi@prevas.dk>
At the compile stage, the anyof() function clearly intends to handle escape
sequences like \d (for digits) inside square brackets, since the logic
emits a 0 byte followed by the code representing the character
class (NONSPACE, SPACE or DIGIT).
However, this is not handled in the corresponding match helper
is_any_of(); it just naively loops over all the bytes in the ->data
array emitted by anyof() and compares those directly to the current
character. For example, this means that the string "\x11" (containing
the single character with value 17) is matched by the regex "[#%\d]",
because DIGIT happens to be 17.
Fix that by recognizing a zero byte as indicating something special
and act accordingly. In order not to repeat the "increment *ofs and
return 1" in all places, put those two lines after a new match: label.
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Rasmus Villemoes <ravi@prevas.dk>
As preparation for fixing the handling of backslash-escapes used
inside a character class, refactor is_any_but() to be defined in terms
of is_any_of() so we don't have to repeat the same logic in two places.
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Rasmus Villemoes <ravi@prevas.dk>
Add some tests for the "drop wrong anchored optimization". Without
the previous commit, the first, fifth and seventh of these would fail,
i.e. those:
{ "xby", "^a|b", 1},
{ "", "x*$", 1},
{ "yy", "x*$", 1},
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Rasmus Villemoes <ravi@prevas.dk>
The regex '^a|b' means "does the string start with a, or does it have
a b anywhere", not "does the string start with a or b" (the latter
should be spelled '^[ab]' or '^(a|b)'). It should match exactly the
same strings as 'b|^a'. But the current implementation hard-codes an
assumption that when the regex starts with a ^, the whole regex must
match from the beginning, i.e. it only attempts at offset 0.
It really should be completely symmetrical to 'b|c$' ("does it have a
b anywhere or end with c?"), which is treated correctly.
Another quirk is that currently the regex 'x*$', which should match
all strings (because it just means "does the string end
with 0 or more x'es"), does not, because in the unanchored case we
never attempt to match at ofs==len. In the anchored case, '^x*$', this
works correctly and matches exactly strings (including the empty
string) consisting entirely of x'es.
Fix both of these issues by dropping all use of the slre->anchored
member and always test at all possible offsets. If the regex does have
a ^ somewhere (including after a | branch character), that is
correctly handled by the match engine by only matching when *ofs is 0.
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Rasmus Villemoes <ravi@prevas.dk>
I guess that touching these files means "tag, you're it". That's fine
with me.
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Rasmus Villemoes <ravi@prevas.dk>
Currently, the only way to make use of regex matching in the shell is
by using "setexpr [g]sub" command. That's rather awkward for asking
whether a string matches a regex. At the very least, it requires
providing setexpr with a dummy target variable, but also, the return
value of setexpr doesn't say whether any substitutions were done, so
one would have to do some roundabout thing like
env set dummy "${string_to_test}"
setexpr sub dummy '<some regex>' ''
if test "${dummy}" != "${string_to_test}" ; then ...
When CONFIG_REGEX is set, teach the test command a new operator, =~,
which will allow one to more naturally write
if test "${string_to_test}" =~ '<some regex>' ; then ...
The =~ operator with similar functionality is also supported in bash
when using its "extended" test operator [[ ]].
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Signed-off-by: Rasmus Villemoes <ravi@prevas.dk>
Sync up Python tools from my tree
- minor binman tweaks
- terminal improvements in u_boot_pylib
- patman move to asyncio
- patman support for new 'series' subcommand
Describe the new subcommands and how they should be used in a normal
workflow.
Note that the naming of branches is very rigid, or 'opinionated' in
marketing terms. Patman can track a single branch for each version of a
series and they must all be named the same, except for the
version-number suffix. Version 1 series have no suffix.
This description is fairly bare-bones but should be enough for some
initial testing and comments.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add a command to allow managing the upstream tree. This is very basic
so far, only allowing setting the name and URL. Further work may allow
checking whether series apply cleaning on the upstream tree, etc.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add a command to support management of series. These are local branches
which may have been sent to the mailing list, so may appear on the
patchwork server.
The new functionality uses a database, stored in a local file.
Various operations are supported:
- add a new series
- send a series and automatically link it with patchwork
- 'increment' the version, to prepare to send an updated series
- gather review/test tags from patchwork
- check on progress, i.e. patches which are received new tags or
comments
- show comments on patches and cover letters
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Indicate whether 'git send-email' was actually called, so that we don't
bother waiting for patchwork to receive our series if it wasn't.
The 'git send-email' seems to always return a code of 0 even if nothing
was sent, so we cannot use clues there. Ideally we would watch the
output to determine which patches were sent and which not, but that is
left for another day.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
It is laborious to type long commands, so add some aliases to speed up
use of patman. For now, allow 'pw' for patchwork and 'st' for status.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add a command to allow setting and getting the patchwork project. This
is needed so that patman can use the correct ID when talking to the
patchwork server.
To support testing, allow passing in the test database, patchwork
object and Cseries object. Fake versions can then easily be provided for
certain test cases.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Update Series with a way to better manage the Series-links lines in
patches. Use this in the 'status' subcommand instead of the existing
primitive method of expecting a link without a version prefix.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This class manages a series, i.e. a group of patches with a possible
cover letter. Add some properties for recording basic patchwork info,
including the database ID.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The parsing tests need to be able to try invalid arguments to make sure
that these are handled correctly. Provide a way to return the parsers
being used, as well as to pass in the parsers to use. This feature is
needed in test_series_no_subcmd(), for example.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
We chose -C as the flag to enable showing comments because -c was used
in 'patman send' to specify the patch count. Now that the 'send' parser
is separated we don't need to do this and it is OK to use the same flag
in a different subcommand.
We want to have a flag for cover-letter comments, so it makes most sense
to have -C for that and -c for patch comments. Update the latter.
Put this in a function since the new 'series' command will add this flag
too.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Patman allows defaults for its command-line flags to be read from a
file. The implementation of this does not fully work with subcommands,
since we don't want a default for those.
Also, it relies on being able to parse any sort of cmdline in order to
figure out the options that are available. But in some cases, the
cmdline may not parse, e.g. if there are required options, or
conflicting options.
Add a class which can be safely used to parse any cmdline, since it
allows execution to continue even when errors are obtained. Use this to
determine the defaults, being careful to skip sub/commands.
Another way to handle all of this would be to maintain the defaults
separately and insert them into the parser manually. For now, I'm not
sure which is best.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add various new requests to the Patchwork class, so we can obtain the
required information. This includes cover letters and comments.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add support to the status module for reading and supporting cover
letters, including comments. Plumb this through to the patchwork module.
The actual support in the latter is not yet integrated.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
For recording series information, patman needs a database. Add a module
which uses sqlite3 for this. It has a basic schema, enough to support a
series subcommand.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The func_test file is quite large. In order to allow new tests to be
added to a separate file, move the common test code into a separate
class, to be inherited by other classes.
Drop unnecessary imports in func_test
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add functions for checking a branch, showing a commit, etc. to support
the new functionality.
Git version 2.34.1 ignores --stat if --quiet is given, so adjust the
args so that this performs as expected.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
When running tests where the .git directory is not owned by the current
user, various warnings are produced and the tests fail. This happens in
CI.
For patman itself, modify the gitutil.get_top_level() function to return
None in this case. Ensure that the warning is not shown, since it creates
about 1000 lines of output.
For checkpatch, the same warning is produced even though --no-tree is
given. Suppress that as well.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Correct various pylint warnings in this file.
The remaining ones are three functions with too many arguments (R0913
and R0918) and use of global (W0603).
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
In some cases we want to collect all lines in the commit message so that
the commit can be recreated with the same message as before, or perhaps
with light filtering.
Add support for this.
Series-to: u-boot
Cover-letter:
patman: Minor improvements to prepare for series handling
This series includes a number of internal improvements to patman:
- Tidy-up of parsing
- Adjust how tests create the git tree
- Support for creating patches in a different git directory
- Faster determination of the upstream branch
- Ability to collect the body of a commit message as a series of lines
END
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This is the help for the whole of patman, so move it to the start of the
control function, rather than being inside 'patman send'.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Most of the arguments for the main parser are actually arguments for the
'send' parser. Move them there, in a separate function.
Fix a pylint warning for -D and the imports while here.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Simplify the main parser by moving subparser code into separate
functions. Fix a few pylint warnings while here.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tests may want to parse their own arguments. Refactor the parser code to
support this and allow settings to receive arguments as well.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Correct some pylint warnings in this file. Make use of the existing
asyncio event loop, instead of creating a new one, since this also
destroys it afterwards, making it unavailable for tests which want to
share an event loop. Use tools.write_file() to avoid a warning about
encoding.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present the branch information is dropped when writing the
configuration. It is easier to get git to set up the config anyway, so
update the test to do this.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The test starts with the HEAD pointing to the wrong place, so that the
created files appear to be deleted. Fix this by resetting the tree
before tests start. Add a check that the tree is clean.
Update pygit2 so that the enums are available.
Rather than hard-coding these values in the sample patches, use
variables so that we can refer to these in tests.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
In tests, the 'git' directory is a subdirectory of the temporary
directory. Rename it to '.git' so that git will automatically find it
when git operations are done in the temporary directory. Set up the
config before the first git operation, so that this works correctly.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The variables 'lines' is used to hold a list of output lines within a
test, but also to hold an iterator through those lines. Use 'itr' for
the latter, to avoid confusion.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Support specifying the git-directory when creating and sending patches.
This will allow better testing of this functionality, since we can use a
test directory.
For count_commits_to_branch() support an end commit while we are here.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Plumb a current-working-directory (cwd) through from send all the way to
the command gitutil libraries. This will allow better testing of this
functionality, since we can use a test directory.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Some files are missing from the __all__ list, so add then. Reformat the
list to use more of the width of each line.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Use --decorate to quickly detect the upstream branch, since this is much
faster than using 'git name-rev' on every possible commit.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
For testing it is useful to be able to set the current directory used
for git operations, as well as the git-repo directory. Update some of
the functions to support this.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The current approach to calling 'git send-email' puts double quotes
around each email address to ensure that it will pass the shell
correctly. This is a bit cumbersome and requires using a shell to sort
it all out.
Drop the quotes and use command.run() instead, to simplify things. This
will also make it possible to (later) set the current directory.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
It is convenient to be able to print a message and exit. Add a new
'fatal' level to support this.
Update some assumptions about the level, so that the tools continue to
work as now.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Instead of using settings.alias pass this value in. This allows tests to
work without using settings.alias
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Rather than accessing settings directly, pass the aliases in, so that
we can do the same from tests. With further work this will allow the
tests to work without using settings.alias
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The gitutil module is supposed to be independent from patman but one
piece was missed in the series which separated them.
Move the settings setup out of gitutil
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The pager makes it easier to review large number of comments. Add it
around the output.
Patman normally sends multiple concurrent requests to the patchwork
server, as this is faster. Provide an option to disable this.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Patman normally sends multiple concurrent requests to the patchwork
server, as this is faster. Provide an option to disable this.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Now that all the pieces are in place, switch over from using an executor
to using asyncio.
While we are here, import defaultdict to avoid needing to specify its
module.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Import defaultdict to avoid needing to specify its module in multiple
places. Fix an extra blank line while here.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
When comments are shown below patches it can be hard to see the patch
subject. Use yellow instead of blue, since it stands out better.
Pass the colour object into show_responses() rather than creating a new
one, since that is tidier.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This test uses the find_new_responses() function which combines
accessing patchwork and processing the results.
Since the test is aimed at testing processing, adjust it to call
process_reviews() instead.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This function does patchwork calls and then processes the results. Move
the processing out so we can (later) test it separately.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This function has three phases:
- collecting things from patchwork
- doing some processing
- showing the results to the user / creating a branch
Refactor into two functions so we can eventually have the patchwork part
fully separated out.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This function actually shows the status and does some other things.
Rename it to better reflect its purpose.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Expand the patchwork module so that it can match the current
requirements of the 'patman status' command, i.e. reading the state of a
series and the patches associated with it.
Since the format of each patchwork response is a little tricky to
understand, add examples in comments at the top of each function.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
These relate to information obtained from the patchwork server, so move
their definition into the new patchwork module.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present the patchwork implementation is very simple, just consisting
of a function which calls the REST API.
We want to create a fake patchwork for use in tests. So start a new
module to encapsulate communication with the patchwork server.
Use asyncio since it is easier to handle lots of concurrent requests
from different parts of the code.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The control module includes much of the implementation of patman's
'send' feature. As a first step to separating this out, move the sending
code into its own file.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Provide support for the -X flag, which preserves the working directory
used by tests. Also support -N which shows captured output for tests.
Finally, allow selection of a particular test to run.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Much of this was written before the other Python tools and they have
evolved. Make a few updates:
- Rather than calling sys.exit(), return the exit code from the control
module and use it in __main__
- Set up tout as it is used in some places
- We now have quite a few tests, so update the comment about that
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This currently has the same name as a test in func_test.py so it isn't
possible to select one or the other with 'patman test test_basic': both
are executed.
Rename this one to avoid confusion.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
When running tests there is no situation in which we want ANSI output as
it makes it much harder to see what is going on in logs, tests, etc.
Provide a way to disable this.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
There is no point in spinning up multiple processes if there is only one
test to execute. Add a check for this.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
It is useful to have a pager when outputting a lot of text. Add support
for this in the terminal library, making use of a context manager.
Also add a function to indicate whether the output device is a terminal
or not, while we are here, to avoid duplicating this code.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The current implementation does not handle background colours very well:
- It outputs an incorrect code in some cases, leading to wrong colours
- Some functions lack a control for the background
Tidy this up so that background colours can be used in more places.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tests often capture output so they can check it. This means that if the
test fails it is not easy to see what the output actually was.
Add a -N flag which writes out the output after it has been captured.
This is not a perfect solution but it is simple and seems to work well
in practice.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This function is sometimes useful outside tests. Also it can affect how
terminal output is done, e.g. whether ANSI characters should be emitted
or not.
Move it out of the test_util package and into terminal.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
It is easier for tests if the top-level control logic is all in one
module. Create a new do_patman() function to handle this. Move the
existing code into it.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The end-at-4gb property implies a value for skip-at-start so add it into
the output FDT so that U-Boot can read it.
Now that skip-at-start is implemented, we can drop the workarounds used
in the x86 code to obtain the correct image-pos value.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This value provides an offset for all image-pos values in the image.
Read it on startup so that we can take account of it when calculating
positions.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present buildman only supports building the default target. Generally
this is what is wanted, but in some cases boards erroneously have a
different target for product extra files.
Add a --target option to help. Also add a comment indicating which
letters are free for new options.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Remove unnecessary CL22 phy reset before ethernet phy driver
probe. Lots of ethernet phys requires driver to load firmware.
Before that, CL22 phy reset may lead to malfunction.
Signed-off-by: SkyLake.Huang <skylake.huang@mediatek.com>
Contrary to doc/develop/driver-model/ethernet.rst contract, eth_ops
.free_pkt can be called after .stop, there are several error paths in TFTP,
for instance:
eth_halt() <= tftp_handler() <= net_process_received_packet() <= eth_rx()
...
am65_cpsw_free_pkt() <= eth_rx()
Which results in (deliberately "tftpboot"ing non-existing file):
TFTP error: 'File not found' (1)
Not retrying...
am65_cpsw_nuss_port ethernet@8000000port@1: RX dma free_pkt failed -22
Avoid the DMA error message (and follow the documentation) by deferring
eth_halt() until net_loop() calls net_start_again() and only do
eth_halt_state_only() instead.
Fixes: aafda38fb2 ("Add error codes/handling for TFTP-server")
Signed-off-by: Alexander Sverdlin <alexander.sverdlin@siemens.com>
Sean Edmond <seanedmond@microsoft.com> says:
In our datacenter application, a single DHCP server is servicing 36000+ clients.
Improvements are required to the DHCPv4 retransmission behavior to align with
RFC and ensure less pressure is exerted on the server:
- retransmission backoff interval maximum is configurable
(environment variable bootpretransmitperiodmax)
- initial retransmission backoff interval is configurable
(environment variable bootpretransmitperiodinit)
- transaction ID is kept the same for each BOOTP/DHCPv4 request
(not recreated on each retry)
For our application we'll use:
- bootpretransmitperiodmax=16000
- bootpretransmitperiodinit=2000
A new configuration BOOTP_RANDOM_XID has been added to enable a randomized
BOOTP/DHCPv4 transaction ID.
Enhance DHCPv4 sending/parsing option 209 (PXE config file). A previous
patch was accepted. A new patch fixes a possible double free() and
addresses latest review comments.
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20240509023918.2504185-1-seanedmond@microsoft.com
The new config option BOOTP_RANDOM_XID will randomize the transaction ID
for each new BOOT/DHCPv4 exchange.
Signed-off-by: Sean Edmond <seanedmond@microsoft.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This patch introduces 3 improvements to align with RFC 951:
- retransmission backoff interval maximum is configurable
- initial retranmission backoff interval is configurable
- transaction ID is kept the same for each BOOTP/DHCPv4 request
In applications where thousands of nodes are serviced by a single DHCP
server, maximizing the retransmission backoff interval at 2 seconds (the
current u-boot default) exerts high pressure on the DHCP server and
network layer.
RFC 951 “7.2. Client Retransmission Strategy” states that the
retransmission backoff interval should be limited to 60 seconds. This
patch allows the interval to be configurable using the environment
variable "bootpretransmitperiodmax"
The initial retranmission backoff period defaults to 250ms, which is
also too small for these scenarios with many clients. This patch makes
the initial retransmission interval to be configurable using the
environment variable "bootpretransmitperiodinit".
Also, on a retransmission it is not expected for the transaction ID to
change (only the 'secs' field should be updated). Let's save the
transaction ID and use the same transaction ID for each BOOTP/DHCPv4
exchange.
Signed-off-by: Sean Edmond <seanedmond@microsoft.com>
- Enable option 209 by default
- Set pxelinux_configfile to NULL to avoid potential double free
- change hardcoded 209 to a define
Signed-off-by: Sean Edmond <seanedmond@microsoft.com>
When decompressing GZIP-compressed image parts via the `imxtract` command,
explicitly handle the `Z_BUF_ERROR` return value from `gunzip()` to provide
a clearer diagnostic. This error typically indicates that the destination
buffer is too small to hold the uncompressed data.
Signed-off-by: Aristo Chen <aristo.chen@canonical.com>
[trini: Rework to indent the whole case with { } due to not using the
C23 extension]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Add CONFIG_BOARD_INIT to specifu if the board_init() needs calling
during initcall phase, and default it to 'y' for the relevant
architectures which probably need it.
This allows anyone with a board that doesn't need it to just remove
it from the initcall list w/o an empty code block in the board init
file.
Signed-off-by: Ben Dooks <ben.dooks@codethink.co.uk>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Starting from commit ac30d90f33 (clk: Ensure the parent clocks are enabled
while reparenting), MediaTek filogic platforms will crash on booting when
initializing mmc devices.
The root cause is that to simplify the code, we reused the topckgen ops for
apmixedsys clocks as they share the get_rate with topckgen clocks while the
clk enable/disable ops are not available for apmixedsys clocks.
Now that a clock will be enabled first before reparenting, we have to add
dummy enable/disable ops for apmixedsys to avoid unexpected behavior when
apmixedsys clocks are the parent clock of the to-be-reparenting clocks.
Fixes: 40746bf429 (clk: mediatek: add clock driver support for MediaTek MT7981 SoC)
Fixes: 37d5a9a29d (clk: mediatek: add clock driver support for MediaTek MT7986 SoC)
Fixes: ece4e5804f (clk: mediatek: add clock driver support for MediaTek MT7987 SoC)
Fixes: 421436981a (clk: mediatek: add clock driver support for MediaTek MT7988 SoC)
Signed-off-by: Sam Shih <sam.shih@mediatek.com>
Signed-off-by: Weijie Gao <weijie.gao@mediatek.com>
TI's Foundational Security (TIFS), Device Management (DM) and Device
Management and Security Control (DMSC) firmware are required for a
successful boot. Remove the 'optional' flag so binman will emit an error
if these firmware components are not found
Signed-off-by: Bryan Brattlof <bb@ti.com>
Acked-by: Wadim Egorov <w.egorov@phytec.de>
Several Kconfig options are enabled but unused or unnecessary for our
use case. These include features such as SPL FAT support, YMODEM, and
USB keyboard. Some R5-specific configurations are not used at all,
as U-Boot proper is not executed on that core.
Cleaning them up helps reduce build size and simplifies maintenance.
Signed-off-by: Emanuele Ghidoli <emanuele.ghidoli@toradex.com>
Reviewed-by: Francesco Dolcini <francesco.dolcini@toradex.com>
Factor out boot device detection from board_late_init() into a new
boot_targets_setup() helper.
Adjust the boot_targets environment variable to favor the device we
just booted from. If boot_targets is still at its default value,
prepend the current boot device to the list; otherwise leave any
user-customized order untouched.
Signed-off-by: Wadim Egorov <w.egorov@phytec.de>
As part of our migration to the standard boot process, configure the
default values for the bootmeths and boot_targets environment variables.
Signed-off-by: Wadim Egorov <w.egorov@phytec.de>
Add fit_addr_r to the environment to allow us to boot from a FIT image.
Signed-off-by: Nathan Morrisson <nmorrisson@phytec.com>
Signed-off-by: Wadim Egorov <w.egorov@phytec.de>
Add fit_addr_r to the environment to allow us to boot from a FIT image.
Signed-off-by: Nathan Morrisson <nmorrisson@phytec.com>
Signed-off-by: Wadim Egorov <w.egorov@phytec.de>
The formatting with %pa / %pap behaves like %x, which results in an
incorrect value being output. To improve this, a new fine-tuning
Kconfig SPL_USE_TINY_PRINTF_POINTER_SUPPORT for pointer formatting
has been added. If it is enabled, the output of %pa / %pap should
be correct, and if it is disabled, the pointer formatting is
completely unsupported. In addition to indicate unsupported formatting,
'?' will be output. This allows enabling pointer formatting only
when needed. For SPL_NET it is selected by default. Then it also
supports the formatting with %pm, %pM and %pI4.
In summery this level of %p support for tiny printf is possible now:
1) The standard tiny printf won't have support for pointer formatting.
So it doesn't print misleading values for %pa, instead '?' will be
output:
%p => ?
%pa => ?a
%pap => ?ap
2) If SPL_USE_TINY_PRINTF_POINTER_SUPPORT is enabled or DEBUG is defined
tiny printf supports formatting %p and %pa / %pap.
3) If SPL_NET is enabled the support of pointers is extended
for %pm, %pM and %pI4.
Signed-off-by: Christoph Niedermaier <cniedermaier@dh-electronics.com>
Since GNU binutils version 2.44, assembly functions must include
the assembler directive .type name, %function. If not a call to
these functions fails with the error message 'Unknown destination
type (ARM/Thumb)' and the error message 'dangerous relocation:
unsupported relocation' at linking.
The macros ENTRY/ENDPROC includes this directive and should be
used for all assembly functions.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Krottmayer <johannes@krotti42.com>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Linux changed the behaviour of strim() so that a string with only spaces
reduces places the terminator at the start of the string, rather than
returning a pointer to the end of the string.
Bring in this version, from Linux v6.14
Add a comment about the new behaviour.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Now that all of the cases of code that relied on <command.h> to provide
<env.h> (or one of the headers that it includes, and so forth) have been
fixed, we can drop the include from here.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
These files require <compiler.h> in order to have MEM_SUPPORT_64BIT_DATA
be defined but currently rely on a long indirect include path to get it.
Add this directly.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This file only needs the definition of 'struct rtc_time' and that is
found in <rtc_def.h>. Use that instead of pulling in rtc.h to pull in
rtc_def.h as rtc.h includes many other include files.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
/* MDIO, shared by Verdin ETH_1 (On-module PHY) and Verdin ETH_2_RGMII */
&cpsw3g_mdio {
status = "okay";
carrier_eth_phy: ethernet-phy@7 {
compatible = "ethernet-phy-ieee802.3-c22";
reg = <7>;
pinctrl-names = "default";
pinctrl-0 = <&pinctrl_eth2_rgmii_int>;
interrupt-parent = <&main_gpio0>;
interrupts = <42 IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_FALLING>;
micrel,led-mode = <0>;
};
};
/* Verdin ETH_1 (On-module PHY) */
&cpsw_port1 {
status = "okay";
};
/* Verdin ETH_2_RGMII */
&cpsw_port2 {
phy-handle = <&carrier_eth_phy>;
phy-mode = "rgmii-rxid";
status = "okay";
};
/* Verdin PWM_3_DSI */
&epwm0 {
status = "okay";
};
/* Verdin PWM_1, PWM_2 */
&epwm2 {
status = "okay";
};
&main_gpio0 {
pinctrl-names = "default";
pinctrl-0 = <&pinctrl_pcie_1_reset>,
<&pinctrl_gpio_5>,
<&pinctrl_gpio_6>,
<&pinctrl_gpio_7>,
<&pinctrl_gpio_8>;
};
/* Verdin I2C_1 */
&main_i2c0 {
status = "okay";
nau8822_1a: audio-codec@1a {
compatible = "nuvoton,nau8822";
reg = <0x1a>;
pinctrl-names = "default";
pinctrl-0 = <&pinctrl_i2s1_mclk>;
#sound-dai-cells = <0>;
};
carrier_gpio_expander: gpio@21 {
compatible = "nxp,pcal6416";
reg = <0x21>;
#gpio-cells = <2>;
gpio-controller;
};
/* Current measurement into module VCC */
hwmon@40 {
compatible = "ti,ina219";
reg = <0x40>;
shunt-resistor = <10000>;
};
temperature-sensor@4f {
compatible = "ti,tmp75c";
reg = <0x4f>;
};
carrier_eeprom: eeprom@57 {
compatible = "st,24c02", "atmel,24c02";
reg = <0x57>;
pagesize = <16>;
};
};
/* Verdin I2C_2_DSI */
&main_i2c1 {
status = "okay";
};
/* Verdin I2C_4_CSI */
&main_i2c3 {
status = "okay";
};
/* Verdin CAN_1 */
&main_mcan0 {
status = "okay";
};
/* Verdin SPI_1 */
&main_spi1 {
status = "okay";
};
/* Verdin UART_3, used as the Linux console */
&main_uart0 {
status = "okay";
};
/* Verdin UART_1, connector X50 through RS485 transceiver */
&main_uart1 {
rs485-rx-during-tx;
linux,rs485-enabled-at-boot-time;
status = "okay";
};
/* Verdin I2S_1 */
&mcasp0 {
status = "okay";
};
&mcu_gpio0 {
pinctrl-names = "default";
pinctrl-0 = <&pinctrl_gpio_1>,
<&pinctrl_gpio_2>,
<&pinctrl_gpio_3>,
<&pinctrl_gpio_4>;
};
/* Verdin I2C_3_HDMI */
&mcu_i2c0 {
status = "okay";
};
/* Verdin CAN_2 */
&mcu_mcan0 {
status = "okay";
};
/* Verdin UART_4 */
&mcu_uart0 {
status = "okay";
};
/* Verdin QSPI_1 */
&ospi0 {
status = "okay";
};
/* Verdin SD_1 */
&sdhci1 {
status = "okay";
};
/* Verdin USB_1 */
&usbss0 {
status = "okay";
};
&usb0 {
status = "okay";
};
/* Verdin USB_2 */
&usbss1 {
status = "okay";
};
&usb1 {
status = "okay";
};
/* Verdin CTRL_WAKE1_MICO# */
&verdin_gpio_keys {
status = "okay";
};
/* Verdin PCIE_1_RESET# */
&verdin_pcie_1_reset_hog {
status = "okay";
};
/* Verdin UART_2 */
&wkup_uart0 {
status = "okay";
};
Some files were not shown because too many files have changed in this diff
Show More
Reference in New Issue
Block a user
Blocking a user prevents them from interacting with repositories, such as opening or commenting on pull requests or issues. Learn more about blocking a user.
